Media & Culture Catalogue 2014

MEDIA & CULTURE

20 14 S C H O L A R LY RESOURCES

Distributor of I.B.Tauris • Manchester University Press • Pluto Press • Zed Books

Media & Culture and Social & Cultural Studies Collections Palgrave Connect presents libraries with a flexible approach to building an ebook Collection with over 12,500 titles offered in the Humanities, the Social Sciences and Business. Our ebooks are published simultaneously with the print edition and uploaded into the current collections. publications are available on Palgrave Connect

‘

Our Media and Culture Collections include some of the world’s most exciting authors on subjects as diverse as anthropology, film and television studies, journalism, and memory studies. This year marks the launch of two new series, Global Cinema and Critical Media Studies. We are excited to offer new works from top scholars throughout the world, including standout intellectuals such as Alice B. Kehoe.

Over 46 0 ebooks availabl e in this a rea

’

– Robyn Curtis, Associate Editor

What are the benefits?

Highlights from the 2014 Collection

• Perpetual access to purchased Collections • Unlimited, concurrent access both remotely and on site • The ability to print, copy and download without DRM restrictions

Regularly accessed titles in this subject

• EPUB format available for ebooks from 2011 onwards (in addition to PDF) for compatibility with e-readers

Media & Culture Collection 2013

Media & Culture Collection 2012

Two flexible purchase models to choose from:

Media & Culture Collection 2013

Media & Culture Collection 2011

Social & Cultural Studies Collection 2012

Collection Model: Over 130 collections based on subjects and years Build Your Own Collections: pick titles from across subject areas and years to create your own collections (minimum purchase applies).

Contact us to set up a trial or receive a quote: North America and Latin America: onlinesales@palgrave-usa.com | +1-212 726-9359 Australia and New Zealand: palgraveonline@macmillan.com.au | +61 3 9825 1009 Indian subcontinent: onlinesales-india@palgrave.com Mainland China: Haifang.Zhang@macmillan.com | +86-10-88811359 Customers in the rest of the world: onlinesales@palgrave.com | +44 (0)207 014 4225

www.palgraveconnect.com

• Simultaneous print and online publication with current Collections updated monthly • Free MARC record download by collection

contents 5

New Media and Technology

11

Journalism and Broadcasting

16

Political Communication

18

Gender, Race and Identity

2 014

28

Memory Studies

31

Cultural and Media History

46

Cultural Studies

54

Media, Cultural and Social Theory

S C H O L A R LY RESOURCES

72

Cultural and Social Anthropology

77

Visual Culture

82

Journals

86

Sales, Rights and Ordering

MEDIA & CULTURE

PublishiNg wiTh Palgrave MacMillaN Palgrave Macmillan offers authors the opportunity to publish at any length, across 3 formats: • Article length, with a variety of Palgrave Journals • Mid-form, with Palgrave Pivot • Full-length books We always welcome new proposals, whether from first-time or more experienced authors. Our Publishing Proposal Form, guidelines and full list of editorial contacts can be found at www.palgrave.com/authors.

When contacting us, to help us make a quick and authoritative decision, include as much information as possible on the form, including details about the content, a chapter plan, aims and objectives, the intended market and the competition. We will also be happy to receive your CV (and that of any co-authors/editors) and any sample material, if available.

Felicity Plester, Publisher in Film, Culture and Media f.plester@palgrave.com

Chris Penfold, Assistant Editor in Film, Culture and Media c.penfold@palgrave.com

Robyn Curtis, Associate Editor in Performing Arts, Film, Cultural Studies, and Anthropology robyn.curtis@palgrave-usa.com

Rachel Krause, Commissioning Editor, Asia Rachel.Krause@macmillan.com

Palgrave Macmillan distributes this imprint in the U.S. & Canada: I.B.Tauris ... and these imprints in the U.S. only: Manchester University Press, Pluto Press, and Zed Books

Publishing peer reviewed, mid-length research across the Humanities, the Social Sciences and Business, within 12 weeks of acceptance.

7-8,000

Words used by scholars and librarians to describe Palgrave Pivot

EXCITING

TIMELY

Average time to publish: 9 weeks

Shortest time to publish: 5.14 weeks (Sporting Times

by Kath Woodward)

Benefits to Authors

12

– publish at lengths between the journal article and conventional monograph

Titles published to date:

Peer review

135 pages

180

As of February 2014

With many more titles publishing in 2014

MUCH NEEDED

IDEAL

Flexibility

Average length:

INNOVATIVE BOLD

Speed – accepted manuscripts published within 12 weeks

Interested in publishing with Palgrave Pivot?

Visit our Proposals page to find out more

– all titles are subject to rigorous peer review

Wide dissemination – all titles are available as digital collections, ebooks and as hardback editions

Top-ranking universities where our authors are located: Australia National University | Columbia University | Cornell University | Dartmouth University | Harvard University | Johns Hopkins University King’s College | Nanyang Technological University | University of British Columbia | University of Cambridge | University of Edinburgh | University of Manchester | University of Melbourne | University of Notre Dame | University of Pennsylvania | University of Queensland | University of Toronto

www.palgrave.com/pivot

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY New Media and Technology Palgrave Global Media Policy and Business SERIES

The Digital Television Revolution Origins to Outcomes

Edited by Petros Iosifidis, City University, London, UK, Jeanette Steemers, University of Westminster, UK & Gerald Sussman, Portland State University, USA

Michael Starks, University of Oxford, UK This account of the global switch to digital television, from its origins to its emerging outcomes, provides an understanding of how digital television is converging with the Internet. It pictures a future in which the democratic role of the media, freedom of expression and democratic participation can be enhanced.

Internet Governance and the Global South Demand for a New Framework Abu Bhuiyan, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh Internet Governance and the Global South argues that the state and the market collaborate with each other in shaping the Internet at national and supranational levels.

Contents: 1. Global South and Supranational Internet Policymaking * 2. From UNESCO to ICANN: Rise of a New Model of Global Communication Policymaking * 3. Uniqueness of ICANN * 4. Resistance to the ICANN Model of Internet Governance * 5. Bridging Digital Divide: Neoliberal Means with State Control? * 6. Multilingualism: Does It Legitimize the ICANN Model? * 7. Intellectual Property Rights on the Internet: Global South’s Struggle for a Lenient Regime * 8. Cybersecurity and States: Same Bed, Different Nightmares * 9. New Multilateralism for Internet Policymaking * Bibliography

Contents: Preface * Acknowledgements * Acronyms and Abbreviations * Introduction * PART I * 1. The Impetus for Digital Television * 2. The Digital Terrestrial Pioneers * 3. The UK’s Digital Transition * 4. Europe’s Coordinated Timetable * 6. The Wider Global Picture * PART II * 6. How to Switch Off Analogue TV * 7. Converged Communications * 8. Crossmedia Regulation? * 9. Public Service Digital Media * 10. The Democratic Dividend * In Conclusion * References * Index

Palgrave Global Media Policy and Business August 2013 UK August 2013 US 272pp 6 figures Hardback £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137273345

Palgrave Global Media Policy and Business May 2014 UK 240pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 5 figures £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137344335

Childhood, Mobile Technologies and Everyday Experiences

Public Service Broadcasting Online

Changing Technologies = Changing Childhoods?

A Comparative European Policy Study of PSB 2.0

Emma Bond, University Campus Suffolk, UK

Benedetta Brevini, City University, London, UK 'Public Service Broadcasting Online explains the rich and treasured legacies of, and current threats to, institutions that historically have been vital to a cultural and political sense of belonging and engagement among Europeans. By taking stock of and comparing a diverse range of European public service broadcasting (PSB) systems, Benedetta Brevini helps us understand the ongoing political stakes of the digital migration of PSB.' - Andrew Calabrese, University of Colorado, USA This book investigates the extent to which a Public Service Broadcasting (PSB) ethos has been extended to the online world in Europe. It examines the most significant policy initiatives carried out by PSBs in Europe on online platforms, and analyzes how the public service philosophy is being reinvented by policy makers.

Contents: Contents * List of tables * 1. Introduction * 2. The European and Global Policy Framework of Public Service Broadcasting * 3. Theorizing Public Service Broadcasting Online * 4. A Normative Framework for PSB Online: The Idea of PSB 2.0 * 5. Comparing Histories of PSB in Denmark, France, the UK, Spain and Italy * 6. Historical, Political and Cultural Legacies: The Impact on PSB Online * 7. European Union Influence on PSB Online * 8. Commercial Pressure from Rival Competitors: The Impact on PSB Online * 9. Conclusion * Bibliography * Endnotes

This timely volume offers an in-depth theoretical analysis of children's experiences growing up with mobile internet technologies. Drawing on up-todate research, it explores the relationship between childhood as a social and cultural construction and the plethora of mobile internet technologies which have become ubiquitous in everyday life.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Understanding Childhood * 3. Understanding Technology * 4. Researching Childhood, Mobile Internet Technologies and Everyday Experiences * 5.

Relationships * 6. Risk * 7. Rhetoric and Realities * 8. Some Concluding Thoughts

Studies in Childhood and Youth June 2014 UK 240pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 ebooks available

9781137292520

Palgrave Global Media Policy and Business September 2013 UK September 2013 US 216pp 19 figures Hardback £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137295095

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

5

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY The Silent Revolution How Digitalization Transforms Knowledge, Work, Journalism and Politics without Making Too Much Noise

Audience Engagement and the Role of Arts Talk in the Digital Era Lynne Conner, Colby College, USA

Mercedes Bunz, Leuphana University, Germany "Finally, a 'Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere' (Habermas) for the digital age! This smart book maps the transformation of the public sphere in the age of digitalization, and is an important contribution to the sociology of media." - Scott Lash, University of London, Goldsmiths, UK

This book offers readers an understanding of the theoretical framework for the concept of Arts Talk, provides historical background and a review of current thinking about the interpretive process, and, most importantly, provides ideas and insights into building audience-centered and audience-powered conversations about the arts.

Critically engaging, illustrative and with numerous examples, The Silent Revolution delivers a philosophically informed introduction to current debates on digital technology and calls for a more active role of humans towards technology.

Contents: Preamble: We the Audience * PART I: DEFINING ARTS TALK * 1. Roadmap to Pleasure * 2. Eras of Social Interpretation * 3. Geographies of Social Interpretation * PART II: FACILITATING ARTS TALK * 4. Audience Learning Communities * 5. Fundamentals of Productive Talk * 6. Arts Talk * Conclusion: The Pleasures of Interpretation in the Live

Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface * PART I: WHEN ALGORITHMS LEARNED HOW TO WRITE * 1. Hidden Relationship Issues * 2. Looking Into the Clouds * PART II: HOW THE AUTOMATION OF KNOWLEDGE CHANGES SKILLED WORK * 3. Discourse and Distress * 4. On a New Accuracy of Facts * PART III: THE SECOND NATURE * 5. Google and the Four Aspects of Technology * 6. An Indifferent Beast * PART IV: ON THE PRODUCTION OF CROWDS * 7. The Publishing Society * 8. The Digitalization of the Press * PART V: THE DIGITAL PUBLIC * 9. The Archive of the Present * 10. Reported by a Choir of Voices * PART VI: THE SILENT REVOLUTION * 11. On Digital Politics and Crowds * 12. The Internet of Things

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 220pp Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137023919

Technology and Touch October 2013 UK October 2013 US 148pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Biopolitics of Emerging Technologies

Animation, Embodiment, and Digital Media Human Experience of Technological Liveliness Kenny Chow, Hong Kong Polytechnic University "Lively interactive digital interfaces are transforming our culture, our schools, and our sense of who we are and how we work. Chow is a premier analyst of our transformation." - Mark Turner, Case Western Reserve University, USA Animation, Embodiment and Digital Media articulates the human experience of technology-mediated animated phenomena in terms of sensory perception, bodily action and imaginative interpretation, suggesting a new theoretical framework with analyses of exemplary user interfaces, video games and interactive artworks.

Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION * 1. Technological Liveliness * PART II: THEORY * 2. The Observer: We See, We Perceive * 3. The Body: We Act, We Feel * 4.

The Mind: We Interpret, We Imagine * 5. The Performer: We Improvise, We Create * PART III: ANALYSES OF DESIGNS * 6. User Interfaces * 7. Digital Entertainment * 8. Creative Expression * 9. Implications * References September 2013 UK September 2013 US 224pp 30 figures Hardback £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

6

Anne Cranny-Francis, University of Technology Sydney, Australia

9781137373496

9781137283078

Technology and Touch addresses the development of a range of new touch technologies, both technologies that we reach out to touch and technologies that touch us, by exploring how we use touch to connect with and understand our world, and ourselves.

Contents: Preface * 1. Touch: an embodied, social and cultural practice * 2. Technologies: their role in our everyday lives * PART I: Technologies of touch * 3. Eye feel: visuality and touch * 4. Good vibrations: touch, sound and movement * PART II: Technologies that we touch * 5. Mouse, screen and console: the capabilities and ethics of touch-enabled technologies * 6. From Phantom to haptic cow: technologies that touch back * PART III: Technologies that touch us * 7. Smart Textiles: clothing makes the (hu)man * 8. Prosthetics & Robots: marking the borders of human-technology interaction * 9. Conclusion * Bibliography * Index November 2013 UK 232pp Hardback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US 5 figures £50.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 ebooks available

9781137268303

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Digital Education and Learning SERIES Edited by Michael Thomas, University of Central Lancashire, UK, James Paul, Arizona State University, USA & John Palfrey, Phillips Academy, Andover, USA

Digital Technologies for School Collaboration Anastasia Gouseti, University of London, UK "Programs that provide opportunities for transnational collaboration between schools have been around for some time, but the potential expansion of these through new technology has yet to be evaluated in a principled way. Gouseti's book does just that. Based on case studies of teachers' and students' experiences of the European eTwinning programme she provides a detailed analysis of the promises and pitfalls of webbased school collaboration . . . providing an excellent overview and critique of the rhetoric associated with web 2.0 and 'participatory culture'." - Guy Merchant, Sheffield Hallam University, UK Drawing on a wealth of theoretical and empirical work, this book provides a comparative, comprehensive, and critical perspective on the use of digital technologies for collaboration between schools.

Contents: 1. Web-based School Collaboration: the Promises and Problems * 2. Digital Technologies in Education: New Tools for New Times? * 3. Collaborative Experiences in Practice: Case Studies from the UK * 4. Collaborative Experiences in Practice: Case Studies from Greece * 5. The Bigger Picture: Understanding Web-based School Collaboration * 6. Conclusions and Suggestions for Improving School Collaboration – Where Now?

Digital Education and Learning May 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137375735

Digital Networking for School Reform The Online Grassroots Efforts of Parent and Teacher Activists Edited by Alison Heron Hruby, Morehead State University, USA, Melanie Landon-Hays, Western Oregon University, USA Presenting school reform grassroots activists teachers, parents, and organizers alike - in their own words, the editors document the newly emerged role of digital networks of activists in school reform and analyze their efforts as acts of critical literacy.

Contents: 1. Critical Digital Literacies and the Struggle over what’s Common; George L. Boggs and Trevor Thomas Stewart * 2. Getting the Attention of the White House: Using Facebook to Promote Teacher Knowledge about School Reform; Anthony Cody * 3. United Opt Out National: Web Networking as a Way to Strengthen National Resistance to Standardized Testing; Shaun Johnson and Tim Slekar * 4. Beginning at the Blog: Moving From Kitchen-Table Plans to National Political Activism Using Digital Narratives; Dora Taylor * 5. A Community Battles Testing Madness in Charlotte, North Carolina: The Role of Local Knowledge in Spurring Online Collaboration for Change; Pamela Grundy * 6. In Closing: The Import of Digital Citizenship in Effecting Grassroots Change: A Socio-historical Perspective on what it takes to Make a Difference in Education Reform; J. Spencer Clark, Alison Heron-Hruby, and Melanie LandonHays

Digital Education and Learning April 2014 UK April 2014 US 176pp maximum of 5 illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Augmented Education

Learning in Real and Virtual Worlds

Bringing Real and Virtual Learning Together

Commercial Video Games as Educational Tools

Kieron Sheehy, Rebecca Ferguson, Gill Clough, all at The Open University, UK 'This well written and accessible text sheds light on new uses, conceptions and developments of learning. The focus on 'augmenting', whether teaching, collaborating or using social media is set against a sound back drop of theory and research.

The authors' experience in these areas has enabled them to offer a critical text with helpful examples and explicit guidance. It is a book that transcends education settings: from higher education to primary schools and as well as cutting across disciplinary boundaries - an all-round best buy.' - Maggi SavinBaden, Coventry University, UK Including relevant case studies and interviews with practitioners, Augmented Education explores the nature of learning where the 'real world' is augmented by use of the virtual to create new learning possibilities, tools, and environments. and offers insights into the development of a pedagogy that is authentic, inclusive and enjoyable.

Contents: 1. Augmenting Learning * 2. Augmenting Schools * 3. Augmenting Teaching * 4. Augmentation with the Virtual * 5. Augmenting Informal Subject-based Learning * 6.

Augmenting Learning Using Social Media * 7. Augmenting Collaborative Informal Learning * 8.

Augmenting Learners: Educating the Transhuman * 9. Conclusions, and Where to Start

9781137430731

Pilar Lacasa, University of Alcala, Spain, Henry Jenkins, University of Southern California, USA Packed with critical analysis and real-life examples, this book explores how children's video games can cultivate learning. Lacasa takes several commercial video games and shows how they can be used both in and out of the classroom to teach initiative and problem-solving, encourage creativity, promote literacy, and develop reasoning skills.

Contents: Foreword; Henry Jenkins * 1. Learning and Video Games * 2. Entertainment and Education Platforms * 3.

Intelligent Objects * 4. Interpreting Their Messages * 5.

Arguments in Virtual and Real Worlds * 6. Learning to Create * 7. Art and Video Games * 8. Story Telling * 9. Virtual Spaces and Avatars * 10. New Heroes and Heroines

Digital Education and Learning September 2013 UK September 2013 US 308pp 6 b/w tables, 24 photographs Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137312044

Digital Education and Learning May 2014 UK 224pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 7 figures £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137342812

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

7

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Digital Media Worlds

Metaphor and Entertainment

The New Economy of Media

A Corpus-Based Approach to Language in Chinese Online News Chong Han, University of Western Sydney, Australia

Edited by Giuditta de Prato, Institute for Prospective Technological Studies, Spain, Esteve Sanz, Yale Law School, USA, Jean Paul Simon, JPS Public Policy Consulting, France

Metaphor and Entertainment presents the very first, large-scale exploration of metaphor in Chinese online entertainment news, one of the most vibrant and controversial news genres in contemporary China.

Digital Media Worlds tracks the evolution of the media sector on its way toward a digital world. It focuses on core economic and management issues (cost structures, value network chain, business models) in industries such as book publishing, broadcasting, film, music, newspaper and video game.

Contents: Introduction; Giuditta De Prato, Esteve Sanz and Jean Paul Simon * PART I: A HORIZONTAL VIEW * Moving to Digital Media Worlds: Three Successive Transformational Waves * Production, Consumption and Innovative and New Business Models; Jean Paul Simon * Media in the Changing Media-IT-Telecom Ecosystem; Jean Paul Simon * Toward Enabling Policies; Jean Paul Simon * PART II: CASE STUDIES: THE VARIOUS FACETS OF THE MEDIA AND ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES * The Book Publishing Industry; Giuditta De Prato * The Broadcasting Industry; Esteve Sanz * The Film Industry; Sophie De Vinck and Sven Lindmark * The Music Industry; Andra Leurdijk, Ottilie Nieuwenhuis and Martjin Poel * The Newspaper Industry; Andra Leurdijk and Ottilie Nieuwenhuis * The Video Games Industry; Giuditta De Prato * Conclusion; Giuditta de Prato, Esteve Sanz and Jean Paul Simon * Index April 2014 UK April 2014 US 240pp 39 figures Hardback £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137344243

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Entertainment News Genre in China * 3. Researching Metaphor in Chinese * 4. Metaphor Analysis and News Corpora * 5. Metaphor and Onlookers’ Entertainment * 6. Metaphor and Creative and Playful Entertainment * 7. Metaphor in Chinese ‘Entertainmentalised’ News * 8. Metaphor, Entertainment and Contemporary China

November 2013 UK 192pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Larissa Hjorth, RMIT University, Australia, Ingrid Richardson, Murdoch University, Australia "Hjorth and Richardson have given us a groundbreaking look at the world of social, locative, and mobile gaming. They present a fascinating range of stories tracking these new forms of everyday play across the globe. A must read for anyone interested in the critical and social aspects of contemporary gaming and technology." - T.L. Taylor, MIT, USA

The Spirit of Networks

discourse on technology.

This book explores the new terrain of network capitalism through the transformations of the

Contents: Introduction: Technology Discourse and Capitalist Legislation * Capitalism, Technology and the Digital Discourse * Contemporary Technology Discourse * Network Market * Network Work * Network Production * Network Human * Network Cosmology and the Exhaustion of Critique * Networks as the Techno-political Culture of Post-Fordism September 2013 UK September 2013 US 272pp Paperback £20.00 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available

8

9781137310811

9781137298034

Gaming in Social, Locative and Mobile Media

Media and New Capitalism in the Digital Age Eran Fisher, The Open University, Israel HONORABLE MENTION - 2011 ASSOCIATION FOR INTERNET RESEARCH BOOK AWARD "Fisher's brilliant book provides cogent reasons why we should be skeptical about laptop capitalism and its fluidity and instantaneity of communication. As we surf, text, and post, we are actually becoming more enmeshed in the cyber-networks of command and control that, now as before, bear down heavily.

Fisher helps us understand the age of digitality as, above all, capitalist." - Ben Agger, University of Texas at Arlington, USA

November 2013 US 5 b/w tables, 8 figures £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

Drawing on case studies across the Asia-Pacific region, Gaming in Social, Locative and Mobile Media explores the 'playful turn' in contemporary everyday life, and the role of mobile devices, games and social media in this transformation.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Social, Locative, and Mobile Media Gaming * PART I: MOBILE MEDIA GAMES * 2. The Histories of Mobile Media and Mobile Gaming * 3. Locating the Mobile: The Unruly and Ambiguous Rise of Mobile Gaming * 4. Reconceptualising Casual Play * PART II: LOCATIVE MEDIA AND GAMES5. Ambient Play * 6. Locating the Game: Location-based services (LBS) and Playful Visualities * 7. Co-presence Café Cultures: Kakao, Games, and Camera Phone Sharing in Seoul, South Korea * PART III: SOCIAL, LOCATIVE, AND MOBILE: NEW CARTOGRAPHIES OF GAMING AND PLAY * 8. Social Media, Facebook games, and Fantasy Sport * 9. Locating Home: Cross-generational Play and Co-presence * 10. Games and Cultural Play * 11. Beyond the Casual: Situating Ambient and Cultural Play May 2014 UK 190pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 7 figures £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9781137301413

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY DiY WiFi: Re-imagining Connectivity

Meaning in the Age of Social Media

Katrina Jungnickel, Goldsmiths University of London, UK

Ganaele Langlois, University of Ontario Institute of Technology, Canada "Whatever you thought, meanings are not restricted to humans but are part of the business of technological platforms and corporations.

Ganaele Langlois' excellent analysis tells the story of materiality of meaning in software culture. Its scholarly rich analysis of the semiotechnological life has far reaching implications and will be a key text in social studies of software." - Jussi Parikka, University of Southampton, UK

Based on extensive fieldwork, Jungnickel's research into community WiFi networking explores the innovative digital cultures of ordinary people making extraordinary things. Committed to making 'ournet, not the internet', these digital tinkerers re-inscribe wireless broadband technology with new meanings and reimagined possibilities of use.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Who Makes WiFi (and why other makers matter)? * 3. Studying Backyard Technologists * 4. The ‘Barbie’ and WiFi * 5. Trees, Birds, Sunburn and Other Digital Interruptions * 6. Stumbling for Digital Noise * 7. Mods and Modding * 8. Homebrew High-Tech * 9. Do-It-Together Technology Cultures and Other Conclusions

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 162pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The search for meaning is an essential human activity.

It is not just about agreeing on some definitions about the world, objects, and people; it is an ethical process of opening up to find new possibilities. Langlois uses case studies of social media platforms (including Facebook, Twitter, and Amazon) to revisit traditional conceptions of meaning.

Contents: Introduction: Meaning and Social Media * 1. Governing Meaning * 2. Meaning Machines * 3. Meaningfulness and Subjectivation * 4. Social Networking and the Production of the Self * 5. Being in the World Afterword: Social Data and the Politics of Existence

9781137312525

Transmedia Storytelling and the New Era of Media Convergence in Higher Education Stavroula Kalogeras, Tiffin University, USA ‘Supported by some of the leading minds in the field, Kalogeras demonstrates how a technique familiar to entertainment marketers and the advertising industry can be applied to education on a number of levels, yielding tremendous impact, and even reform. My prediction is that this book will be viewed as prescient and remarkably accurate in the very near future.’ - Jeff Gomez, Starlight Runner Entertainment In the age of media convergence, stories have morphed into new forms yet their core purpose remains the same, which is to pass on knowledge and information.

This book argues that the inherent interactivity of the internet and the emotional engagement of story can lead to innovative pedagogies in media-rich environments.

Contents: 1. Introduction, Theory and the Media-Education Landscape * 2. Media Convergence’s Impact on Storytelling, Marketing and Production * 3. Media Convergence’s Impact on Education * 4. Challenges, Concerns and Critiques of Transmedia Storytelling * 5.

Fiction: A Screenplay-to-Understanding * 6. E-Module Case Study * 7. Interviews and Discussion April 2014 UK April 2014 US 272pp 1 b/w table, 4 b/w line drawings, 3 b/w photos Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137388360 Canadian Rights ebooks available

June 2014 UK 224pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US 3 b/w illustrations £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137356604

Children, Film and Literacy Becky Parry, University of Leeds, UK "Becky Parry's book makes an important case for the interrelationships between children's lived cultures, their experiences of film, and their emerging literacies. The argument is wide ranging, across narratology, cultural identity, and childhood studies, and is therefore invaluable for students and teachers in those areas. It is also elegantly and engagingly written." - Mark Reid, British Film Institute (BFI), UK Children, Film and Literacy examines children's engagements with film and how these engagements impact on their developing literacy, identity and textual productions.

Contents: 1. A Narrative on Narrative * 2. Children’s Film: Children’s Cultures * 3. Assets, Resources and Repertoires * 4. Children as Readers of Film * 5.

Researching Film with Children * 6. Film Identities in Practice * 7. Film in Children’s Storytelling * 8. Film in Children’s Film Productions * 9. The Case for Children’s Film October 2013 UK October 2013 US 240pp 12 figures, 2 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137294326

9

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Storytelling in the Digital Age

The Language of Social Media

W. S. Penn, Michigan State University, USA 'Original in its observations, its tone, and its attractively quirky manner, Storytelling in the Digital Age is a project of great significance…Penn's style is informal, sometimes chatty - although admirably very far from chummy…a very strong piece of work.'

- Arnold Krupat, Sarah Lawrence College, USA

Identity and Community on the Internet Edited by Philip Seargeant, The Open University, UK, Caroline Tagg, University of Birmingham, UK This timely book examines language on social media sites including Facebook and Twitter. Studies from leading language researchers, and experts on social media, explore how social media is having an impact on how we relate to each other, the communities we live in, and the way we present a sense of self in twentyfirst century society.

Through a professional story-teller's sometimes humorous commentary on culture and literature from The Odyssey on, the book suggests that literature is not an artifact to be studied but a living process.

Often irreverent, crossing literary and scholarly lines, Penn aims to discover what literature does for an imaginatively engaged reader.

Contents: Preface * 1. The Anticon * 2. Homecoming’s Not a Dance * 3. Truth and Beauty * 4.

Sex, More Sex, and Little Corruption * 5. The Nibelungenrap * 6. Separation of Life from Life * 7.

Dublin’s Polonius * 8. Censoring the Censor * 9. Death by Hot Air * 10. Unsanforized Time * 11.

Hamsters with Liquid Eyes * 12. Simplifying Days * 13. Weary Work * 14. The Life of Swans *15.

Inversions * 16. In a Hole in The House of the Famous Poet * Afterword: Remembering What We Don’t Know We’ve Lost November 2013 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Contents: PART I: THE PERFORMANCE OF IDENTITY ON SOCIAL MEDIA * PART II: THE CONSTRUCTION OF COMMUNITY ON SOCIAL MEDIA

February 2014 UK 280pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US 18 figures, 6 b/w tables £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137029300

November 2013 US £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137365286

Smart Energy Technologies in Everyday Life Smart Utopia?

Theatre, Performance and Analogue Technology Historical Interfaces and Intermedialities Edited by Kara Reilly, University of Exeter, UK This trans-historical collection explores analogue performance technologies from Ancient Greece to pre-Second World War. From ancient mechanical elephants to early modern automata, Enlightenment electrical experiments to Victorian spectral illusions, this volume offers an original examination of the precursors of contemporary digital performance.

Contents: INTRODUCTION; Kara Reilly * PART I: INTERROGATING HISTORIOGRAPHY * 1. Heron of Alexandria’s ‘Toy Theatre’ Automaton: Reality and Illusion; Richard Beacham * 2. Manufacturing Elephants: the Mythic, the Mechanical and the Credible in Theatre History; Odai Johnson * 3. Performing Technology, Performing Reality: Steele MacKaye’s Actors and Machines; Victor Holtcamp * 4. Forgotten Wizard: The Scenographic Innovations of Mariano Fortuny; Brandin Barón-Nusbaum * PART II: INDUSTRIAL BODIES AND DANCE * 5. Pantomime and Modernity: The Fairy and The Navvy; Kate Newey * 6. The Tiller Girls: Mass Ornament and Modern Girl; Kara Reilly * 7. Retro-Engineering; Johannes Birringer * PART III: PERFORMING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY * 8. Shocks and Sparks: Participatory Electrical Performances in the Enlightenment Period’; Ciara Murphy * 9. Modern Nation and Rural Idyll: Reconciling Progress and Purity through Performance; Naomi J. Stubbs * 10. Spectres and Spectators: The Poly-Technologies of the Pepper’s Ghost Illusion; Beth Kattelman * 11. Recalling the Theatre Phone; Adrian Curtin * 12. ‘Like Unto A Lively Thing’: Early Modern Performance of Artificial Intelligence; Michael Chemers

Palgrave Studies in Performance and Technology October 2013 UK October 2013 US 288pp 46 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

10

9781137319661

Yolande Strengers, RMIT, Australia "With considerable theoretical sophistication, Yolande Strengers incisively interrogates the promises attached to the Smart Utopian vision of a world in which our energy problems will be solved by smart technologies and the smart use of data. Drawing on a wealth of empirical examples, Strengers critically traces how Smart Utopia, grounded as it is in the idealized figure of Resource Man, articulates with the complex and contingent practices that make up everyday life. For anyone interested in the unfolding future of energy use Smart Energy Technologies in Everyday Life is essential reading." - Mike Michael, University of Sydney, Australia This book interrogates the global utopian vision for smart energy technologies and the new energy consumer intended to realise it. It enriches and extends the possibilities of four residential smart strategies: energy feedback, dynamic pricing, home automation and micro-generation, focusing on how they are being integrated into everyday practice.

Contents: 1. Introducing the Smart Utopia * 2. Imagining the Smart Utopia * 3. Resource Man * 4. Energy in everyday practice * 5. Energy feedback * 6. Dynamic pricing * 7. Home automation * 8. Micro-generation * 9. Reimagining the Smart Utopia: a conclusion

Consumption and Public Life September 2013 UK September 2013 US 224pp Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137267047

JOURNALISM AND...

Portable Play in Everyday Life

Journalism and Broadcasting

The Nintendo DS Samuel Tobin, Fitchburg State University, USA People play mobile games everywhere and at any time.

Tobin examines this media practice through the players directly using the lens of the players and practice of the Nintendo DS system. He argues for the primacy of context for understanding how digital play functions in today's society, emphasizing location, ‘killing-time,’ and mobile communities.

The Palgrave International Handbook of Women and Journalism Edited by Carolyn M. Byerly, Howard University, USA This handbook offers the first global study of women's employment in news using survey data. It comprises chapters on 29 nations from all regions of the world, authored by local researchers who have a depth of knowledge about their nations' culture, history, gender relations and journalism.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The Nintendo DS and Related Devices * 3. Recommendations and Reviews * 4. Interface Space * 5. I’d Rather Sit and Play: Mobile Videogames at Home * 6.

Mobile Play In Transit

October 2013 UK October 2013 US 138pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137396587

Contents: 1. Introduction * PART I: TAKING THE LEAD * PART II: MARKING SUBSTANTIAL PROGRESS * PART III: NEGOTIATING THE CONSTRAINTS * PART IV: CHALLENGING THE BARRIERS * PART V: CONCLUSION

October 2013 UK 512pp Hardback Canadian Rights

October 2013 US 59 figures £135.00 / $185.00 / CN$215.00 ebooks available

9781137273239

The Ethics of Journalism Individual, Institutional and Cultural Influences

Follow us on

Edited by Wendy N. Wyatt, University of St Thomas, USA

for the latest news, events and competitions

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

@PalgraveCultMed

This book considers the various individual, cultural and institutional influences that have an impact on journalistic ethics today. It also examines the links between ethics and professionalism, the organizational promotion of ethical values and the tensions between ethics, freedom of information and speech, and the need to disseminate information.

Contents: Introduction: Wendy Wyatt * PART I: SPHERES OF INFLUENCE: FOSTERING (OR NOT) ETHICAL JOURNALISM * 1.

The Ethical Newsroom: Where the Individual and the Collective Work Together; Tony Harcup * 2. My Newsroom Made Me do it: The Impact of Organisational Climate on Ethical Decision Making; Lee Wilkins * 3. How Press Ombudsmen Help Create Ethical and Responsible News Organisations; Carlos Maciá-Barber * 4. The Media and Democracy: Using Democratic Theory in Media Ethics; David S. Allen and Elizabeth Blanks Hindman * 5. Do Professionalism and Ethics Reduce Pressure for Legal Accountability?; Robert Drechsel * 6. The Ecology of Journalism Ethics: Theory and Cases; David Pritchard, Bastiaan Vanacker, Mireya Marquez and Dejan Jontes Ljubljana * PART II: INTERSECTIONS: THEORY AND PRACTISE * 7. How do Ethics and Journalistic Standards Differ?; Karen Slattery * and more...

April 2014 US 272pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$85.00 / CN$98.00 $28.00 / CN$32.00

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781780766737 9781780766744

11

JOURNALISM AND BROADCASTING Women and Journalism

Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism series

Suzanne Franks, University London, UK This book provides an overview of the ongoing imbalances faced by women in the media and looks at the key issues hindering gender equality in journalism.

Transparency in Politics and the Media Accountability and Open Government

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Backwards and Forwards – Onwards and Upwards * 3. Where Does It All Begin? The Feminisation of Journalism Education * 4. Where Are The Women? * 5. Getting Older * 6. Who Does What * 7. National By-Lines * 8. Newshounds And Features Bunnies * 9. Just Call me a Man * 10. Beyond The Glass Ceiling * 11. Highlighting Exceptions – The Glass Menagerie * 12. Changing Directions...

Sliding Glass Doors * 13. New Ways To Work * 14. A Feminised News Agenda * 15. The Rise of Lifestyle * 16. Who is Making the News? * 17. Future Trends

Edited by Nigel Bowles, St Anne’s College, and Oxford University, UK, James T Hamilton, Duke University’s Sanford School of Public Policy, USA, David Levy, University of Oxford, UK This volume will be essential reading for all practising journalists, for students of journalism or politics, and for policymakers.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Defining Transparency and Open Government * 2. Before Transparency: Disclosure as Political and Cultural Practice 1960s-1980s * 3. The Impact of the Freedom of Information Act in the UK * 4. Impact of Transparency on Accountability * 5. Impact of Transparency on Accountability * 6. Transparency and Public Policy: Where Open Government Fails Accountability * 7. Media Transparency and Accountability * 8. Transparency John Lloyd, Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism * 9. ‘Truth Vigilantes’: On Journalism and Transparency * 10. Making Sense of Records and Data * and more...

Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism October 2013 US 192pp Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$28.00 / CN$32.00

9781780765853

Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism December 2013 US 272pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$85.00 / CN$98.00 $28.00 / CN$32.00

9781780766751 9781780766768

Churnalism, Complacency and Collusion A Critical Introduction to Business and Financial Journalism Keith J. Butterick, University of Huddersfield, UK Shedding light on an area of journalism which is little understood, this is a definitive analysis of financial and business journalism - its origins, how and why it developed and how it shapes and influences political debates.

Political Journalism in Transition Western Europe in a Comparative Perspective Edited by Raymond Kuhn, Queen Mary University of London, UK, Rasmus Nielsen, University of California, Berkeley, USA This book examines how and provides a comprehensive and comparative analysis of the state of political journalism in Western Europe today, including the many challenges facing journalists in this important period of transition.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Political Journalism in Transition * 2. Political Journalism Across Western Europe * 3. Political Journalism in the United Kingdom * 4. Trends in German Political Journalism * 5. Political Journalism in Denmark * 6. Will Italian Political Journalism Ever Change? * 7. Political Journalism in France * PART II: CROSS-CUTTING AND COMPARATIVE ISSUES IN POLITICAL JOURNALISM * 8. EU News and Political Journalism * 9. International News in Transition * 10. Why Public Service Media (Still) Matters * 11. The Rise of a Transnational News Logic? Comparing Political Reporting Styles of the 1960s and 2000s across Six Western Media Systems * 12. Americanization Revisited: Western Europe Compared to the United States

Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism December 2013 US 256pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

12

$85.00 / CN$98.00 $28.00 / CN$32.00

9781780766775 9781780766782

Contents: 1. Business Reporting and the History of Business Journalism * 2. The Business Story * 3. Newspapers * 4. TV/ Radio/Electronic Channels of Communication * 5. Business, Financial and Trade Magazines * 6. The Business Journalist * 7. Reporting Labour: Strikes and Industrial Disputes * 8.

Reporting the City * 9. Public Relations, Business Journalism and Commercial Pressures *10. Scandals, Crises and Crashes * 11.

Business Journalism and Society * Notes * Bibliography * Index June 2014 US 248pp Hardback $110.00 Paperback $35.00 Published by Pluto Press

9780745332048 9780745332031

JOURNALISM AND BROADCASTING Photojournalism: A Social Semiotic Approach Helen Caple, University of New South Wales, Australia "In this richly illustrated book, Helen Caple admirably combines professional know-how, analytical finesse, and theoretical insight." - Theo van Leeuwen, University of Southern Denmark

Media Framing of the Muslim World Conflicts, Crises and Contexts Halim Rane, Griffith University, Australia, Jacqui Ewart, Griffith University, Australia, John Martinkus, University of Tasmania, Australia 'At a time when Muslims are ever more prominent in international news, what more can be said about the relationship between Muslims and the media?

Including primary research and scholarly debate with first hand experiences of journalists reporting on the ground, this book makes a significant and engaging contribution. With an international outlook and chapters focusing on news production and the role of new technologies the authors widen the scope of study in this important area. Essential reading for newsmakers and analysts alike.' Elizabeth Poole, Keele University, UK

This book explores the role of photographs in newspapers and online news, analyzing how meanings are made in images and exploring text-image relations, illustrated with authentic news stories from both print and online news outlets.

Contents: 1. Introducing the Multisemiotic News Story * 2.

News Values and the Multisemiotic News Story * 3. The Multiple Functionality of News Images * 4. Composition and Aesthetic Value in Press Photography * 5. Text-image Relations in News Discourse * Part 1: Image as Nucleus * 6. Text-image Relations in News Discourse * Part 2: Image as Satellite * 7. Text-image Relations in News Discourse * Part 3: Sequences of Images * 8. Evolving Practices October 2013 UK October 2013 US 260pp 46 b/w tables, 46 figures Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230301009

Media Framing of the Muslim World examines and explains how news about Islam and the Muslim world is produced and consumed, and how it impacts on relations between Islam and the West. The authors cover key issues in this relationship including the reporting on war and conflict, terrorism, asylum seekers and the Arab Spring.

Contents: Preface * Introduction * 1. Islam and the Muslim World * 2. Media-generated Muslims and Islamophobia * 3. Image and Reality of Reporting War and Conflict in the Muslim World * 4. Asylum Seekers * 5. Covering Terrorism Suspects * 6. The Arab Spring * 7. A Clash of Civilizations? * 8. Moving on from 9/11? * Conclusion * References

Trust Ownership and the Future of News Media Moguls and White Knights Gavin Ellis, University of Auckland, New Zealand "This book contains a very useful and timely overview of the various crises that have shaped journalism over the years and an excellent reminder of the investigations that have been carried out into journalism's structure and purpose (and which seem destined to be repeated again and again)." - Des Freedman, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK

high quality journalism.

Crumbling business models mean news media structures must change. Gavin Ellis explores the past and present use of newspaper trusts – drawing on case studies such as the Guardian, the Irish Times and the Pulitzer Prize winning Tampa Bay Times – to make the case for a form of ownership dedicated to sustaining

Contents: 1. Why We Need Public Interest Journalism * 2. Journalism’s Crisis * 3. Media Under Scrutiny * 4. Genesis of Media Trusts * 5. Keeping it in the Family * 6. The Trinity – Origins and Growth * 7. Modern White Knights * 8. The Electronic Age * 9. Conclusions – Possibilities and Realities * Endnotes * Bibliography * Appendices * Appendix A: Tables and Graphs * Appendix B: Poynter Principles * Appendix C: Government-mandated Governance in PSBs * Appendix D: Charter of the South African Broadcasting Corporation (extract) * Appendix E: Threedimensional Media Performance Matrix May 2014 UK 352pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 14 figures £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137369437

June 2014 UK 240pp Hardback Paperback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US £60.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 £18.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 ebooks available

9781137334817 9781137334824

Transforming Media Coverage of Violent Conflicts The New Face of War Zohar Kampf, Tamar Liebes, both at Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel What links the interviews with Saddam Hussein and Mahmoud Ahmadinejad on British and American TV, the chase of journalists following mega-terrorists, and the new status conferred on ordinary people at war?

Transforming Media Coverage of Violent Conflicts offers a timely and original discussion on the shift in war journalism in recent years.

Contents: Table of Contents * Acknowledgments * Introduction: New Personae in Media Coverage of Violent Conflicts * PART I: GIVING VOICE TO NEW ACTORS * 1.

Performer Journalists: The Latest Phase in the Profession * 2.

Celeb terrorists: The New Sought After Sources * 3. Hosting Enemy Leaders: Negotiating Over the Heads of ‘Our’ Politicians * 4. Foregrounding Ordinary People: Adopting the Logic of the Individual * PART II: DOWNGRADING TRADITIONAL ACTORS * 5. Missing the Editor: The Decline of Professionalism * 6. Politicians Looking for Shelter: Distrusting National Leaders * 7. Generals Under Fire: The Loss of Immunity of Highranking Officers * Conclusions: New Characters - New Challenges * References * Index September 2013 UK September 2013 US 200pp Hardback £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9780230298705

13

JOURNALISM AND BROADCASTING Israeli Media and the Framing of Internal Conflict

War Reporters Under Threat The United States and Media Freedom

The Yemenite Babies Affair

Chris Paterson, University of Leeds, UK War Reporters Under Threat describes the threat of violence facing war reporters from the United States government and some of its closest allies.

Shoshana Madmoni-Gerber, Suffolk University, USA ‘In treating this subject, Madoni-Gerber provides an intriguing case study for what has befallen other isolated minorities worldwide when thrust into modern societies. Summing Up: Recommended.

Upper-division undergraduates through faculty.’ CHOICE The Yemenite Babies Affair is the emotionally laden, yet still unresolved, story of the alleged kidnapping of hundreds of Yemenite babies upon their arrival to Israel during the 1950s. Here, Madoni-Gerber examines bias within the state of Israel and the media at large through the lens of the news coverage of the Affair and its aftermath.

Contents: Preface to the Paperback Edition * Introduction: The Personal, the Political, and the Theoretical * 1. Present But Absent: Official Narratives and the Untold Mizrahi History * 2.

Israeli Media: History, Ownership, and the Politics of Mizrahi Representation * 3. Mapping the Media Coverage of the Yemenite Babies Affair * 4. Media Discourse: Coverage, Cover-up, and Criticism * 5. Israeli Media and the Articulation of Resistance: Rabbi Meshulam’s Revolt * 6.

Multiculturalism and Unity: Future Implications of the Unresolved Yemenite Babies Affair May 2014 UK 248pp Paperback Canadian Rights

Contents: Introduction * 1. Government-Media Collaboration in the Build Up to Iraq * 2. The Suppression of Contradictory Reporting * 3. Attacks on Media Installations * 4. Attacks on Individual Journalists * 5. Strains of Policy * 6. Media Response * 7. Legality * 8. Invisible Conflict?

June 2014 US 216pp Hardback Paperback Published by Pluto Press

$80.00 $26.00

9780745334189 9780745334172

May 2014 US £17.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00

9781137413888

Media and Public Shaming Drawing the Boundaries of Disclosure Julian Petley, Brunel University, UK In this book, leading academics, commentators and journalists consider the extent to which privacy is warranted for activities outside the scope of their professional lives or when disclosure reveals duplicity related to reputations, brands, images and public personas built and conveyed through media by political and celebrity figures.

The Obamas and Mass Media Race, Gender, Religion, and Politics Mia Moody-Ramirez, Baylor University, USA, Jannette Dates, Howard University, USA "The Obamas and Mass Media offers a potent argument that the media we create and consume reflect social mores and taboos. This will be an important book, because it matches cogent discussions of theories concerning race and identity, with powerfully representative case studies drawn from highly mediated and contested moments during the Obama administration." - Meta G. Carstarphen, Gaylord College of Journalism and Mass Communication, University of Oklahoma, USA Using the cultural prism of race, this book critically examines the image of African Americans in media of the twenty-first century. Further, the authors assess the ways in which media focused on gender, religion, and politics in framing perceptions of the President and First Lady of the United States during the Obama administration.

Contents: 1. Film, Print, and Broadcast Representations of African Americans * 2. Historical Stereotypes of Black Men * 3. A Feminist Reading of Mass Media * 4. Images of African Americans in Advertising, PR, and Social Media * 5. Network News * 6. New Media Systems * 7. Conclusions

November 2013 UK 120pp Hardback Canadian Rights

14

November 2013 US 4 b/w illustrations £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 ebooks available

9781137404923

Contents: Introduction * To Punish, Inform and Criticize: The Goals of Naming and Shaming * Public interest or public shaming * The right of the press to know or the individual right to privacy * Privacy and the freedom of the press: A false Dichotomy * Disclosure and public shaming in the digital age * Public shaming of individuals and companies through social media * Differences in self-disclosure among cultures: A comparative study in social networking * Comparing crime rituals in Sweden, Holland, England, and North America * The DSK scandal: Mediating the Desire for Authenticity * Public Interest and Individual taste in reporting an Irish minister’s illness * Public figures, privacy and co-regulation: The David Campbell affair * Naming and shaming an innocent man: Allegations against John Leslie * British Journalism after the News of the World August 2013 US 192pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$85.00 / CN$98.00 $28.00 / CN$32.00

9781780765860 9781780765877

JOURNALISM AND BROADCASTING Crime News in Modern Britain

The Undeclared War between Journalism and Fiction

Press Reporting and Responsibility, 1820-2010 Judith Rowbotham, Nottingham Trent University, UK, Kim Stevenson, University of Plymouth, UK, Samantha Pegg, Nottingham Trent University, UK Drawing together examples from broadsheet and tabloid newspapers this account of English crime reportage takes readers from the late eighteenth century to the present day. In the post-Leveson world, it is a timely and engaging contextualisation of the history of printed crime news and investigative journalism.

Contents: Preface * Acknowledgments * Introduction: A History of Crime News * 1. The Beginnings of Crime Intelligence 18001860 * 2. A ‘Golden Era’? 1860-1885 * 3. Challenging the Golden Goose? 1885-1900 * 4. New Journalism Triumphant: 1900-1914 * 5. New Perspectives and New Informants: 1914 to 1939 * 6. Enhancing Sensationalism: 19391960 * 7. Positively Criminal? Press, Police and Politicians: 1960s-2010 * 8. Online and Offline: Post Script 2011-2012 * Bibliography October 2013 UK October 2013 US 272pp 1 b/w illustration Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230303591

Journalists as Genre Benders in Literary History Doug Underwood, University of Washington, USA "Doug Underwood offers a fresh, accessible, and far-reaching investigation of the tensions between fact and fiction, reportage and novel-writing. In its exploration of how journalist - both in and out of the newsroom - engaged a 'story-telling impulse' in their quest for meaningful prose, The Undeclared War Between Journalism and Fiction stands as an important contribution to the interconnected studies of journalistic and literary histories." - Karen Roggenkamp, Texas A&M University-Commerce, USA In this volume, Doug Underwood asks whether much of what is now called literary journalism is, in fact, 'literary,' and whether it should rank with the great novels by such journalistliterary figures as Twain, Cather, and Hemingway, who believed that fiction was the better place for a realistic writer to express the important truths of life.

Contents: 1. Journalists Challenging the Boundaries of Journalism and Fiction * 2. Artful Falsehoods and the Constraints of the Journalist’s Life * 3. Hemingway as Seeker of the ‘Real Thing’ and the Epistemology of Art * 4. The Funhouse Mirror: Journalists Portraying Journalists in Their Fiction October 2013 UK September 2013 US 260pp Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Watching Arabic Television in Europe

9781137353474

From Diaspora to Hybrid Citizens Christina Slade, Bath Spa University, UK "Challenging long-held perceptions about the assumed exclusionary impact of Arabic TV broadcasting within Europe, Slade debunks this notion impressively with nuanced theoretical argumentation, empirical data and field research in six European countries. A must-read for media academics and policy makers alike, this book deservedly and at the best possible time lands right at the heart of the debates on Arab communities in Europe, identity and citizenship issues.' - Khaled Hroub, Northwestern University, Qatar What are Arabic Europeans watching on television and how does it affect their identities as Europeans? New evidence from seven capitals shows that, far from being isolated in ethnic media ghettoes, they are critical news consumers in Arabic and European languages and engaged citizens.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction1. ‘Dark Tribalism’: Does Arabic Television Undermine Integration in Europe? * 2. Arabic Citizens of Europe: Nativism, Formal and Cultural Citizenship * 3. Europe Remediated: a Transnational Public Sphere? * 4. Television Diaries: Arab Media Consumption in the EU * 5. ‘Arabic is Important to Me’: Making Sense of Media * 6.

‘Citizenship Means Belonging’: Arabic Speaking Europeans * 7. From Diaspora to Hybrid Citizen: Communicating across Difference * Bibliography * Index

March 2014 UK 160pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 ebooks available

9781137352422

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

15

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION Revolutionizing Retail

Political Communication

Workers, Political Action, and Social Change

Mediatization of Politics

Kendra Coulter, University of Windsor, Canada "This book is a timely and important contribution to our understanding of work and social change. Kendra Coulter thoughtfully explores the possibility of a revolution in retail that transforms the lives of retail workers, and helps build a more just and equitable society. Revolutionizing Retail is essential reading for anyone interested in labor, gender, sociology, anthropology, or in the need not just for jobs, but for good jobs." - Elaine Bernard, Harvard Law School, USA

Understanding the Transformation of Western Democracies Edited by Frank Esser, University of Zurich, Switzerland, Jesper Strömbäck, Mid Sweden University, Sweden 'I have no doubt that this edited collection will become required reading for all those interested in understanding the mediatization process.' - James Stanyer, University of Loughborough, UK The first book-long analysis of the 'mediatization of politics', this volume aims to understand the transformations of the relationship between media and politics in recent decades, and explores how growing media autonomy, journalistic framing, media populism and new media technologies affect democratic processes.

Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION * PART II: FOUNDATIONS * PART III: DIMENSIONS OF MEDIATIZATION * PART IV: CONCLUSION May 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Paperback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 17 figures £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 £22.99 / $35.00 / CN$40.00 ebooks available

9781137275837 9781137425973

A Comparative Study of the UK and Italy Cristina Archetti, University of Salford, UK "This erudite and insightful text should be required reading for all those interested in the latest developments in mediated political communication." - James Stanyer, University of Loughborough, UK Is the media obsession with image leading to a degeneration of politics? Are politicians more concerned with their appearances than with policy substance? Through the evidence provided by over 50 interviews with politicians across the UK and Italy local councillors, MPs and MEPs - this book provides a very different picture of the world of politics than the one we often cynically imagine. By relying on extensive excerpts from frank and colorful conversations with the interviewees, the analysis develops a new multidisciplinary model to understand the 'mediatization' of politics and the way the personal image of elected representatives is constructed in the age of interconnectedness.

Contents: Contents * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Image in Political Communication: Obscure Areas and Troubling Assumptions * 2. Methodology * 3. A New Framework for Analysis * 4. Findings * 5. A Different Understanding of the Mediatization of Politics * 6. Conclusions

16

February 2014 UK 212pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US 6 b/w tables £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 ebooks available

9781137364678

Edited by Lincoln Dahlberg, University of Queensland, Australia, Sean Phelan, Massey University, New Zealand "I came to this collection as a discourse theory sceptic. I still have doubts, but the editors' lucid and helpful introduction, and the excellent chapters, have opened my eyes and ears to the potential value of this approach. This is a major contribution to theorising the contemporary media." - David Hesmondhalgh, University of Leeds, UK Discourse Theory and Critical Media Politics systematically examines the relationship between post-Marxist discourse theory and media studies.

This volume interrogates discourse theory through an engagement with major approaches to critical media politics and a range of issues in contemporary media politics.

Contents: 1. Discourse Theory and Critical Media Politics: An Introduction; Sean Phelan and Lincoln Dahlberg * 2. Discourse Theory as Critical Media Politics? Five Questions; Lincoln Dahlberg * 3. From Media to Mediality: Mediatic (Counter-)Apparatuses and the Concept of the Political in Communication Studies; Oliver Marchart * 4. What Does Democracy Feel Like?

Form, Function, Affect, and the Materiality of the Sign; Jeremy Gilbert * 5. Ideology and Politics in the Popular Press: The Case of the 2009 UK MPs’ Expenses Scandal; Wei-yuan Chang & Jason Glynos * 6. The Media as the Neoliberalized Sediment: Articulating Laclau’s Discourse Theory with Bourdieu’s Field Theory; Sean Phelan * 7. Post-Marx beyond Post-Marx: Autonomism and Discourse Theory; Jack Zeljko Bratich * 8. Multiplicity, Autonomy, New Media, and the Networked Politics of New Social Movements; Natalie Fenton * 9. Mediated Construction of the People: Laclau’s Political Theory and Media Politics; Jon Simons * 10. Mobilizing Discourse Theory for Critical Media Politics: Obstacles and Potentials; Peter Dahlgren September 2013 UK September 2013 US 272pp 385 Paperback £19.99 / $29.95 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights

January 2014 US £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 ebooks available

Contents: 1. Retail Matters * 2. Retail Detail: The Work and the Workers * 3. Sales Floor Solidarity: Understanding Union Organizing in Retail * 4. Hunger Games and Crying Games: Barriers to Change * 5. Diversifying Political Action in Retail * 6. The Battle of Ideas: Retail Work, Workers, and Social Change

Discourse Theory and Critical Media Politics

Politicians, Personal Image and the Construction of Political Identity

January 2014 UK 118pp Hardback Canadian Rights

There is a modest but growing body of scholarly literature on experiences of retail work, with only a handful of studies existing on retail organizing. Before Revolutionizing Retail, no scholar had captured or analysed the breadth of political action being pursued in this crucial economic sector.

9781137353412

9781137305947

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION Coffee Activism and the Politics of Fair Trade and Ethical Consumption in the Global North

The Political Web Media, Participation and Alternative Democracy Peter Dahlgren, Lund University, Sweden "Dahlgren reflects with great clarity and insight upon forms of 'alternative' – or 'extra-parliamentary' – online political action." - Stephen Coleman, University of Leeds, UK As democracy encounters difficulties, many citizens are turning to the domain of alternative politics and, in so doing, making considerable use of the new communication technologies. This volume analyses the various factors that shape such participation, and addresses such key topics as civic subjectivity, web intellectuals, and cosmopolitanism.

Contents: Introduction: Snapshots from a Revolt * PART I: POLITICS AND PARTICIPATION ON THE WEB * 1. Democracy, Participation, and Media Connections * 2. Force-fields of the Web Environment * PART II: EVOLVING FORMS AND PRACTICES * 3. Occupy Wall Street: Discursive Strategies and Fields * 4. Online Public Intellectuals * 5. Web Journalism and Civic Cosmopolitanism: Professional vs.

Participatory Ideals * PART III: CRITICAL APPROACHES * 6. The Civic Subject and Media-Based Agency * 7. Critical Media Research: Something Old, New, and Unfinished August 2013 UK August 2013 US 208pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Paperback £17.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137326362 9781137326379

Political Consumerism and Cultural Citizenship Eleftheria J. Lekakis, Goldsmith College, UK This book explores the politics borne of consumption through the case of coffee activism and ethical consumption. It analyses the agencies, structures, repertoires and technologies of promotion and participation in the politics of fair trade consumption through an exploration of the relationship between activism and consumption.

Contents: 1. Understanding Coffee Activism, Ethical Consumption and Political Consumerism * 2. A History of Mainstreaming the Fair Trade Market and Movement * 3.

Politics in the Marketopoly: Cultural Citizenship and Political Consumerism * 4. In Politics I Trust: Individualisation and the Politics and Pleasures of the Self * 5. A Liquid Politics: Structures and Narratives of Participation in Digital Coffee Activism * 6. Digital Media, Space and Politics: Cosmopolitan Citizenship in Coffee Activism * 7. A Politics in the Pocket?

Consumption and Public Life August 2013 UK August 2013 US 216pp 6 b/w tables, 2 figures Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137282682

Leveraging Legacies for Sports Mega-Events

Political Communication Cultures in Western Europe

Concepts and Cases

Attitudes of Political Actors and Journalists in Nine Countries Edited by Jonathan Grix, University of Birmingham, UK "International sports mega-events and their legacies are much debated features of contemporary culture.

In this book many of the main writers in the field provide valuable new and accessible studies of this phenomenon. This book deserves to be widely read."

-Maurice C. Roche, University of Sheffield, UK This volume offers a panoramic and interdisciplinary view of the growing field of Sports Mega-Event studies.

Contributions explore leveraging strategies and the legacies from previous sports megas (London, Seoul, Sydney, Vancouver) and recent and future 'emerging' states and their hosting strategies (India, China, Qatar, Russia, Brazil).

Contents: PART I: CONCEPTUAL ISSUES * PART II: PREVIOUS SPORTS MEGA-EVENT STRATEGIES * PART III: ‘EMERGING STATES’ AND SPORTS MEGA-EVENTS

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 160pp 8 b/w tables, 8 figures Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137371171

Edited by Barbara Pfetsch, Freie Universtitat Berlin, Germany This book offers new and compelling insight into the orientations that shape the cultures of political communication in nine Western democracies. It is a truly comparative account of the views of 2500 political elites and media elites between Helsinki and Madrid on their relationship and their exchanges.

Contents: 1. Blind Spots in the Analysis of the Media Politics Relationship in Europe; Barbara Pfetsch * PART I * 2. The Idea of Political Communication Cultures and its Empirical Desiderates; Barbara Pfetsch * 3. Contexts of the Media Politics Relationship: Country Selection and Grouping; Barbara Pfetsch, Peter Maurer, Eva Mayerhöffer , Tom Moring and Stephanie Schwab Cammarano * 4. Methods and Challenges of Comparative Surveys of Political Communication Elites; * Peter Maurer and Miika Vähämaa * 5. National or Professional? Types of Political Communication Cultures across Europe; Barbara Pfetsch, Eva Mayerhöffer and Tom Moring * PART II * 6. Public Opinion Polls as Input Factor of Political Communication; Eva Mayerhöffer and Aleksander Sašo Slaček Brlek * 7. Democratic Demands on the Media; Nicklas Håkansson and Eva Mayerhöffer * 8. Politicized Media? Partisanship and Collusion in the European Context; Anders Esmark * 9. Media Power in Politics; Günther Lengauer, Patrick Donges and Fritz Plasser * 10. Media Logics and Changes in News Reporting; Patrick Donges, Nicklas Hǻkansson and Günther Lengauer * 11. Public Agenda Setting between Media Logic and Political Logic; Anders Esmark and Eva Mayerhöffer * 12. Political Communication Roles Inside Out; Anders Esmark and Mark Blach-Ørsten * 13. Distant North – Conflictive South: Patterns of Interaction and Conflict; Stephanie Schwab Cammarano and Juan Díez Medrano * 14. European Political Communication Cultures and Democracy; Tom Moring and Barbara Pfetsch December 2013 UK December 2013 US 360pp 76 figures Hardback £60.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9780230302013

17

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION Media Talk and Political Elections in Europe and America

Gender, Race and Identity

Edited by Andrew Tolson, De Montfort University, UK, Mats Ekström, University of Gothenburg, Sweden This book makes an important contribution to the study of political communication. Its chapters analyse forms of media talk associated with contemporary political elections. Key topics include: changing forms of political interview, televised political debates, and the use of multimedia in promotional discourse.

Contents: Introduction; Andrew Tolson and Mats Ekström * 1.

‘We change or we sink’: Discursively Constructing the Voter’s Dilemma in a Pre-election Interview with the Greek Prime Minister; Marianna Patrona * 2. Obama in the No Spin Zone; Ian Hutchby * 3. Transformations in Hybrid TV Talk: Extended Interviews on The Daily Show(.com); Geoffrey Baym * 4. ‘I have a question for you’: Mediatised Democracy, Citizen Participation and Elections in Catalonia.

Rut M. Sanz Sabido * 5. More than Cleggmania: The Celebrity Politician, Presidentialisation and the UK Leader Debates; Neil Washbourne * 6. The Telegenic Politician? Communication Strategies in the UK Election 2010 Party Leader Debates; Andrew Tolson * 7. Rhetoric and Responses: Electioneering on Youtube; Cassian Sparkes-Vian * 8. Citizen Participation in Journalist Discourse; Mats Ekström and Göran Eriksson * 9. Multi-platform Political Interviews in the Swedish Election Campaign 2010 * 10. Mediatisation, Right-Wing Populism and Political Campaigning: The Case of the Austrian Freedom Party; Bernhard Forchtner, Michal Krzyzanowski and Ruth Wodak * 11. Get involved! Communication and Engagement in the 2008 Obama Presidential E-campaign; Nuria Lorenzo-Dus and Pilar Garcés-Conejos Blitvich October 2013 UK October 2013 US 272pp 8 figures Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Living Alone Globalization, Identity and Belonging Lynn Jamieson, University of Edinburgh, UK, Roona Simpson, University of Glasgow, UK Exploring the growing global trend of solo living, this highly original study addresses core debates about contemporary social change in the context of globalization, including individualization and connection, the future of family formation, consumption and identities, belonging and 'community', living arrangements and sustainability.

Contents: 1. Introduction * PART I: LIVING ALONE, LIFE COURSE AND LIFE TRANSITIONS * 2. Geographies and Biographies of Living Alone * 3. Solo-Living with and without Partnering and Parenting * PART II:HOME, CONSUMPTION AND IDENTITY * 4. The Meaning of Home Alone * 5. Living Alone, Consuming Alone? * PART III: NETWORKS, COMMUNITY AND PLACE * 6. Solo-Living and Connectedness * 7. Place, Mobility And Migration * 8. The Future of Living Alone

Palgrave Macmillan Studies in Family and Intimate Life September 2013 UK September 2013 US 328pp 33 b/w tables Hardback £55.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230271920

9781137273314

Mapping Intimacies Relations, Exchanges, Affects

Media in Egypt and Tunisia From Control to Transition?

Edward Webb, Dickinson College, USA This book examines the mass media systems of Egypt and Tunisia under the pre-uprising regimes, with a focus on the last decade of the Mubarak and Ben Ali periods, as well as on how media are adapting to the political transitions underway. Findings are based on extensive interviews with journalists.

Contents: 1. Egyptian and Tunisian Media Systems in Global Context * 2. Egypt * 3. Tunisia * 4. After the Uprisings * 5. A Few Recommendations

Edited by Tam Sanger, Open University, UK, Yvette Taylor, London South Bank University, UK "Offering a journey through different forms of intimacy, this book offers a great read for understanding the arrival and future for the queer citizen. Detailing how the publicity of privacy is lived via polyromanticism, homonationalism, violence, friendships and domesticity and class, this collection of intimate lives offer rare glimpses into relations not usually seen, known or understood." - Beverley Skeggs, Goldsmiths University of London, UK This collection explores sexualities, families, caring practices, and the ways in which people practice intimacy in an ever-changing social and political landscape. Authors map desires, struggles and reconfigurations, thereby broadening current understandings of what contemporary intimate life looks like.

Contents: PART I: EMBODIED EXCHANGES: CHOICE, RISK AND VALUE * PART II: (DIS) ORDERING RELATIONS: VIOLENCE, VIOLATION, VOLITION * PART III: INTIMACIES: AFFECTIVE PROXIMITIES AND DISTANCES

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 128pp 1 b/w table Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

18

Palgrave Macmillan Studies in Family and Intimate Life 9781137409959

September 2013 UK September 2013 US 280pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230356023

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Latinos in the End Zone

Feminist Cyberethics in Asia

Conversations on the Brown Color Line in the NFL

Religious Discourses on Human Connectivity

Frederick Luis Aldama, The Ohio State University, USA, Christopher González, Texas A&M UniversityCommerce, USA "Football might be the most suitable metaphor to understand the role of Latinos in the United States today." - Ilan Stavans, The Norton Anthology of Latino Literature Frederick Luis Aldama and Christopher González offer a thought-provoking conversation on the history of Latinos in the pro football leagues. As they weave their way through significant points where culture, politics, and history congeal, Aldama and González thread together an alpha-to-omega, all-encompassing story of Latinos in the NFL. Contents: Preface: A Life Unexamined is Not Worth Living * Prologue: Kick Offs * 1. From Scrimmage Lines to End Zones: Latinos in the National Football League * 2. From Punishing Penalties to Brown Bodies Raiding the NFL * 3. Sidelined . . . No Más! * 4. The Blitz . . . Heroes, Saviors, Saints, and Sinners * Epilogue: End Zones and New Scrimmage Lines

Edited by Agnes M. Brazal, St. Vincent School of Theology at Adamson University, The Philippines, Kochurani Abraham, Mahatma Gandhi University, India This anthology hopes to contribute, in particular, to the analysis of the mutually constitutive interaction of the use of cyberspace and Asian cultures, with particular attention to ethical, feminist, and religious perspectives especially within Catholic Christianity.

Contents: PART I: EXCLUSION, INCLUSION AND COLLUSION * PART II: WOMEN, WORK AND FAMILY * PART III: RELIGION AND CYBERSPACE * PART IV: SPIRITUAL APPROACHES NECESSARY IN THE DIGITAL AGE

Content and Context in Theological Ethics March 2014 UK 244pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US 10 b/w illustrations £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00

9781137401649

Latino Pop Culture November 2013 UK 132pp Hardback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 ebooks available

9781137403087

The Queer Caribbean Speaks Interviews with Writers, Artists, and Activists Kofi Omoniyi Sylvanus Campbell, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada "The rich reflections and testimonies of experience recorded in this book break the silence about queer Caribbean lifeworlds, imagined and configured through the confluence of local, national, regional, and transnational processes. The collection compels us to meaningfully reconceptualize both Caribbeanness and queerness as categories of meaning that articulate and unravel each other.

As such, this book holds many possibilities for engaging what might be considered the queer turn in Caribbean Studies and for productively troubling the conceptual limits of 'Q'ueer Studies." - Amar Wahab, York University, Canada

Crossroads: Performance Studies and Irish Culture Edited by Sara Brady, Bronx Community College, City University of New York, USA, Fintan Walsh, Birkbeck, University of London, UK "This volume of essays forms a rich beginning for the development of Irish performance studies." - Aoife Monks, TDR: The Drama Review "An engrossing, lively, timely, and important collection... This book opens up new vistas to scholars of performance studies and Irish studies - and to anyone else wanting to learn more about the ebullient action of Irish culture." - Richard Schechner, New York University, USA

In most Caribbean countries homosexuality is still illegal and many outside of the region are unaware of how difficult life can be for gay men and lesbians. This book collects interviews with queer Caribbean writers, activists, and citizens and challenges the dominance of Euro-American theories in understanding global queerness.

Crossroads: Performance Studies and Irish Culture, now available in paperback, is a seminal collection of essays, written by an international cohort of scholars, that addresses the complex and exciting intersections of Irish and performance studies.

Contents: 1. H. Nigel Thomas * 2. Thomas Glave * 3. Faizal Deen * 4. Korey Anthony Chisholm * 5. Patricia Powell (1) * 6. Patricia Powell (2) * 7. Helen Klonaris * 8. Shani Mootoo * 9. Mista Majah P * 10. Rosamond S. King * 11. Nalo Hopkinson * 12. Erin Greene * 13. Joel Simpson * 14.

Ryon Rawlins

Contents: Preface to the Paperback Edition * 1. Introduction * PART I: TRADITION, RITUAL AND PLAY * PART II: PLACE, LANDSCAPE AND COMMEMORATION * PART III: POLITICAL PERFORMANCES * PART IV: GENDER, FEMINISM, AND QUEER PERFORMANCE * PART V: DIASPORA, MIGRATION, GLOBALIZATION

New Caribbean Studies

May 2014 UK 272pp Paperback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 10 b/w photos £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50

February 2014 UK 220pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137364838

9781137425713

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

19

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Understanding Blackness through Performance

Making the British Muslim

Contemporary Arts and the Representation of Identity

Tracing representations of the Rushdie affair from 1989 to 2009, this study establishes a genealogy of how British Muslims appeared on the public scene and how an imaginary and politics of this subject position developed.

Nicole Falkenhayner, University of Freiburg, Germany

Edited by Anne Cremieux, Université Paris-Ouest Nanterre, France, Xavier Lemoine, Université de Nantes, France, Jean-Paul Rocchi, Université Paris-Est Marne-la-Vallée, France "I applaud the authors for theorizing black performance and embodiment away from the centrality of the written texts, specifically traditional literary texts. It is highly significant in that it moves the discipline forward in both its approach and structure." - Myron M. Beasley, PhD, Bates College, USA How does the performance of blackness reframe issues of race, class, gender, and sexuality? Here, the contributors look into representational practices in film, literature, fashion, and theatre and explore how they have fleshed out political struggles, while recognizing that they have sometimes maintained the mechanisms of violence against blacks.

Contents: PART I: BLACK BEING, BLACK EMBODYING: THE POWER OF AUTOETHNOGRAPHY * PART II: SHATTERED FRAMES AND THE ONLOOKER: STRATEGIES AND SIGNIFICATIONS * PART III: THROUGH PERFORMANCE: DESIRE AND THE BLACK SUBJECT * PART IV: SHIFTING PARADIGMS OF IDENTITIES October 2013 UK October 2013 US 292pp 10 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Contents: PART I: THE RUSHDIE AFFAIR * 1. Transnational Takeovers * 2. Translation Failures * 3. After the fatwa * PART II: FIGURATIONS AFTER THE EVENT4. The Fanatic Son * 5. Making the British Muslim in Literature * 6. Making the British Muslim in Film and Autobiography * PART III: EVENTALIZATION TEMPLATES7. Eventalizing the British Muslim * 8. The Figure of the Muslim in Europe * Conclusion

Europe in a Global Context May 2014 UK 224pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Contents: Introduction * PART I: FEMALE DESIRE * PART II: CREATING NORMS * PART III: COLONIAL EROTICS * PART IV: TACTICAL PANICS * PART V: CRITICAL PANICS September 2013 UK September 2013 US 280pp 15 figures Hardback £55.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

20

9781137353160

9781137374943

A Feminist-Pragmatist Approach Clara Fischer, Irish Feminist Network, Ireland "An original and compelling book. Fischer problematizes canonical theories of change through a feminist-pragmatist approach. She highlights John Dewey's transformation of Aristotle's philosophy to explicate a dynamic sense of self. This leads to a feminist-pragmatist self with the capacity to effect socio-political change. Gendered hierarchies distorting philosophy from its inception are swept away in this model of humans in transaction with their environments. This is a philosophy for our time." - Charlene Haddock Seigfried, Purdue University, USA

The Moral Panics of Sexuality

A provocative feminist analysis of the moral panics of sexuality, this interdisciplinary edited collection showcases the range of historical and contemporary crises we too often suppress, including vagina dentata, vampires, cannibalism, age appropriateness, breast cancer, menstrual panics, and sex education.

£65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 ebooks available

Gendered Readings of Change

9781137325075

Edited by Breanne Fahs, Mary L. Dudy & Sarah Stage, all at Arizona State University, USA "With the blended ink of scholarly brilliance, activist wisdom, and biting humor, the writers in this volume accomplish a remarkable doubled analytic: they carry their critical lens under the covers of the moral panics of sexuality, targeting the erectile dysfunction of the Right wing and the conservative agenda more broadly, daring to theorize strategic diversionary motives and trace the multiple ideological tremors the morning after. At the same time, however, they refuse to neglect and attend intimately to the embodied crises of and sustained violence against women, queer, of color, marginalized, and figured/ disfigured bodies, tossed to the political side of the road like a used condom." - Michelle Fine, The Graduate Center of the City University of New York, USA

May 2014 US

This book develops a unique theory of change by drawing on American philosophy and contemporary feminist thought. Via a select history of ancient Greek and Pragmatist philosophies of change, Fischer argues for a reconstruction of transformation that is inclusive of women's experiences and thought.

Contents: PART I: GENEALOGICAL REFLECTIONS ON CHANGE * 1. Women, Change, and the Birth of Philosophy * 2. Change in Dewey’s and Aristotle’s Metaphysics * 3. Change in Dewey’s and Aristotle’s Self * PART II: FEMINIST-PRAGMATIST RECONSTRUCTION OF CHANGE * 4.

The Feminist-Pragmatist Self * 5. Democracy and Change as Transaction

Breaking Feminist Waves February 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US £53.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137347879

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Gender Work

New Femininities

Feminism after Neoliberalism

Postfeminism, Neoliberalism and Subjectivity

Robin Truth Goodman, Florida State University, USA "This book marks a path-breaking turn in feminist theory, where feminism illuminates the transfigured conditions of contemporary global society under neoliberalism. Goodman brilliantly restores the primacy of labor and class to feminist theory, political analysis, and social agency alike. Her riveting analyses recasts culture and everyday life as they reframe the capital flows of globalization.

What results is extraordinary: an urgent, timely, and truly global feminist theory of how women's work changes the world." - Jennifer Wicke, University of Virginia, USA

Edited by Rosalind Gill, Christina Scharff, both at King’s College London, UK "This timely collection offers an extensive and thought-provoking range of insights into contemporary feminist debates around sexual subjectivity and citizenship, postfeminist identity and consumerism, and the constructions of femininity in relation to 'race', religion, migration, national security and generation. It represents both an important and refreshing contribution to the advancement of feminist media research." - Cynthia Carter, Cardiff University, UK This collection of original essays looks at the way in which experiences and representations of femininity are changing, and explores the possibilities for producing 'new' femininities in the twenty-first century. The volume includes a new preface by the editors.

Contents: PART I: SEXUAL SUBJECTIVITY AND THE MAKEOVER PARADIGM * PART II: NEGOTIATING POSTFEMINIST MEDIA CULTURE * PART III: TEXTUAL COMPLICATIONS * PART IV: NEW FEMININITIES: AGENCY AND/AS MAKING DO * PART V: NEW FEMINISMS, NEW CHALLENGES June 2013 UK 368pp Paperback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US 3 b/w illustrations £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$37.00 ebooks available

9781137339867

Reading Bridal Magazines from a Critical Discursive Perspective

Labor has acquired a re-emergent public relevance and shown that feminist theory must reconsider the relationship between labor and gender. This book builds a theoretically-informed politics about changes in the gendered structure of labor by analyzing representations of how the symbolic power of gender is in the service of neoliberal practices.

Contents: 1. The Gender of Working Time: Revisiting Feminist/Marxist Debates * 2. Julia Kristeva’s Murders: Neoliberalism and the Labor of the Symbolic * 3. Feminist Theory’s Itinerant Legacy: From Language Feminism to Labor Feminism * 4. Girls in School: The ‘Girls’ School’ Genre at the New Frontier * 5. Gender Work: Feminism After Neoliberalism December 2013 UK 236pp Hardback Canadian Rights

9781137381194

A Study in Language, Slavery and Place Jonathan Hart, University of Alberta, Canada "From Shakespeare to Obama is a writerly, inventive, idiosyncratic series of meditations on language, slavery, rhetoric, and the public and the private, reaching into past and future, forging a new and exciting model for comparative scholarship as engaged story-telling." - Page duBois, University of California, San Diego, USA

Offering a critique of contemporary wedding discourse, this book marries together analyses of media texts and their reception to propose a new approach to media discourse. The analysis richly illustrates how women are invited to embrace not only the stereotypical idea of bridal femininity but also a consumptive way of experiencing it.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Discourse and Power * 2. Women as Subjects of Discourse * 3. Bridal Femininity in Wedding Magazines *4. Reading a Magazine: Methodological Considerations * 5.

Reading a Magazine: The Interviews * 6. Reading a Magazine: Discussion * Conclusions April 2014 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00

£59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

From Shakespeare to Obama

Ewa Glapka, Szczecin University, Poland

April 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

December 2013 US

9781137333575

From Shakespeare to Obama discusses language, slavery, and place from the Portuguese enslavement of African people, through slavery in Shakespeare's plays, to President Obama's 2012 speech on "modern slavery." Balancing close reading with context, this expansive book offers new insight into questions of otherness, rhetoric, and stereotyping.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Slavery * 3. Shakespeare’s Sonnets * 4. Shakespeare’s Dramatic Time * 5. Ralegh, England, America and the World * 6. Vision * 7. Theory * 8. Eco, Story and History 9. Vassanji, Africa and America * 10. Obama, America and Africa * 11. Obama and Slavery * 12. Conclusion

Follow us on

December 2013 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

for the latest news, events and competitions

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

@PalgraveCultMed

December 2013 US £56.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137375810

21

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Sex, Love and Abuse

Ageing, Narrative and Identity

Discourses on Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault

New Qualitative Social Research

Sharon Hayes, Queensland University of Technology , Australia This book explores the morality of love and sex, and how distortions of these sometimes develop into abuse. Hayes argues that there are strong similarities between different kinds of abusive relationships, and that these similarities arise out of the common narratives surrounding romantic love and the logic of intimate relationships.

Contents: Foreword; Kerry Carrington * 1. Introduction * 2.

Enchantment and Romance * 3. From Disney to Distortion * 4. From Distortion to Abuse * 5. Sexual Spaces * 6. Sexism and Misogyny * 7. Sexual Predation and Gendered Norms * 8.

Conclusion - A Geography of Abuse June 2014 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137008800

Nick Hubble, Philip Tew, both at Brunel University, UK This book outlines the methodology and results of the Fiction and the Cultural Mediation of Ageing Project, led by a research team from Brunel University, UK. It investigates how older people resist stereotypical cultural representations of ageing and demonstrates the importance of narrative understanding to social agency.

Contents: PART I: CONTEXTS AND METHODOLOGIES * 1. The Fiction and the Cultural Mediation of Ageing Project (FCMAP) * 2. Everyday Life, Self-narrative and Identity * PART II: MASS OBSERVATION AND AGEING * 3. Mass Observation and the University of the Third Age * 4. Understanding Third and Fourth Age Subjectivity from Mass Observation Responses * 5.

Responses to the Mass Observation Ageing Directives: Five Case Studies * PART III: READERS, WRITERS AND AGEING * 6. Representations of Ageing in Post-war British Fiction * 7. The Reading Diaries: Four Case Studies * 8. The Role of Narrative Representation and Exchange in How Older People Understand Ageing * 9. The Specific Attitudes of Writers to Ageing September 2013 UK 232pp Hardback Canadian Rights

September 2013 US £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9780230390935

Masculinity and Irish Popular Culture Tiger's Tales Edited by Conn Holohan, Tony Tracy, both at NUI Galway, Ireland

Femininity, Time and Feminist Art Clare Johnson, University of the West of England, UK

Masculinity and Irish Popular Culture: Tiger's Tales is an interdisciplinary collection of essays by established and emerging scholars, analysing the shifting representations of Irish men across a range of popular culture forms in the period of the Celtic Tiger and beyond.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: QUEERING IRISH MASCULINITY * 1. Clubs, Closets and Catwalks: GAA Stars and the Politics of Contemporary Irish Masculinity * 2. Trans-Formations of Gendered Identities in Ireland * 3. Compartmentalized Cosmopolitans: Constructions of Urban Space in Queer Irish Cinema * PART II: MUSICAL MASCULINITIES * 4. From Men to Boys: Masculinity, Politics and the Irish Boy Band * 5. ‘Irish Lads’ and English Rock: Musical Masculinities in the 1990s * 6. ‘Oh Me, Oh My’: Reviving Joe Dolan and Gendering Performance * PART III: MASCULINITY IN DRAMA AND LITERATURE * 7. A Postmodern Crisis of Irish Masculinity: Patrick McCabe’s Winterwood * 8. From Violent Masculinites to Gynandricity? Watermark by Sean O’ReillY * 9. Sons of the Tiger: Performing Neoliberalism, Post-feminism, and Masculinity in ‘Crisis’ in Contemporary Irish Theatre * 10. Mirror Mirror on the Wall: Unwanted Reflections in The Boys of Foley Street * PART IV: ONSCREEN MASCULINITY * 11. Body of Evidence: Performing Hunger * 12. Othering Masculinity in the Multicultural Irish Thriller * 13. From Symbol to Symptom – Changing Representations of Fatherhood in Recent Irish Cinema * 14. ‘He’s a Good Soldier, He Cares about the Future’: Post-Feminist Masculinities, the IRA Man and ‘Peace’ in Northern Ireland; * 15. Pure Male: Masculine Spaces and Stasis in Eugene O’Brien’s Pure Mule (2005) * PART V: AFTER THE TIGER: GENDER AND ECONOMIC CRISIS * 16. Adjusting Men and Abiding Mammies: Gendering the Recession in Ireland February 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

22

February 2014 US £60.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00

9781137300232

This book examines feminist art of the 1970s through contemporary art made by women. In a series of readings of artworks by, amongst others, Tracey Emin, Vanessa Beecroft, Hannah Wilke and Carolee Schneemann the reader is taken on a journey through maternal desire, fantasies of escape and failed femininity.

Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Fantasies of Adventure, Escape and Return: Tracey Emin’s Why I Never Became a Dancer * 2. Traces of Feminist Art: Temporal Complexity in the work of Eleanor Antin and Elizabeth Manchester * 3. Sexuality, Loss and Maternal Desire in the Work of Carolee Schneemann and Tracey Emin * 4. Feminist Narratives and Unfaithful Repetition: Hannah Wilke’s Starification Object Series * 5. Critical Mimesis: Hannah Wilke’s Double Address * 6. Smooth Surfaces and Flattened Fantasies: Thoughts on Criticality in Sam Taylor-Johnson’s Soliloquy III * 7. Near-stillness in the Art Films of Sam Taylor-Johnson and Vanessa Beecroft Notes * Bibliography * Index August 2013 UK 184pp Hardback Canadian Rights

August 2013 US 10 figures £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9780230298484

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY A Critical Inquiry into Queer Utopias Edited by Angela Jones, Farmingdale State College, State University of New York, USA 'This volume brings a level of sophistication to both the social sciences and humanities-based queer theory as a way to ignite a new queer cultural studies. Through sites such as NGOs and classrooms, practices such as barebacking and BDSM, and the use of parenting and performance, [its] chapters ‘move’ us all toward a productive sense of queer politics.' - Salvador Vidal-Ortiz, Editor, The Sexuality of Migration, American University, USA This anthology is a symposium on queer space and queer utopias. Through the presentation of empirical work by contemporary queer theorists this book aims to create a critical dialogue about the emergence of queer spaces and the ways in which they aim to further queer futurity.

Contents: PART I: THEATRE PERFORMANCE * PART II: EROTICIZED SPACES * PART III: QUEER COUNTERPUBLICS * PART IV: QUEER POLITICAL ACTIVISM * PART V: FAMILY * PART I: THEATRE PERFORMANCE

Critical Studies in Gender, Sexuality, and Culture August 2013 UK August 2013 US 300pp Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137308597

The History of Fatherhood in Norway, 1850-2012 Jørgen Lorentzen, University of Oslo, Norway The first study of its kind, this book traces 150 years of the history of fatherhood in Scandinavia and shows how Scandinavian gender equality policy has important implications for the rest of the world. Among other interesting findings, Lorentzen reveals that the modern-day rise in equality fathering can be traced back to the 19th century.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: 1850-1927 * 1. The Patriarchal Father at the Hearth * 2. Separate Spheres * 3. Father’s Involvement During the Birth * 4. Father as the Dearest Company * 5. The Home as Man’s Refuge * 6. Quantity of Time * 7. The Distant and Authoritarian father * 8. Early Changes in Gendered Relationships * 9. Ibsen and Fatherhood * 10. The Patriarchal Father * 11. The Fallen Father * 12. The Loving Father * 13. The Father’s Declining Presence in the Home * PART II: 1927-1970 * 14. The Golden Age of the Housewife and the Banishment of the Father from the Home * 15. The Era of the Housewife Reaches its Highpoint * 16. Optimism about the Future in the Absence of the Father * 17. The Father as Laughing Stock * 18. Murmurings of Criticism about the Father’s Absence * 19. Sigurd Hoel’s Culturally Pessimistic Family Revolt * 20.

The Heterosexual Harmony * PART III: 1970-2012 * 21. The New Father and the Democratization of Intimacy * 22. Fatherly Feelings * 23. A New Trend – ‘Dad books’ * 24. Men as Humourists * 25. Mens’ Differences * 26. The Similarities in Fathers’ Practice * 27. Recent Research on Fathers * 28. Political Initiative to Strengthen the Father’s Nurturing Role * 29. Absent Fathers in the Era of Fatherly Intimacy * 30. The Great Fatherhood Paradox * 31. My Struggle; the Struggle over Fatherhood * 32. The Opening * 33. Masculine Inadequacy and the Fear of the Feminine

Global Masculinities November 2013 UK 202pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Framing Sexual and Domestic Violence through Language Edited by Renate Klein, London Metropolitan University, UK ‘With its specific focus on language and the challenge of communicating in a multi-lingual and multi-disciplinary field, this book contributes to an ongoing and very current international debate on the meaning of gender violence that is tangibly relevant on the ground and in policy-making, including legislation.’ - Nancy Gage-Lindner, Youth Protective Services, Germany With examples from throughout Europe and the United States, the contributors to this volume explore how gender violence is framed through language and what this means for research and policy. Language shapes responses to abuse and approaches to perpetrators and interfaces with national debates about gender, violence, and social change.

Contents: 1. Just Words? Purpose, Translation, and Metaphor in Framing Sexual and Domestic Violence through Language; Renate Klein * 2. Neutralising Gendered Violence: Subsuming Men’s Violence against Women into Gender-neutral Language; Carole Wright and Jeff Hearn * 3. Communicating Prevalence Survey Results; Stephanie A. Condon * 4. ‘Clouds Darkening the Blue Marital Sky’: How Language in Police’s Reports (Re)constructs Intimate Partner Homicides; Daniela Gloor and Hanna Meier * 5. Talking about Violence: How People Convey Stereotypical Messages about Perpetrator and Victim through the Use of Biased Language; Anna Kwiatkowska * 6. A Matter of Mental Health? Treatment of Perpetrators of Domestic Violence in Denmark and the Underlying Perception of Violence; Bo Wagner Sørensen * 7. Dangerous Words: How Euphemisms May Imperil Women’s Lives; Britta Mogensen * 8. Language for Institutional Change: Notes from US Higher Education; Renate Klein September 2013 UK September 2013 US 208pp 5 b/w illustrations Hardback £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

November 2013 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137343376

Masculine Style The American West and Literary Modernism Daniel Worden, University of New Mexico, USA Winner of the Thomas J. Lyon Book Award in Western American Literary and Cultural Studies!

‘Highly recommended.’ - CHOICE ‘Masculine Style is an astute, compellingly argued, appealingly offbeat, and innovative study.’ - David Greven, Connecticut College, USA and author of Men Beyond Desire and Manhood in Hollywood from Bush to Bush Masculine Style presents a groundbreaking account of masculine self-fashioning in American literature.

Forging new connections between Modernism and the American West, Worden argues for the importance of 'cowboy masculinity,' from the writings of Willa Cather, Ernest Hemingway, Nat Love, Theodore Roosevelt, and John Steinbeck.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Masculinity, Modernism, and the West * 2. Masculinity for the Million: Gender in Dime Novel Westerns * 3. Between Anarchy and Hierarchy: Nat Love and Theodore Roosevelt’s Manly Feelings * 4. Marrying Men: Intimacy in Owen Wister’s The Virginian * 5. ‘I Like to be Like a Man’: Female Masculinity in Willa Cather’s O Pioneers! and My Ántonia * 6. A Discipline of Sentiments: Ernest Hemingway’s Modernist Masculinity * 7. Specters of Masculinity: Collectivity in John Steinbeck’s The Grapes of Wrath * 8. ‘There Never Was a Man Like Shane’

Global Masculinities 9781137340085

October 2013 UK October 2013 US 208pp 8 b/w illustrations Paperback £17.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137360694

23

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY History of British Women’s Writing SERIES Edited by Jennie Batchelor, University of Kent, UK & Cora Kaplan, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

The History of British Women’s Writing, 1750-1830 Volume Five

The History of British Women’s Writing, 1690 - 1750

Edited by Jacqueline M. Labbe, University of Warwick, UK 'This volume is essential reading for scholars working in the field, and a superb introduction for those new to it.' - Benjamin Dabby, Victoriographies

Volume Four

This era witnessed the first full flowering of British women's writing. Drawing on the last 30 years of scholarship and textual recovery which have overturned the theory that women wrote only unambitious, domestic texts, this new paperback highlights that an English literary history that ignores women writers is not only incomplete, but inadequate.

Edited by Ros Ballaster, Mansfield College, University of Oxford, UK This volume, now in paperback, charts significant changes for a literary history of women in an era that saw the beginnings of a discourse of 'enlightened feminism', revealing that women engaged in forms old and new, seeking to shape and transform the culture of letters rather than simply reflect or respond to the work of their male contemporaries.

Contents: Introduction; R.Ballaster * PART I: DEBATES * 1.

Woman’s Place; K.O’Brien * 2. Luxury; E.Clery * 3. Country and City; C.Gerrard * PART II: TRANSFORMATIONS * 4. The Politics and Aesthetics of Dissent; S.Achinstein * 5. The Scriblerian Project; J.Campbell * 6. The Rise of the Novel; K.Williams * PART III: WRITING MODES * 7. Scribal and Print Publication; K.King * 8. Drama; J.Spencer * 9. Periodical; S.L.Maurer * 10. Letters and Learning; M.Bigold * PART IV: WORLDS OF FEELING * 11. Religious Love; J.Shaw * 12. Erotic Love; T.Bowers * 13. Friendship/Companionate Love; M.Haslett * Critical Review

1830: WORLDS OF WRITING

Contents: PART I: 1750-1830: OVERVIEWS * PART II: 17501800: REVOLUTIONS IN FEMALE WRITING * PART III: 1800-

History of British Women’s Writing September 2013 UK September 2013 US 400pp 10 b/w photos, 2 graphs Paperback £18.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137350398

History of British Women’s Writing September 2013 UK September 2013 US 312pp Paperback £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights

9781137350404

Recasting Transnationalism Through Performance

The History of British Women’s Writing, 1500-1610

Theatre Festivals in Cape Verde, Mozambique and Brazil Christina S. McMahon, University of California at Santa Barbara, USA "Recasting Transnationalism through Performance is a smart, nuanced, and compelling exploration of nation and transnation in African and Lusophone contexts. Christina McMahon's deep understanding of transnational alliances and frictions works in tandem with rich ethnographic detail; the result is a book that transcends disciplinary boundaries in its theoretical appeal." - Laura Edmondson, Darthmouth College, USA

Volume Two Edited by Caroline Bicks, Boston College, USA, Jennifer Summit, Stanford University, USA Winner of the 2011 Society for the Study of Early Modern Women Collaborative Project Award "This is a landmark volume, and one which will give new direction to the study of early modern women..."

- Margaret Ezell, Texas A&M University, USA Rethinking the history of women's writing and literary history itself, this book - now available in paperback examines the diversity of early women's writing (from verse and songs to household records and recipes), offering a new paradigm for understanding women's roles in the literary, religious, and political movements of the sixteenth century.

Contents: Introduction; C.Bicks and J.Summit * PART I: READING AND WRITING * 1. Reading Women; H.Brayman Hackel * 2. Literary Circles and Coteries; J.Crawford * 3. Women in Early English Print Culture; A.Coldiron * PART II: DOMESTIC SETTINGS * 4. Household Writing; C.Richardson * 5. Maternal Advice; E.Snook * 6. Letters; L.Magnusson * PART III: PLAYING SPACES * 7. The Street; P.A.Brown * 8. The Theater; M.Wynne-Davies * PART IV: THE TUDOR COURT * 9. The Court; C.Sale * 10. Elizabeth I; C.Coch * PART V: DEVELOPING HISTORIES * 11.

Religious Writing and Reformation; N.Bradley Warren * 12. Race and Skin Color in Early Modern Women’s Writing; S.Iyengar * 13. Translation/Historical Writing; C.Laoutaris

History of British Women’s Writing September 2013 UK September 2013 US 376pp 10 b/w photos Paperback £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights

24

9781137350411

A rigorous ethnography of three international theatre festivals spanning the Portuguese-speaking world, this book examines the potential for African theatre artists to generate meaningful cultural and postcolonial dialogues in festival venues despite the challenges posed by a global arts market.

Contents: Introduction: Global Casting Calls: Performing (Trans)National Identity On Festival Circuits * 1. Mapping Festivals: Cape Verde, Mozambique, and Brazil in the Lusophone World * 2. Recasting the Colonial Past: History, Imagination, and Fantasy on Festival Stages * 3. African Women on Festival Circuits: Recasting Labor Roles and Female Sexuality * 4. Adaptation and the (Trans)Nation: Creolized Shakespeare, Intercultural Cervantes * 5. Toward a Conclusion: Forum Theatre in Festival Venues

Studies in International Performance November 2013 UK 248pp Hardback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US 11 b/w illustrations £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137006806

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Youth Ethnic and National Identity in Bosnia and Herzegovina

Sensational Pleasures in Cinema, Literature and Visual Culture

Social Science Approaches

The Phallic Eye

Danijela Majstorovic, Vladimir Turjacanin, both at University of Banja Luka, Bosnia and Herzegovina

Edited by Gilad Padva, Tel Aviv University, Israel, Nurit Buchweitz, Beit Berl, Israel

Youth Ethnic and National Identity in Bosnia and Herzegovina is an interdisciplinary effort to position and describe the contested nature of state and ethnic identity among youth in Bosnia and Herzegovina by providing empirical, first-hand evidence on identity structure and the subsequent implications for intergroup relations.

This international collection focuses on the phallic character of classic and contemporary literary and visual cultures and their invasive nature. It focuses on thrillers, horror cinema, sexual art and photography, erotic literature, female and male body politics, queer pleasures, gender/cross-gender/transgenderism, CCTV and phallic ethnicities.

Contents: Preface * Introduction * PART I: ETHNICITY IN THEORY * 1. Troubles with Ethnicity * 2. Interdisciplinary Study and Conceptualization of the Ethnic Identity * 3. Measuring Ethnic Identity * PART II: ETHNICITY AND IDENTITY IN QUALITATIVE FOCUS * 4. Ethnic and National Identity and Ethnic Nationalism in the Public Sphere in Bosnia and Herzegovina * 5. More than Blood and Soil? * PART III: SOCIAL IDENTITY AND INTERETHNIC RELATIONS * 6. Forms and Salience of Ethnic Identities in B and H * 7. Perception of Ethnic Groups in B and H * 8. Socio-Psychological Characteristics of the Ethnic Distances in Youth in B and H * 9. Wrapping it All Up October 2013 UK October 2013 US 264pp 38 b/w tables, 4 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Contents: Introduction: The Phallic: ‘An Object of Terror and Delight’; Gilad Padva and Nurit Buchweitz * PART I: FORBIDDEN SPECTATORSHIP AND VISCERAL IMAGERIES * PART II: PHALLIC AND ANTI-PHALLIC FANTASIES * PART III: BLEEDING MASCULINITIES * PART IV: SURVEILLANCE AND BIG BROTHERS * PART V: GAPS AND CRACKS February 2014 UK 328pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137363633

9781137346940

Old Mistresses Queer Nostalgia in Cinema and Pop Culture

Women, Art and Ideology Rozsika Parker, (Formerly) The Feminist Art History Collective, Griselda Pollock, University of Leeds, UK "This is not a nostalgic project but one of understanding the research, art practices, and thinking of the last 40 years." – Hilary Robinson, Carnegie Mellon University, USA

Gilad Padva, Tel Aviv University, Israel "This is an original, timely, and important intervention in the field of Queer Studies, providing a very convincing argument for the essentially queer nature of nostalgia, nostalgic practices, and nostalgia-inspired cultural production. It is a welcome addition to the body of literature on and around these issues." - Elisabetta Girelli, University of St Andrews, UK Queer Nostalgia in Cinema and Pop Culture is a fascinating study of queer nostalgia in films, animation and music videos as means of empowerment, reevaluating and recreating lost gay youth, coming to terms with one's sexual otherness and homoerotic desires, and creatively challenging homophobia, chauvinism, ageism and racism.

Contents: Introduction: What is Queer about Nostalgia? * 1. Animated Nostalgia: Invented Authenticity in Arte’s Summer of the Sixties * 2. Nostalgic Physique: Displaying Foucauldian Muscles and Celebrating the Male Body in Beefcake * 3. Sexing the Past: Communal Exposure and Self Examination in Gay Sex in the 70s * 4. Claiming Lost Gay Youth: Todd Haynes’s Dottie Gets Spanked and Velvet Goldmine * 5. Boys Want to Have Fun! Carnivalesque Adolescence and Nostalgic Resorts in Another Gay Movie and Another Gay Sequel * 6. Reinventing Lesbian Youth in Su Friedrich’s Cinematic Autoqueeroraphy Hide and Seek * 7. Uses of Nostalgia in Musical Politicization of Homo/Phobic Myths in Were the World Mine, The Big Gay Musical and Zero Patience * 8. Saint Gaga: Lady Gaga’s Nostalgic Yearning for Queer Mythology, Monsters and Martyrs * 9. Black Nostalgia: Poetry, Ethnicity and Homoeroticism in Looking for Langston and Brother to BrotherAfterword: Queering Nostalgia or Queer Nostalgia?

January 2014 UK 264pp Hardback Canadian Rights

With a new Preface by Griselda Pollock, this new edition of a truly groundbreaking book offers a radical challenge to a women-free Art History. Parker and Pollock's critique of Art History's sexism leads to expanded, inclusive readings of the art of the past.

Contents: Preface * A Lonely Preface to the New Edition * Acknowledgments * 1. Critical Stereotypes: the Essential Feminine or how Essential is Femininity * 2. Crafty Women and the Hierarchy of the Arts * 3. ‘God’s little artist’ * 4. Painted Ladies * 5. Back to the Twentieth Century: Femininity and Feminism * Conclusion * Notes * Select Bibliography and Further Reading * Index July 2013 US 224pp Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$25.00 / CN$29.00

9781780764047

January 2014 US £55.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 ebooks available

9781137266330

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

25

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY African Transnational Diasporas

Blackness in the Andes

Fractured Communities and Plural Identities of Zimbabweans in Britain

Ethnographic Vignettes of Cultural Politics in the Time of Multiculturalism

Dominic Pasura, Middlesex University, UK

Jean Muteba Rahier, Florida International University, USA "This book is the crowning achievement in Jean Muteba Rahier's impressive oeuvre. It affirms him as a leading theorist and ethnographer of the African diaspora experience." - Kevin A. Yelvington, University of South Florida, USA, editor of AfroAtlantic Dialogues: Anthropology in the Diaspora

Pasura proposes a framework for understanding African diasporas as core, epistemic, dormant and silent diasporas. The book explores the origin, formation and performance of the Zimbabwean transnational diaspora in Britain and examines how the diaspora is constituted in the hostland and how it maintains connections with the homeland.

Contents: Introduction * 1. African Transnational Diasporas: Theoretical Perspectives * 2. Vintages and Patterns of Migration * 3. The Construction and Negotiation of Diasporic Identities * 4. ‘Do You Have a Visa?’ Negotiating Respectable Masculinity in the Diaspora * 5. The Diaspora and the Politics of Development * 6. Religion in the Diaspora * 7. Transnational Religious Ties and Integration: An Unhappy Couple? * Conclusion

Migration, Diasporas and Citizenship April 2014 UK April 2014 US 194pp 2 b/w tables Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137326560

Football and National Identities in Spain The Strange Death of Don Quixote

This book examines, in Andean national contexts, the impacts of the 'Latin American multicultural turn' of the past two decades on Afro Andean cultural politics, emphasizing both transformations and continuities.

Contents: 1. The Afro-Esmeraldian Décimas - Ecuador: Creolization/Malleability in the Time of Interculturalismo and Neo-Essentialism * 2. Presence of Blackness and Representations of Jews in the AfroEsmeraldian Celebrations of the Semana Santa, Ecuador * 3. From Panacea for Harmonious Race Relations to Ideological Tool for Oppression and National Identity Imagination: Reflections from the Andes on Mestizaje through Time and Space * 4. Afrodescendants, the Multicultural Turn and the ‘New’ Latin American Constitutions and Other Special Legislations: Particularities of the Andean Region * by Jean Muteba Rahier and Mamyrah Dougé Prosper * 5. A Glimpse at Afro-Ecuadorian Politics, Influences on and Participation in Constitutional Processes, and State Corporatism * 6. Blackness, the Racial-Spatial Order at Work, and Beauty Contest Politics: Señoras, Mujeres, Blanqueamiento, and the Negra Permitida * 7. Stereotypes of Hypersexuality and the Embodiment of Blackness: Some Narratives of Female Sexuality in Quito, Ecuador * 8.

Fútbol and the (Tri-)Color of the Ecuadorian Nation: Ideological and Visual (Dis)Continuities of Black Otherness from Monocultural Mestizaje to Multiculturalism January 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US 2 maps, 1 b/w table £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00

9781137272713

Alejandro Quiroga, University of Newcastle, UK This book investigates the use of football to create, shape and promote Spanish, Catalan and Basque national identities and explores the utilization of soccer to foster patriotic feelings, exposing the often dark vested interests behind the propagation of national narratives through soccer.

for Food

Contents: 1. Football, National Narratives and the Cumulative Media Effect * 2. Invention and Development of the Fury and Failure Narrative (1920-1975) * 3. Transition to Democracy (1975-1982) * 4. In Search of Modernity’s Ark (1982-2000) * 5.

From Patriotic Bulimia to Nationalist Obesity (2001-2012) * 6.

Football and Identities in Catalonia * 7. Football and identities in the Basque Country * 8. Conclusion: Don Quixote Scavenges

Global Culture and Sport Series October 2013 UK October 2013 US 264pp 6 photographs Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230355408

The Queer Cultural Work of Lily Tomlin and Jane Wagner Jennifer Reed, California State University, Long Beach, USA "Part biography of a relationship, part critical analysis of a comedy partnership, this book gives us a peek into the queer and quirky relationship between Lily Tomlin and Jane Wagner. The book is valuable both for what she says about a deeply creative romantic partnership and for its insights about humor, hilarity, and the way they can be embedded in rather than antithetical to feminism. Who says feminists lack a sense of humor?" - Jack Halberstam, author of The Queer Art of Failure Lily Tomlin and Jane Wagner have been partners in life and work for more than 40 years. Over those years they have been comedic pioneers in television, sound recording, film, theater, and animation. This book explores the ways they have used and expanded notions of queer to make their unique impact on American culture.

Contents: 1. Feminism for the Whole Family * 2. Queering the Quotidian * 3. Laughing All the Way to Ourselves * 4. Selling Out and Buying In * 5. Our Queer Mothers December 2013 UK December 2013 US 204pp 9 b/w illustrations Hardback £53.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

26

9781137358233

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Domestic Servants in Literature and Testimony in Brazil, 1889-1999

Writing Otherwise Experiments in Cultural Criticism Edited by Jackie Stacey, University of Manchester, UK, Janet Wolff, University of Rochester, USA "The essays in Writing Otherwise provide indispensable models for academics attempting to combine theoretical savvy with readable, inventive prose.’"- Susan Gubar, Indiana University, ‘Living with Cancer’ blog in The New York Times

Sônia Roncador, University of Texas at Austin, USA Drawing from a variety of historical sources, theory, and fictional and non-fictional production, this book addresses the cultural imaginary of domestic servants in modern Brazil and demonstrates maids’ symbolic centrality to shifting notions of servitude, subordination, femininity, and domesticity.

Contents: Introduction - The Burdened Legacy of Domestic Servitude in Brazil * 1. Júlia’s Maids: Servants in the Cultural Imaginary of the Tropical Belle Époque * 2. ‘My Ol’ Black Mammy’: Childhood Maids in Brazilian Modernist Memoirs * 3.

‘How to Treat a Maid?’: Misencounters with Servants in Clarice Lispector’s * 4. Writers in Aprons: Brazilian Servants’ Testimonios February 2014 UK 252pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 ebooks available

9781137353795

Writing Otherwise is a collection of essays by established feminist and cultural critics interested in experimenting with new styles of expression.

Contents: 1. Writing Otherwise; Jackie Stacey and Janet Wolff * PART I: AFFECTS * 2. Writing From the Heart; Griselda Pollock * 3. Contact; Mary Cappello: * 4. On Being Open to Others: Cosmopolitanism and the Psychoanalysis of Groups; Jackie Stacey * 5. Touching Lives: Writing the Sociological and the Personal; Carol Smart * PART II: DISPLACEMENTS * 6. Atlantic Moves; Janet Wolff * 7. Autopia: In Search of What We’re Thinking When We’re Driving; Lynne Pearce * 8. Cheap Chickens and Ethical Eggs: The Place of an English Village in the World; Vron Ware * 9. If the Shoe Fits: Appropriating Identity?; Brenda CooperDust and Mangoes: Plain Tales and Hill Stations; Margaret Beetham * PART III: POETICS * 10. Bliss (Opera’s Untenable Pleasures); Monica B. Pearl * 11. Graphic to Surface: Textual Effects and Criticism; Judy Kendall * 12. First Person, Plural: Notes on Voice and Collaboration; Marianne Hirsch and Leo Spitzer October 2013 US 240pp 20 b&w illustrations, and 4 line drawings Hardback $95.00 9780719089428 Published by Manchester University Press

Contemporary Women’s Poetry and Urban Space Experimental Cities Zoe Skoulding, Bangor University, UK "Contemporary Women's Poetry and Urban Space is a fascinating read with an excellent balance of general theoretical insight and close textual analysis of some very challenging work. Skoulding draws together disparate practices and theories to weave together a picture of innovative, gendered poetry and poetics developed by a range of international poets in response to the city. Her wide reference helps her achieve a global, though not totalizing, perspective and it is instructive and inspiring to see these poets brought together within the covers of one book."

- Harriet Tarlo, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

Renewing Feminisms Radical Narratives, Fantasies and Futures in Media Studies Helen Thornham, University of Leeds, UK, Elke Weissmann, Edge Hill University, UK The feminist movement, we have been told, is history.

This lively book proposes that on the contrary the feminist movement is alive and kicking, still as engaged with the concerns and ways of seeing as it was in the 1960s, '70s and '80s; still demanding its political place.

This book focuses on the role of the city, and its processes of mutual transformation, in poetry by experimental women writers.

Readings of their work are placed in the context of theories of urban space, while new visions of the contemporary city and its global relationships are drawn from their innovations in language and form.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: LOCATION * 1. Address and Rhythm * PART II: VISION, POWER AND KNOWLEDGE * 2. Alice Notley: Disobedient Cities * 3. Lisa Samuels: Unknown Cities * PART III: LANGUAGE AND LOCALITY * 4. Geraldine Monk’s Restless Soil * 5. Ágnes Lehóczky and the Palimpsestic City * PART IV: POLIS * 6. Erín Moure’s Irruptive Citizenship * 7.

Lisa Robertson: Prosody of the Polis * PART V: ACTS OF ATTENTION * 8. Against Background: Reframings of the City * 9. Performance and Absence in the Heterotopian City * Conclusion October 2013 UK October 2013 US 248pp Hardback £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Contents: Introduction: Renewing-Retooling Feminisms * The BFI women and film study group 1976 – Christine Geraghty * Re-branding Feminism: Post-Feminism, Popular * Culture and the Academy Sue Thornham * Third-wave feminism and the university: on pedagogy and feminist resurgence Kristin Aune * Classy Subjects Maureen McNeil * Imagining Her(story): Engendering ArchivesRoshini Kempadoo * Conclusions July 2013 US 272pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$90.00 / CN$104.00 $29.00 / CN$33.50

9781848858251 9781848858268

9780230292789

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

27

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Girlfriends and Postfeminist Sisterhood Alison Winch, Middlesex University, UK "Alison Winch explores the deep and complex emotions involved in female friendships and how these are exploited by brands, television formats and film narratives to tie us into a competitive and unequal consumer culture. By recognising the source of negative as well as positive emotions between women, a more effective political movement could be achieved to counteract this exploitation, she suggests. The book expertly updates and builds on postfeminist scholarly research through close attention to recent popular culture. It makes a compelling argument, challenging established assumptions about the way girls and women are portrayed and how we, in turn, respond." - Jane Arthurs, Middlesex University, UK

Memory Studies Palgrave Macmillan Memory StudieS SERIES Edited by Andrew Hoskins, University of Glasgow, UK and John Sutton, Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia

Performing Feeling in Cultures of Memory Bryoni Trezise, University of New South Wales, Australia Performing Feeling in Cultures of Memory brings memory studies into conversation with a focus on feelings as cultural actors. It charts a series of memory sites that range from canonical museums and memorials, to practices enabled by the virtual terrain of Second Life, popular 'trauma TV' programs and radical theatre practice.

From Mean Girl to BFF, Girlfriends and Postfeminist Sisterhood explores female sociality in postfeminist popular culture. Focusing on a range of media forms, Alison Winch reveals how women are increasingly encouraged to strategically bond by controlling each other's body image through 'the girlfriend gaze'.

Contents: Introduction: Girlfriend Culture and the Gynaeopticon * 1. The Girlfriend Gaze * 2. BFF Co-Brands * 3. Strategic Sisterhoods * 4. Womance * 5. Making White Lives Better? * 6. Catfight * 7. Class and British Reality Television * 8. The Friendship Market * Conclusion: Feminism, Friendship and Conflicted Feelings * Bibliography November 2013 UK 232pp Hardback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US £50.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 ebooks available

9780230348752

Contents: Introduction. Feeling the Return of Memory * 1.

Sensing the Holocaust Affect: Memorials in Repeat, Revision and Return * 2. Becoming Other-wise: Remembering Intercorporeal Indigeneity Down Under * 3. Feeling Remediated: The Emotional Afterlife of Psychic Trauma TV * 4. Affecting Indifference: Traumatic a-materiality in Second Life * 5. Affect’s Spill: Theatrical ‘Sensationship’ in Cultures of Memory

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies June 2014 UK 204pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Contemporary Asylum Narratives

June 2014 US £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9781137336217

Representing Refugees in the Twenty-First Century Agnes Woolley, University of Lincoln, UK "Contemporary Asylum Narratives is a fluent, insightful, and theoretically astute work with much to say about the politics of representing refugee experience. Agnes Woolley has made a timely addition to debates around the place of asylum in postcolonial studies." - David Farrier, University of Edinburgh, UK

theatre.

Contemporary Asylum Narratives marks a transition from traditional modes of diasporic belonging to the need for identifications that encompass the statelessness of refugees and asylum seekers. This book explores representations of asylum seekers and refugees in twenty-first century literature, film and

Contents: Introduction * PART I: HOSPITABLE REPRESENTATIONS * 1. Narrator as Host in Graham Swift’s The Light of Day * 2. ‘Communicable Empathy’: Reading A Distant Shore * Conclusion to Part I * PART II: REFUGEES ON FILM * 3. Screening asylum: Pawel Pawlikowski’s Last Resort * 4. States of Belonging in Alfonso Cuarón’s Children of Men * Conclusion to Part II * PART III: STAGING ASYLUM * 5. Authenticating asylum: Kay Adshead’s The Bogus Woman * 6. Europe, history and myth in Timberlake Wertenbaker’s Credible Witness * Conclusion to Part III * PART IV: ASYLUM IN A GLOBAL ERA * 7. Globalisation: crisis and celebration in Chris Cleave’s The Other Hand * 8. Cosmopolitan representation: Kate Clanchy’s Antigona and Me * Conclusion to Part IV * CONCLUSION: AN UNCERTAIN BELONGING January 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

28

January 2014 US 4 b/w illustrations £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137299055

Media and Nostalgia Yearning for the Past, Present and Future Edited by Katharina Niemeyer, Université Paris 2, France Media and Nostalgia is an interdisciplinary and international exploration of media and their relation to nostalgia. Each chapter demonstrates how nostalgia has always been a media-related matter, studying also the recent nostalgia boom by analysing, among others, digital photography, television series and home videos.

Contents: Introduction: Media and Nostalgia; Katharina Niemeyer * PART I: ANALOGUE NOSTALGIAS * PART II: EXPLOITED NOSTALGIAS * PART III : SCREENED NOSTALGIAS * PART IV: CREATIVE NOSTALGIAS

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies April 2014 UK April 2014 US 256pp 12 figures Hardback £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137375872

MEMORY STUDIES

Journalism and Memory

Mediating Memory in the Museum

Edited by Barbie Zelizer, University of Pennsylvania, USA, Keren Tenenboim-Weinblatt, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel 'Here is a pioneering whole about journalism and memory relationships: two subjects seemingly contradictory and incompatible. This book will be a standard reference work.' - Pierre Nora, historian Tracking the ways in which journalism and memory mutually support, undermine, repair and challenge each other, this fascinating collection brings together leading scholars in journalism and memory studies to investigate the complicated role that journalism plays in relation to the past.

Contents: PART I: TRAJECTORIES OF JOURNALISM AND MEMORY * 1. Reflections on the Underdeveloped Relations between Journalism and Memory Studies; Jeffrey Olick * 2. Memory as Foreground, Journalism as Background; Barbie Zelizer * 3. Shifting the Politics of Memory: Mnemonic Trajectories in a Global Public Terrain; Ingrid Volkmer and Carolyne Lee, * 4.

Collective Memory in a Post-Broadcast World; Jill Edy * PART II: DOMAINS OF JOURNALISM AND MEMORY * Journalism and Narrative Memory * 5. Journalism as a Vehicle of Non-Commemorative Cultural Memory; Michael Schudson * 6. Counting time: Journalism and the Temporal Resource; Keren Tenenboim-Weinblatt * 7. Reversed memory: Commemorating the Past Through Coverage of the Present; Motti Neiger, Eyal Zandberg and Oren Meyers * Journalism and Visual Memory * 8. Hands and Feet: Photojournalism, the Fragmented Body Politic, and Collective Memory; Robert Hariman and John Louis Lucaites * 9. Journalism, Memory and the ‘Crowd-Sourced Video Revolution’; Kari Andén-Papadopoulos * 10. The Journalist as Memory Assembler: Non-Memory, The War on Terror and The Shooting of Osama Bin Laden; Anna Reading * 11. A New Memory of War; Andrew Hoskins * Journalism and Institutional Memory * 12. The Late News: Memory Work as Boundary Work in the Commemoration of Television Journalists; Matt Carlson and Dan Berkowitz * 13.

Conventions and Cultures, 1863-2013: The Gettysburg Address in the Mind of American Journalism; Barry Schwartz * 14. Historical Authority and the ‘Potent Journalistic Reputation’: A Longer View of Legacy-Making in American News Media; Carolyn Kitch * 15. Argentinean Torturers on Trial: How Are Journalists Covering the Hearings’ Memory Work?; Susana Kaiser

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies February 2014 UK 304pp Hardback Paperback Canadian Rights

Trauma, Empathy, Nostalgia Silke Arnold-de Simine, Birkbeck, University of London, UK Mediating Memory in the Museum is a contribution to an emerging field of research that is situated at the interface between memory studies and museum studies. It highlights the role of museums in the proliferation of the so-called memory boom as well as the influence of memory discourses on international trends in museum cultures.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: MUSEUM, MEMORY, MEDIUM * 1. A New Type of Museum?2. Memory Boom, Memory Wars and Memory Crisis * 3. Is There Such a Thing as ‘Collective Memory’? * 4. Media Frameworks of Remembering * 5. Difficult Pasts, Vicarious Trauma: The Concept of ‘Secondary Witnessing’ * 6. Empathy and its Limits in the Museum * 7. Nostalgia and Post-Nostalgia in Heritage Sites * PART II: THE DEATHS OF OTHERS: REPRESENTING TRAUMA IN WAR MUSEUMS * 8. Sites of Trauma * 9. Icons of Trauma * PART III: SCREEN MEMORIES AND THE ‘MOVING’ IMAGE: EMPATHY AND PROJECTION IN ISM, LIVERPOOL, AND IWM NORTH, MANCHESTER * 10.

The Politics of Empathy * 11. Testimonial Video Installation * 12. Middle Passage Installation * 13. The Big Picture in IWM North * 14. Guilt, Grief and Empathy * PART IV: THE PARADOXES OF NOSTALGIA IN MUSEUMS AND HERITAGE SITES * 15. (Post-)Nostalgia for the Museum?

The Pitt Rivers Museum, Oxford * 16. The Ghosts of Spitalfields: 18 Folgate Street and 19 Princelet Street17. Intangible Heritage, Place and Community: Écomusée d’Alsace18. Ostalgie – Nostalgia for GDR Everyday Culture? The GDR in the MuseumPART V: * UNCANNY OBJECTS, UNCANNY TECHNOLOGIES19. Phantasmagoria and its Spectres in the Museum * Conclusion

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies October 2013 UK October 2013 US 256pp 10 figures Hardback £50.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230368866

February 2014 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$104.00 £18.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 ebooks available

9781137263926 9781137263933

The Case of Italy

The Cultural Politics of Austerity

Andrea Hajek, University of Warwick, UK

Past and Present in Austere Times Rebecca Bramall, University of Brighton, UK This timely book examines austerity's conflicted meanings, from austerity chic and anti-austerity protest to economic and eco-austerity. Bramall's compelling text explores the presence and persuasiveness of the past, developing a new approach to the historical in contemporary cultural politics.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Austere times * 2. On being ‘inside’ austerity: austerity chic, consumer culture and anti-austerity protest * 3. The past in the present: history, memory, ideology and discourse * 4. Dig for victory! Eco-austerity, sustainability and new historical subjectivities * 5. The state of austerity: governance, welfare and the people * 6. Turning back time: feminism, domesticity and austere femininities * 7. Afterword

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies October 2013 UK October 2013 US 192pp 10 figures Hardback £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Negotiating Memories of Protest in Western Europe

9780230360471

Negotiating Memories of Protest in Western Europe explores the transmission of memories of 1970s protest movements in Italy, Germany, France and Great Britain. Focusing on Italy, it analyzes commemorative rituals, memory sites and other forms of 'memory work' performed by social groups in a city where a protester was killed by police in 1977.

Contents: List of Illustrations * List of Acronyms * Acknowledgements * Introduction: Negotiating Memories of Protest * 1. ‘Years of lead’? Political Violence in Perspective * 2.

‘Wonderful years’? Myth, Nostalgia and Possessive Memory * 3.

The Trauma of 1977 * 4. Mourning and Moral Duty. The Affective Labour of Victims’ Families * 5. Political Uses of the Past. The Official Memory of 1977 * 6. Rebuilding Group Identities to the Far Left * 7. Memory Sites: the Negotiation of Protest in the Urban Space * Conclusion: Blocked in Private Spaces * Notes * Bibliography

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies August 2013 UK August 2013 US 232pp 9 figures Hardback £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137263773

29

MEMORY STUDIES Mass Dictatorship and Memory as Ever Present Past

Palgrave Macmillan Memory StudieS SERIES cont.

Edited by Jie-Hyun Lim, Hanyang University, Seoul, South Korea,Barbara Walker, University of Nevada, USA, Peter Lambert, Aberystwyth University, Wales

Media and Memory in New Shanghai

This volume explores the politics of memory involved in 'coming to terms with the past' of mass dictatorship on a global scale. Considering how a growing sense of global connectivity and global human rights politics changed the memory landscape, the essays explore entangled pasts of dictatorships.

Western Performances of Futures Past Amanda Lagerkvist, Sodertorn University, Sweden Contributing to current debates about the globality and mediatisation of memories, Media and Memory in New Shanghai interrogates the city's spectacular regeneration into an emergent world centre, describing how Western elites partake in the production of New Shanghai by feeling its futures and performing its futures past.

Contents: Preface * 1. Introduction * 2. Memories in the Making: Media, Memory, Performance * 3. Retromodern Shanghai: Uncanny Memories of Media Futures Past * 4. Strange Rhythms of Legendary Shanghai * 5. Performing Futures Past: Memory as Mediatized Performativity * 6. American Hauntings: Memory, Space and the Virtual * Epilogue

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies July 2013 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US 8 figures £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9781137014641

Contents: 1. Introduction: Coming to Terms with the Past of Mass Dictatorship; Peter Lambert & Jie-Hyun Lim * PART I: ENTANGLED MEMORY AND COMPARATIVE HISTORY * 2.

The Predicaments of Culture: War, Dictatorship, and Modernity in Early Postwar West Germany and Japan; Sebastian Conrad * 3. Victimhood Nationalism in the Memory of Mass Dictatorship; Jie-Hyun Lim * 4. Creating a Victimhood Nation: The Politics of the Austrian People’s Courts and High Treason; Hiroko MizunoPART II: THE DIALECTICAL INTERPLAY OF HISTORY AND MEMORY * 5. Ukraine Faces Its Soviet Past: History vs. Policy vs. Memory; Volodymyr Kravchenko * 6. History and Responsibility: On the Debates on the Shōwa History; Naoki Sakai * 7. Widukind or Karl der Große? Perspectives on Historical Culture and Memory in the Third Reich and Post-war West Germany; Peter Lambert * PART III: PLURALIZING MEMORIES: FRAGMENTED, CONTESTED, RESISTED8. The Suppression and Recall of Colonial Memory: Manchukuo and the Cold War in the Two Koreas; Suk-Jung Han * 9. Accomplices of Violence: Guilt and Purification through Altruism among the Moscow Human Rights Activists of the 1960s and 1970s; Barbara Walker * 10. Consuming Fragments of Mao Zedong: The Chairman’s Final Two Decades at the Helm; Michael Schoenhals * 11. The Lived Space of Recollection: How Holocaust Memorials are Conceived Differently Today; Jörg Gleiter

Mass Dictatorship in the Twentieth Century January 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US 10 b/w photos £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137289827

Mediation at the Holocaust Memorial in Berlin Irit Dekel, Humboldt University, Germany "Dekel focuses on the participation in memory work as a potential act of citizenship – citizenship defined in cosmopolitan and inclusive terms – and, by exploring the different stages of participation in memory work, she is able to theorise the 'moral career' of visitors. Mediation at the Holocaust Memorial in Berlin moves us away from the restrictive notions of the Holocaust sublime and towards the Holocaust's speakability through performances of memory." - Richard Crownshaw, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK Analyzing action at the Holocaust memorial in Berlin, this first ethnography of the site offers a fresh approach to studying the memorial and memory work as potential civic engagement of visitors with themselves and others rather than with history itself.

Contents: Acknowledgements * List of Figures * Introduction * 1. Navigating Experience: Studying the Holocaust Memorial * 2. Spheres of Speakability: Old and New Discursive Modes * 3. Memory in Action: New Ethics of Engagement with Holocaust Memory * 4. Mediation at the Holocaust Memorial * Conclusion

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies July 2013 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

30

July 2013 US 9 figures £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9780230363304

Remembering 9/11 Terror, Trauma and Social Theory Victor Jeleniewski Seidler, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK Remembering 9/11 recalls the afterlife of the tragedy and the shock that led many to ask 'why do they hate us so much?' Engaging with the different voices that attempted to make sense of the trauma, Seidler traces the narratives of fear, loss and vulnerability and the ways in which they evolved into feelings of rage and retribution.

Contents: Contents * Preface * Acknowledgements * 1.

Introduction: Remembering 9/11: Terror, Trauma and Social Theory * 2. Witnessing Terror * 3. Terror, Shock and Mourning * 4. Recovering Bodies * 5. Traumatic Spaces * 6. Rage and Retribution * 7. Protest and Resistance * 8. Communicating Terror and Trauma * 9. Terrorism, War and Ethics * 10. Modernity, Islam and Fundamentalisms * 11. Islam, Civilisations and Terror * 12. Hatred, Global Power and Terror * 13. Freedom, Anger and Global Power * 14. Rhetorics of War * 15. Conclusions * Bibliography * Index October 2013 UK October 2013 US 304pp Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137017680

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Flemish Nationalism and the Great War

Cultural and Media History

The Politics of Memory, Visual Culture and Commemoration Karen Shelby, Baruch College, The City University of New York, USA Karen Shelby addresses the IJzertoren Memorial, which is dedicated to the Flemish dead of the Great War, and the role the monument has played in the discussions among the various political, social and cultural ideologies of the Flemish community.

The History of the Kiss!

The Birth of Popular Culture Marcel Danesi, University of Toronto, Canada "The History of the Kiss by Marcel Danesi serves as part anthropological study and part celebration of this mysterious, sensuous, thrilling activity that holds such power over us all." - New York Post 'An illuminating look at why kissing is such a powerful act.' - The Guardian

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. IJzerbedevaart: The Last Summer Pilgrimage to the IJzer * 3. A Flemish Nation: Catholicism, Language and the Medieval Past * 4. The Battle of the Golden Spurs: Enlistment Propaganda and The Front Movement * 5. A Politicized Movement and the Memorialization of the Flemish Soldier * 6. The IJzertoren: A Heldenhuldezerk for All of Flanders * 7. World War I Memorial or Symbol of Freedom? Collaboration and the IJzertoren * 8. IJzerbedevaart: The Pilgrimage to the IJzer * 9. The IJzerwake: A Different Memory of the Great War * 10. Transformation: The IJzertoren Memorial Museum to the Museum aan de IJzer * 11. Conclusion June 2014 UK 304pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US 41 b/w illustrations £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137391711

How and when did the kiss become a vital sign of romance and love? In this wide-ranging book, pop culture expert Marcel Danesi takes the reader on a fascinating journey through the history of the kiss, from poetry and painting to movies and popular songs, and argues that its romantic incarnation signaled the birth of popular culture.

Contents: 1. The Popular Origins of the Kiss * 2. The Kiss in Ritual, Symbol, and Myth * 3. The Kiss in Stories, Real and Fictional * 4. The Kiss in Images * 5. The Kiss in Songs * 6. The Kiss Goes to the Movies * 7. The Kiss in the Internet Age

Semiotics and Popular Culture December 2013 UK December 2013 US 196pp 9 b/w illustrations Hardback £53.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Paperback £17.00 / $27.00 / CN$31.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Memory and Postwar Memorials

9781137376831 9781137376848

Confronting the Violence of the Past Edited by Marc Silberman, University of WisconsinMadison, USA, Florence Vatan, University of Wisconsin, USA "Marc Silberman and Florence Vatan have assembled an intriguing array of case studies providing a panorama of commemorative practices in post-conflict scenarios. Testimony to the mature status of memory studies, the distinctive essays provide rich insights into how divided societies cope with memories of past violence. Readers interested in recent mnemonic trajectories and attendant political and cultural practices - primarily but not exclusively in Europe - will find this book highly rewarding." - Daniel Levy, Stony Brook University, USA The twentieth century witnessed genocides, ethnic cleansing, forced population expulsions, shifting borders, and other disruptions on an unprecedented scale. This book examines the work of memory and the ethics of healing in post authoritarian societies that have experienced state-perpetrated violence.

Contents: Introduction – After the Violence: Memory; Florence Vatan and Marc Silberman * PART I: COMPETING MEMORIES * PART II: STAGING MEMORY * PART III: RE-MEMBERING MEMORY

Studies in European Culture and History December 2013 UK December 2013 US 272pp 20 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137343512

The Vision of a Nation Making Multiculturalism on British Television, 1960-80 Gavin Schaffer, University of Birmingham, UK Telling the stories behind television's approaches to race relations, multiculturalism and immigration in the 'Golden Age' of British television, the book focuses on the 1960s and 1970s and argues that the makers of television worked tirelessly to shape multiculturalism and undermine racist extremism.

Contents: 1. The Vision of a Nation: Introduction * 2. The First Bridge: Programmes for Immigrants on British Television * 3.

Race in News and Current Affairs: Principles and Practice * 4.

Dealing with Racial Extremes: News and Current Affairs under Pressure * 5. What’s behind the Open Door? Talking Back on Race in Public-Access Broadcasting * 6. The Rise and Fall of the Racial Sitcom: Laughter and Prejudice in Multicultural Britain * 7.Struggling for the Ordinary: Race in British Television Drama * 8. Conclusion June 2014 UK 320pp Hardback Paperback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$106.00 £16.99 / $30.00 / CN$38.00 ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9780230292970 9780230292987

31

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Entertaining Children

Sexuality and the Gothic Magic Lantern

The Participation of Youth in the Entertainment Industry

Desire, Eroticism and Literary Visibilities from Byron to Bram Stoker

Edited by Gillian Arrighi, Victor Emeljanow, both at University of Newcastle, Australia "Readers should resist the urge to pick out one or two essays to peruse, since what really sets this collection apart is its global, generic, and methodological inclusiveness. We learn not only about stage plays and musicals but also film, TV, dance, and experimental theatre; not only about what adult viewers make of child performers but what former child performers make of their own experiences. This excellent collection of essays should inspire more theatre historians and cultural critics to pay attention to the centrality of children as makers and consumers of entertainment." Marah Gubar, University of Pittsburgh, USA Children have been exploited as performers and wooed energetically as consumers throughout history. These essays offer scholarly investigations into the employment and participation of children in the entertainment industry with examples drawn from historical and contemporary contexts.

Contents: PART I: TERMS OF ENGAGEMENT * PART II: BY CHILDREN/FOR CHILDREN * PART III: GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES

Palgrave Studies in Theatre and Performance History May 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 3 b/w illustrations £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

David J. Jones, Open University, UK This fascinating study explores the multifarious erotic themes associated with the magic lantern shows, which proved the dominant visual medium of the West for 350 years, and analyses how the shows influenced the portrayals of sexuality in major works of Gothic fiction.

Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Acknowledgements * Preface * Introduction * 1. Sex and the Ghost-Show: the Early Ghost Lanternists, Friedrich Schiller’s Die Geisterseher/ Ghost-seer, Matthew Lewis’s The Monk and E-G Robertson’s Convent Fantasmagorie * 2. Byron: Incest, Voyeurism and the Phantasmagoria * 3. Charlotte Brönte’s Villette, Forbidden Desire and Lanternicity in the Domestic Gothic * 4. Sheridan Le Fanu’s Carmilla (1872), ‘Ambiguous Alternations’: Lesbian Desire in the Lanternist Novella * 5.

Lanternist codes and Sexuality in Dracula and The Lady of the Shroud * Conclusion

Palgrave Gothic February 2014 UK 264pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137298911

9781137305459

The Rural Gothic in American Popular Culture Backwoods Horror and Terror in the Wilderness

The Gothic Child Margarita Georgieva, University of Nice, France "Understanding something that encompasses centuries of individual works in multiple mediums is a challenge. Focusing on the evolution of the child motif, Georgieva's impressive study introduces readers to individual texts and provides an overview.

Essential reading for students of Gothic!" - Carol Senf, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA Fascination with the dark and death threats are now accepted features of contemporary fantasy and fantastic fictions for young readers. These go back to the early gothic genre in which child characters were extensively used by authors. The aim of this book is to rediscover the children in their work.

Contents: Table of Figures * Introduction * 1. First Steps * 2. ‘Becoming as Little Children’ * 3.

Experimenting with Children * 4. Child Sublimation * 5. The Political Child * 6. The Gothic Child on Film * Conclusions * Bibliography

Palgrave Gothic October 2013 UK October 2013 US 240pp 8 figures Hardback £50.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

32

9781137306067

Bernice M. Murphy, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland 'This is a highly engaging read, full of great ideas and interesting connections. Each chapter has a well-chosen focus, and together they amount to the definitive scholarly commentary on the genre and its cultural significance. The book's readability and its breadth – even within its tight focus in terms of genre – means it will be widely used in film studies, cultural studies, literature, American studies, cultural geography, and beyond.' - David Bell, University of Leeds, UK The Rural Gothic in American Popular Culture argues that complex and often negative initial responses of early European settlers continue to influence American horror and gothic narratives to this day. The book undertakes a detailed analysis of key literary and filmic texts situated within consideration of specific contexts.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction: We’re Not Out of the Woods Yet * 1. The Cabin in the Woods: Order versus Chaos in the ‘New World’ * 2. ‘We are But a Little Way in the Forest Yet’: The Community in the Wilderness * 3. ‘Going Windigo’: ‘Civilisation’ and ‘Savagery’ on the New Frontier * 4. Backwoods Nightmares: The Rural Poor as Monstrous Other * 5. ‘Why Wouldn’t the Wilderness Fight Us?’ Eco-horror and the Apocalypse * Notes * Bibliography Filmography * Index October 2013 UK October 2013 US 272pp Hardback £55.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137353719

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Britain and the World SERIES Edited by James Onley, University of Exeter, UK, A.G. Hopkins, Pembroke College, Cambridge, UK, Gregory A. Barton, University of Western Sydney, Australia & Bryan Glass, Texas State University, USA

Cinema and Society in the British Empire, 1895-1940 James Burns, Clemson University, USA By 1940 going to the movies was the most popular form of public leisure in Britain's empire. This book explores the social and cultural impact of the movies in colonial societies in the early cinema age.

Sport and the British World, 1900-1930

Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. The Birth of the Cinema Age * 2. Silents in the Empire * 3. Uplifting the Empire: Colonial Cinema and the Educational Film-Movement, 1913-1940 * 4. The Era of the Talkies * Conclusion

Amateurism and National Identity in Australia and Beyond Erik Nielsen, University of New South Wales, Australia This book provides a lively study of the role that Australians and New Zealanders played in defining the British sporting concept of amateurism. In doing so, they contributed to understandings of wider British identity across the sporting world.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The Commercialisation of Australasian Amateur Athletics * 3. The Role of Race and Class in Defining the Australasian Amateur Community * 4.

‘Imperialism and Nationalism in Action’? Reconfiguring the Athletic Relationship with Britain * 5. North American Cousins: Relations with the United States and Canada * 6. A Question of Nationalism? The Dissolution of the Australasian Amateur Athletic Relationship * Conclusion

Britain and the World July 2013 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137308016

Britain and the World June 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00

9781137398505

Informal Empire and the Rise of One World Culture Gregory A. Barton, University of Western Sydney, Australia

Imperial Culture in Antipodean Cities, 1880-1939

Informal empire is a key mechanism of control that explains much of the configuration of the modern world. This book traces the broad outline of westernization through elite formations around the world in the modern era. It explains why the world is western and how formal empire describes only the tip of the iceberg of British and American power.

John Griffiths, Massey University, New Zealand Drawing on a wealth of primary and secondary sources, this book explores how far imperial culture penetrated antipodean city institutions. It argues that far from imperial saturation, the city 'Down Under' was remarkably untouched by the Empire.

Contents: Introduction * 1. From Imperial Federation to the Empty Pavilion: Empire Sentiment in British World Cities 18801914 * 2. Imperial Identity in Antipodean Cities during the Great War and its Aftermath 1914-30 * 3. Empire City- Global City?

North American Culture in the Antipodean City c.1880-1939 * 4. A Part or Apart? Attitudes to Empire in the Antipodean Press c.1880s-1930s * 5. Uniform Diversity? Youth Organisations in the Antipodes c. 1880-1940 * 6. Ceremonial Days, Imperial Culture, Schools and Exhibitions c.1900-1935 * 7. The Branch Life of Empire: Imperial Loyalty Leagues in Antipodean Cities c.1900-1939. Comparisons and Contrasts with the British Model * Conclusions

Contents: 1. Models of Global Transformation * 2. The Idea of Informal Empire * 3. The Palmerstonian Project * 4. Informal Empire and Africa * 5. Informal Empire and the Americas * 6.

Informal Empire and Asia * 7. Informal Empire and the Middle East * 8. United States and the Imperial Web * 9. Resistance

Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series May 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$106.00 ebooks available

9780230232341

Britain and the World March 2014 UK 320pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US 19 tables, 11 illustrations £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$106.00 ebooks available

9781137385727

Follow us on

for the latest news, events and competitions

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

@PalgraveCultMed

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

33

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY The Arc and the Machine

The Global Sixties in Sound and Vision

Narrative and New Media

Media, Counterculture, Revolt

Caroline Bassett, University of Sussex, UK

Edited by Timothy Scott Brown, Northeastern University, USA, Andrew Lison, Brown University, USA 'From Tropicália to the New American Cinema, French prog rock to conceptual photography, this anthology proves that any compelling account of the polyvalent conjunctures of culture and politics in the 1960s must be interdisciplinary. Readable and engaging, this book pries the decade out of the clichés that too often imprison it to offer fresh perspectives on music, art, and film.' – Erika Balsom, King's College London, UK

The Arc and the Machine is an important and timely book. It insists on the centrality of narrative to informational culture, and forces a re-appraisal of how information technology, read as a material cultural form, is understood in relation to the questions of innovation and transformation.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Narrative Machines * 2. ‘Beautiful Patterns of Bits’: Cybernetics, Interfaces, New Media * PART 1: The Thing Itself: Technology and Determination * PART 2: Contemporary Technocultures * 3. Those with Whom the Archive Dwells * 4. Annihilating All That’s Made? Legends of Virtual Community * 5. ‘Just Because’ Stories: On Elephant April 2014 US 228pp Paperback $30.95 Published by Manchester University Press

9780719073434

Italy and the Mediterranean Words, Sounds, and Images of the Post-Cold War Era Norma Bouchard, University of Connecticut, USA, Valerio Ferme, University of Colorado, Boulder, USA 'Carefully researched and persuasively argued, this book examines the new and provocative discourses on the Mediterranean that have taken shape in the Italian context since the end of the Cold War as well as the simultaneous emergence of a distinctive tendency in cultural production - in music, cinema, and literature - that resonates with similar social and geophilosophical concerns. It offers a path-breaking contribution to Italian cultural studies.' - Áine O'Healy, Loyola Marymount University, USA This book explores new ways that the Mediterranean has been discussed in Italian intellectual and artistic culture from the 1980s to the present.

Contents: Introduction * 1. The Return to the Mediterranean in Contemporary Western Thought: Old Contexts, New Approaches * 2. Interlude: From Discourses On to Discourses From the Italian Mediterranean * 3. Geo-philosophies of the Mediterranean: From Massimo Cacciari and Franco Cassano to Mario Alcaro and Beyond * 4. Sounds of Southern Shores: Musical Traditions and Adaptations in the Italian Mediterranean * 5. Screening the Souths through Southern Eyes: Revisiting Italy and the Mediterranean through the Lenses of Globalization * 6.

Writing the Mediterraneity of the Italian South: Vincenzo Consolo, Carmine Abate, and Erri De Luca * 7. The Mediterranean of Migrant, Post-colonial, and Exile Writers Post-face

Despite the explosion of interest in the "global 1968," the arts in this period - both popular and avantgarde forms - have too often been neglected. This interdisciplinary volume brings together scholars in history, cultural studies, musicology and other areas to explore the symbiosis of the sonic and the visual in the counterculture of the 1960s.

Contents: 1. Red Noise: Pop and Politics in Post-1968 France; Jonathyne Briggs * 2. Mapping Tropicália; Christopher Dunn * 3. Magical Mystery Tours: Godard and Antonioni in America; David Fresko * 4. Turning Inwards: The Politics of Privacy in the New American Cinema; Joshua Guilford * 5. Utopia and Dystopia in Science Fiction Films around 1968; Kathrin Fahlenbrach * 6. “Musical & Magical Counterpoint’: Language, Sound, and Image in Wallace Berman’s Aleph, 1956–1966; Chelsea Behle Fralick * 7. Guitar Smashing: Gustav Metzger, the Idea of Auto-destructive Works of Art, and Its Influence on Rock Music; Wolfgang Kraushaar * 8. “The Revolution is over - and we have won!’: Alfred Hilsberg, West German Punk and the Sixties; Jeff Hayton * 9. The Sun and Moon Have Come Together: The Fourth Way, the Counterculture, and Capitol Records; Kevin Fellezs * 10. “A Weapon In Our Struggle For Liberation”: Black Arts, Black Power, and the 1969 Pan-African Cultural Festival; Samir Meghelli * 11. The Revolution Will Not Be Televised, but It Will Be Recorded: Soul, Funk, and the Black Urban Experience, 1968-1979; Francesca D’Amico * 12. Jukebox Modernism: The Transatlantic Sight and Sound of Peter Blake’s Got a Girl (1960–1961); Melissa L. Mednicov * 13. Uninteresting Pictures: Art and Technocracy, 1968; Joshua Shannon * 14. 1968 and the Future of Information; Andrew Lison * * 13. Uninteresting Pictures: Art and Technocracy, 1968; Joshua Shannon May 2014 UK 304pp Hardback Canadian Rights

9781137375223

The Jacobean Grand Tour Early Stuart Travellers in Europe Edward Chaney, Timothy Wilks, both at Southampton Solent University, UK "A timely and innovative reminder of English culture's European character and connections."

– Philip Mansel, author and historian "An excellent study of seventeenth century travel by the leading specialists in the field." - Jeremy Black, University of Exeter, UK

Italian and Italian American Studies September 2013 UK September 2013 US 320pp Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

May 2014 US 18 b/w illustrations £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00

This book examines the political and cultural significance of the encounters that resulted, focusing in particular on two of England's greatest, and newly united, families: the Cecils and the Howards.

9781137343451

Contents: 1. ‘The Face of an Angel’ * 2. ‘A Travayler of No Note’ * 3. Paris and Preparations * 4. Into Aquitania * 5. In Search of Gallia Narbonensis * 6. Pont du Gard to Pontius Pilate * 7. ‘An Iching Humor to Retourne’ * 8. On The Way Unto Venice * 9.

‘A Great Fault To Say Too Little’ * 10. Padua * 11. Out of Italy * 12. Commodities by Ship * 13.

Postscript to a Portrait February 2014 US 336pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

34

108 bw integrated, 10 colour in 8pp plates $60.00 / CN$69.00 9781780767833

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Representing Auschwitz

Performativity and Event in 1960s Japan

At the Margins of Testimony

City, Body, Memory

Edited by Nicholas Chare, University of Melbourne, Australia, Dominic Williams, University of Leeds, UK "This outstanding book has essays from not only the leading academics in the field (including perhaps the most important philosopher of history of our time, Hayden White) but also from leading writers in this area (Anne Karpf, Eva Hoffman).

Each essay is a fantastic resource, tightly argued, full of revelation and information. More, the book is a model of interdisciplinary work, combining history, literary studies, film, gender theory, art and philosophy. It is also a timely and vital intervention in the development of Holocaust Studies." - Robert Eaglestone, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

Peter Eckersall, University of Melbourne, Australia 'A fresh, innovative and rigorous work on a largely unexplored aspect of Japanese performance and urban space in the 1960s, this book will appeal to scholars and students from across several disciplinary boundaries.' - Alan Cummings, SOAS University of London, UK Performativity and Event in 1960s Japan considers the artists and events in 1960s Japan. In response to the social upheavals of the 1960s, it shows how art interacted with society in unique and transformational ways, interweaving arguments about the critical role of performance as an artistic medium and as a social dramaturgy.

This collection of essays by leading international scholars takes the Scrolls of Auschwitz as its starting point. These powerful hand-written testimonies, produced within Birkenau, seek to bear witness to mass murder from at its core. The highly literary accounts pose a fundamental challenge to the idea the Holocaust cannot be attested to.

Contents: Table of Contents * List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Zero Jigen’s pre-expressive utopian body: ritual theory and urban transformation * 2. Butoh cine dance and the remediated sixties * 3. Singing Yokoo Tadanori: Ichiyanagi Toshi, The City and the Aesthetics of Listening * 4. Performing Revolution at Shinjuku Plaza * 5. The Osaka Exposition: Bodies and the impossible Utopia * 6. Memory and city: Port B and the Tokyo Olympics * Closing: Transforming everydayness * Notes * Bibliography

Contents: Preface; Eva Hoffman * Introduction; Nicholas Chare and Dominic Williams * 1. The Harmony of Barbarism: Locating the ‘Scrolls of Auschwitz’ in Holocaust Historiography; Dan Stone * 2. On the Problem of Empathy: Attending to Gaps in the Scrolls of Auschwitz; Nicholas Chare * 3. ‘The dead are my teachers’: The Scrolls of Auschwitz in Jerome Rothenberg’s Khurbn; Dominic Williams * 4. Chain of Testimony: The Holocaust Researcher as Surrogate Witness; Anne Karpf * 5. What Remains – Genocide and Things; Ulrike Kistner * 6. Representing the Einsatzgruppen: The outtakes of Claude Lanzmann’s Shoah; Sue Vice * 7. Reconciling History in Alain Resnais’s L’Année dernière à Marienbad (1961); Hannah Mowat with Emma Wilson * 8. Gender and Sexuality in Women Survivors’ Personal Narratives; Cathy S. Gelbin * 9. Art as Transport Station of Trauma? Haunting Objects in the works of Bracha Ettinger, Sarah Kofman, and Chantal Akerman; Griselda Pollock * Coda: Reading Witness Discourse; Hayden White

September 2013 UK September 2013 US 192pp 10 figures Hardback £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Holocaust and its Contexts September 2013 UK September 2013 US 248pp 23 b/w photos Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Islam and the West A Civilized Dialogue Emirates Centre for Strategic Studies and Research, Abu Dhabi, UAE

9781137297686

Islam and the West takes inspiration from the so-called 'Golden Age' of Christian-Muslim relations which existed over seven centuries in the geographic area known as Al-Andalus or Moorish Spain. The book seeks to move away from analysis which sees Islam and the West on a path towards inevitable conflict and violence.

The Wild Rue of Persia Magic, Myth and Folklore in Iran Bess Donaldson, Former American Presbyterian, missionary and teacher A unique study of magic, myth and folklore with chapters on cosmology, names and numbers, snakes, dreams, talismans and signs, childbirth, angels, the evil eye, and the calendar. A classic work, long unavailable but now back in print.

Contents: Preface * 1. The Evil Eye * 2. Practices at Childbirth * 3. The Jinn * 4. Love and Marriage * 5. Saints, Saiyids and Places of Pilgimage * 6. Pilgrimage * 7. Death, Burial and Resurrection * 8. Angels * 9. Sacrifices * 10. The Kaf Mountain and Related Beliefs * 11. Seasons and Weather * 12. The Heavens and Heavenly Bodies * 13. Names and Numbers * 14. Oaths, Curses and Blessings * 15. The Calendar * 16. The Koran * 17. Trees and Plants * 18. Stones and Metals * 19. Quadrupeds and Birds * 20. Snakes, Scorpios and Insects * 21. Dreams and Sleep * 22. Weeping, Expectorating, Breathing and Sneezing * 23. Nails, Hair and Teeth * 24. Foods * 25.

Divination and Exorcism * 26. Talismans and Signs * Index June 2014 US 240pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$90.00 / CN$104.00

9781137017376

Contents: Foreword. Jamal S. Al-Suwaidi * Introduction: Islam and the West: A Civilized Dialogue * The Andalusian Model and Muslim–Christian Dialogue Today * The Muslim Perspective on Western Attitudes to Islamic Unity * Islam and the West: Theoretical Confusion * Western Media from the Viewpoint of the Islamic World * Media Perceptions and Misperceptions: A Western Perspective * Cultural Citizenship, Integration and the Representation of Muslim Minorities * Why Palestine is Central to Resolving Islam–West Relations * Civil Society and Dialogue after 9/11 * Problems and Prospects of Co-existence between Nations November 2013 US 330pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$95.00 / CN$109.00 $32.00 / CN$37.00

9789948145318 9789948145301

9781780769455

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

35

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Fandom, Authenticity, and Opera

Fleeting Cities

Mad Acts and Letter Scenes in Fin-de-Siècle Russia

Imperial Expositions in Fin-de-Siècle Europe

Anna Fishzon, Williams College, USA A study of commercialized opera culture in Russia, exploring the 'melodramatic imagination' Contents: Introduction * 1. Entrepreneurs and the Public Mission of Russian Private Opera * 2. Russia’s New Celebrities: Off-stage Narrative and Performance * 3. Deviant Audiences and the Feminization of Fandom * 4. Authenticity in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction, or, How the Gramophone Made Everyday Life Operatic * 5. Fan Letters, Melodrama, and the Meaning of Love * Epilogue

Palgrave Studies in Cultural and Intellectual History September 2013 UK September 2013 US 292pp 4 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137023445

Imperial expositions held in fin-de-siècle London, Paris and Berlin were knots in a world wide web. Conceptualizing expositions as meta-media, Fleeting Cities constitutes a transnational and transdisciplinary investigation into how modernity was created and displayed, consumed and disputed in the European metropolis around 1900.

Contents: Figures and Plates * Abbreviations * Acknowledgments * 1 Introduction: How to Read an Exposition * 2 Berlin 1896: Wilhelm II, Georg Simmel, and the Berliner Gewerbeausstellung * 3 Paris 1900: The Exposition universelle as a Century’s Protean Synthesis * 4 London 1908: Imre Kiralfy and the Franco-British Exhibition * 5 Wembley 1924: The British Empire Exhibition as a Suburban Metropolis * 6 Vincennes 1931: The Exposition Coloniale as the Apotheosis of Imperial Modernity * 7 Conclusion: Exhibition Fatigue, or the Rise and Fall of a Mass Medium * Coda: Pictures at an Exhibition * Appendix * Bibliography * Index

The Inhabited Ruins of Central Europe Re-imagining Space, History, and Memory Edited by Dariusz Gafijczuk, Newcastle University, UK, Derek Sayer, Lancaster University, UK Focusing on Central Europe, the volume proposes a new paradigm of how culture works, based on a model of ‘inhabited ruins’ as a space where contradictory elements come together into continually renewed and frequently paradoxical configurations. Examines art, architecture, literature and music.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Notes on Contributors * Prologue: The Day the Wall Came Down (American Surreal); Derek Sayer * Introduction: Delicate Empiricism; Dariusz Gafijczuk * 1. Ruins and Representations of 1989: Exception, Normality, Revolution; Tim Beasley-Murray * 2. The Ruins of a Myth or a Myth in Ruins? Freedom and Cohabitation in Central Europe; Paul Blokker * 3. Democracy in Ruins: The case of the Hungarian Parliament; Endre Dányi * 4. Itinerant Memory Places: The Baader-Meinhof-Wagen; Kimberly Mair * 5. Edith Doesn’t Live Here Anymore: A Story of Farnsworth House; Yoke-Sum Wong * 6. Comments on Comments: Fake Fragments, Fake Ruins, and Genuine Paper Ruination; Jindřich Toman * 7. How We Remember and What We Forget: Art History and the Czech Avant-garde; Derek Sayer * 8.

Anxious Geographies - Inhabited Traditions; Dariusz Gafijczuk * 9. Terezín as Reverse Potemkin Ruin, in Five Movements and an Epilogue; Michael Beckerman * 10. Desert Europa and the Sea of Ruins: The Post-Apocalyptic Imagination in Egon Bondy’s Afghanistan; Jonathan Bolton * 11.

History’s Loose Ends: Reflections on the Structure of Velvet Revolutions; Peter Zusi September 2013 UK September 2013 US 264pp 17 b/w photos Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Alexander C.T. Geppert, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Shortlisted for the Longman - History Today Book Prize 2010 "If I were to recommend only one book about nineteenth- and early twentieth-century international expositions, it would be this one.

Geppert's writing is clear, his learning is massive but never in the way, and his subject – the spaces and places of world's fairs – becomes in his hands a way of thinking about the self-reflexive and selfreferential qualities of modernity. Fleeting Cities is an exemplary cultural and institutional history of one of the most talked about, glitzy new media phenomena of their age." - Thomas W. Laqueur, University of California, Berkeley, USA

9781137305855

October 2013 UK 416pp Paperback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US 8 colour plates, 77 b/w illustrations £21.99 / $35.00 / CN$36.00

Popular Television in Authoritarian Europe Peter Goddard, University of Liverpool, UK This lively and ground-breaking collection brings together work on forms of popular television within the authoritarian regimes of Europe after World War Two. Ten chapters based on new and original research examine approaches to programming and individual programmes in Spain, Greece, Czechoslovakia, Romania, the USSR and the GDR. Contents: Foreword; John Corner * 1. Introduction: Popular Television in Authoritarian Europe: A Popular Conundrum?; Peter Goddard * PART I: SOUTHERN EUROPE * 2. Football and Bullfighting on Television: Spectacle and Spanish Identity During Franco’s Dictatorship (1956-75); Juan Francisco and Gutiérrez Lozano * 3. From Puppets to Puppeteers: Modernising Spain Through Entertainment Television; Mar Binimelis, Josetxo Cerdán and Miguel Fernández Labayen * 4. Entertaining the Colonels: Propaganda, Social Change and Entertainment in Greek Television Fiction (1967-74); Gregory Paschalidis * and more...

October 2013 US 224pp 3 tables Hardback $100.00 Published by Manchester University Press

36

9781137358325

9780719082399

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Cold War Rivalry and the Perception of the American West Pawel Goral, University of Texas at Arlington, USA

David W. Gutzke, Missouri State University, USA

This book demonstrates how the two adversaries of the Cold War, West Germany and East Germany, endeavored to create two distinct and unique German identities. In their endeavor to claim legitimacy, the German cinematic representation of the American West became an important cultural weapon of mass dissemination during the Cold War.

What most influenced how women transformed their consumption of alcohol? What beverages did they drink? To what extent did women themselves act as agencies of change? These and other questions serve as the basis for analysing women's drinking patterns from a social and cultural perspective.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Karl May Westerns and the Conquest of the American West * 2. Indianerfilme and the Conquest of the American West * 3. German Westerns: Popularity, Reception, Heroines, Miscegenation, Race, and Landscape *4. German Indian Heroes and Intercultural Transfer * 5. The Quest for National Identity * Conclusion

Palgrave Macmillan Transnational History Series March 2014 UK 200pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Women Drinking out in Britain Since the Early Twentieth Century

March 2014 US 1 b/w table, 4 illustrations £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9781137364296

Studies in Popular Culture February 2014 US 304pp 12 b&w illustrtions, 1 graph and 7 tables Hardback $100.00 9780719052644 Published by Manchester University Press

Listen in Terror

The Cult of the Duce

British Horror Radio from the Advent of Broadcasting to the Digital Age

Mussolini and the Italians Edited by Stephen Gundle, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK, Christopher Duggan, University of Reading, UK, Giuliana Pieri, University of London, UK The Cult of the Duce is the first book to explore the personality cult of the Fascist dictator Benito Mussolini.

It examines the factors which informed the cult and looks at its manifestations in the visual arts, political spectacle and the media. Academics and students with interests in Italian, European history and politics will enjoy this read.

Contents: Introduction; Stephen Gundle, Christopher Duggan and Giuliana Pieri * PART I: THE ORIGINS OF A PERSONALITY CULT * 1. Political Cults in Liberal Italy, 1861–1922; Christopher Duggan * 2. The Propagation of the Cult of the Duce, 1925–26; Christopher Duggan * 3. Margherita Sarfatti and the Invention the Duce; Simona Storchi * 4. Sanity from a Lunatic Asylum: Ida Dalser’s Threat to Mussolini’s Image; Daniela Baratieri * 5. Mass Culture and the Cult of Personality; Stephen Gundle * PART II: THE DUCE AND THE FASCIST REGIME * 6. A Town for the Cult of the Duce: Predappio as a Site of Pilgrimage; Sofia Serenelli * 7. Mussolini’s Appearances in the Regions; Stephen Gundle * and more...

July 2013 US 304pp 15 b&w halftones Hardback $110.00 Published by Manchester University Press

Contents: Introduction * 1. From the Boozer to the Improved Public House * 2. Women, War and Drinking * 3. Selling Women * 4. Bikinis, Boots and Booze * 5. The More Things Change, the More (Some) Things Remain the Same * 6. Drinking Habits of their Own * 7. Wooing Women * 8. New Money, New Ideas, New Women * and more...

Richard J. Hand, University of South Wales, UK This groundbreaking book is the first full-length study of British horror radio from the pioneering days of recording and broadcasting right through to the digital audio cultures of our own time. The book offers an historical, critical and theoretical exploration of horror radio and audio performance.

Contents: Introduction: Listening in Terror * 1. Are you Sitting (un)comfortably? Sound, Horror and Radio * 2. The Quintessence of British Horror Radio: Appointment with Fear * 3. ‘This is Your Story-Teller, The Man in Black’: Hosting Horror * 4. Horror Radio in the 1950s * 5. The 1960s and 1970s: Parodies and Price * 6. The Man in Black Returns: Fear on Four * 7. Terror Tales for the Twenty-First Century: The Man in Black * 8.

Adaption and Twenty-First Century Horror Radio * 9. Multifarious Terrors: Horror Audio in the Digital Age * Conclusion: Closing Thoughts * Index June 2014 US 256pp Hardback $100.00 Published by Manchester University Press

9780719081484

9780719088964

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

37

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Rethinking Art’s Histories series

After-affects / After-images Trauma and Aesthetic Transformation in the Virtual Feminist Museum

The Newspaper Clipping A Modern Paper Object

Griselda Pollock, University of Leeds, UK "In Griselda Pollock's brilliantly staged encounters between contemporary art and psychoanalysis, the aesthetic emerges as the space in which we can be responsive to the traces of trauma and live with its after-effects. Through incisive and carefully articulated theoretical insights and reparative acts of close reading, Pollock offers us new ways of thinking about painful aftermaths as well as a new vocabulary for feminist visual studies." - Marianne Hirsch, Columbia University, USA

Anke te Heesen, Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Looking at the newspaper clipping from 1870 to 1930 in art and science, this study examines knowledge production and its visual and material background, combining the perspectives of media history with art history and the history of science.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: PAPER OBJECTS * 1. The Materiality of Excerpts and Quotations: Writing on, Cutting, and Pasting Paper * 2. The Modern Object: Multiplicity, Movement, Reproduction * PART II: NEWSPAPERS * 3. The Newspaper and the Emergence of the Newspaper Clipping * 4. Newspapers, Scholarship, and Clippings * PART III: CLIPPINGS * 5. Einstein in Paper: Physicist Ernst Gehrcke’s Clipping Collection * 6. Flour as Paste: The Newspaper Fragment in the Work of Kurt Schwitters * 7. Order in Paper: The Newspaper Clipping Collection at the Hamburg World Economy Archive * 8. The Newspaper Clipping and Modernity * Conclusion * Bibliography * Index

Rethinking Art’s Histories January 2014 US 320pp 45 b&w illustrations Hardback $105.00 Published by Manchester University Press

9780719087028

Offering a specifically feminist contribution to trauma studies, and a feminist psychoanalytical contribution to the study of contemporary art, this volume continues the conceptual innovations that have been the hall-mark of Pollock's dedicated exploration of feminist interventions in art's histories.

Contents: Preface * Introduction: Trauma and Artworking * PART I: SOUNDS OF SUBJECTIVITY * 1. Gasping at Violence: Daphne’s Open Mouth and the Trauma of Gender * 2. Seduction, Mourning and Invocation: The Geometry of Absence in Work by Louise Bourgeois * 3. Being and Language: Anna Maria Maiolino’s Gestures of Exile and Connection * PART II: MEMORIAL BODIES * 4. Traumatic Encryption: The Sculptural Dissolutions of Alina Szapocznikow * 5. Fictions of Fact: Memory in Transit in Vera Frenkel’s Video Installation Works * PART III: PASSAGE THROUGH THE OBJECT * 6. Deadly Objects and Dangerous Confessions: The Tale of Sarah Kofman’s Father’s Pen * 7. ‘… that, again!’: Pathosformula as Transport Station of Trauma in the Cinematic Journey of Chantal Akerman * Bibliography * Index

Rethinking Art’s Histories October 2013 US 384pp 91 b&w halftones, 16 colour illustrations Hardback $110.00 9780719087974 Paperback $39.95 9780719087981 Published by Manchester University Press

Photography and Documentary Film in the Making of Modern Brazil Luciana Martins, University of London, UK Photography and Documentary Film in the Making of Modern Brazil provides a distinctive contribution to the field of visual culture through a study of still and moving images of Brazil in the first four decades of the twentieth century, when the camera played a key role in making Brazilian peoples and places visible to a variety of audiences.

Contents: Introduction* 1. Silvino Santos: Documenting Modern Brazil * 2. Filming Terra Incognita: The Exploration of the Amazon * 3. Picturing a Moral Geography: Kenneth Grubb in Brazil * 4.

Coffee, Modernity and the Brazilian Image World * 5. Mário de Andrade: Photographic Experiment and Living Heritage * 6. Framing the Bororo: Claude Lévi-Strauss and Aloha Baker in Mato Grosso * 7. Epilogue: From the Great Coffee Nation to the Obra Getuliana * Index

Rethinking Art’s Histories October 2013 US 208pp 111 b&w illustrtions and 1 map Hardback $105.00 Published by Manchester University Press

9780719089916

Preserving the Sixties Britain and the 'Decade of Protest' Edited by Trevor Harris, Monia Carla O’Brien Castro, both at University of Tours, France Re-examining the long-held belief that the Sixties in Britain were dominated mainly by 'youth' and 'protest', the authors in the collection argue that innovation was everywhere shadowed by conservatism. A decade fascinated by itself and, especially, by the future, it also was tormented by self-doubt and accompanied by a fear of losing the past.

Contents: Foreword; Dominic SandbrookIntroduction; Trevor Harris and Monia O’Brien Castro * 1. Sixties Britain: the Cultural Politics of Historiography; Mark DonnellyPART I: POLITICS * 2. The 1960s: Days of Innocence; R. J. Morris * 3. The Abortion Act 1967: a Fundamental Change?; Sylvie Pomiès-Maréchal and Matthew Leggett * 4. Industrial Relations in the 1960s: the End of Voluntarism?; Alexis Chommeloux * 5. The Radical Left and Popular Music in the 1960s; Jeremy Tranmer * PART II: CULTURE * 6. Civil Rights in Northern Ireland and Friel’s Freedom of the City; Martine Pelletier * 7. Pulp Diction: Stereotypes in 1960s British Literature; Peter Vernon * 8. Sketchy Counterculture; Judith Roof * 9. Psychic Liberation in Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band; Ben Winsworth* 10. Preservation Society; Raphael Costambeys-Kempczynski * Conclusion; Trevor Harris and Monia O’Brien Castro May 2014 UK 224pp Hardback Canadian Rights

38

May 2014 US 2 b/w photos £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137374097

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY A History of the Great Influenza Pandemics Death, Panic and Hysteria, 1830-1920 Mark Honigsbaum, University of Zurich,Switzerland

Broadcasting and the NHS in the Thatcherite 1980s The Challenge to Public Service

Influenza was the great killer of the nineteenth and twentieth century. Mark Honigsbaum outlines the history of influenza in the period, and describes how the fear of disease permeated Victorian culture. A History of the Great Influenza Pandemics is a vital new contribution towards our understanding of European history and the history of the media.

Contents: List of Illustrations * Abbreviations * Introduction: ‘The Sphinx of Epidemic Diseases’ * 1. Pre-Modern Influenza * 2. ‘An Epidemic Started By Telegraph’: News, Sensation and Science * 3. ‘An Inexpressible Dread’: Influenza, Nervousness and Psychosis * 4. Demons and Disembodied Spirits: Influenza, Masculinity and Gothic Production at fin-de-siècle * 5. ‘Death Is Very Busy Just Now’: Influenza, Celebrity and Suffering * 6. ‘A Sense of Dread is Very General’: the First World War, the Spanish Flu and the Northcliffe Press * 7. The ‘Forgotten’ Pandemic: Flu, Trauma and Modern Memory * 8. Apocalypse Redux * Acknowledgments * Notes * Bibliography * Index

International Library of Cultural Studies December 2013 US 320pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

8 bw integrated $95.00 / CN$109.00

9781780764788

Abject Spaces in American Cinema Institutional Settings, Identity and Psychoanalysis in Film

Patricia Holland, Bournemouth University, UK 'In a period in which the neo-liberal assault by all the three major political parties in the UK on the post-1945 welfare settlement has intensified, this book provides valuable insights into the relationship between politics, health and broadcasting in the 1980s when this process was set in motion.

It is a serious and thoughtful engagement with the complex relationships that exist between broadcasting and society and deserves a wide readership.' – Tom O'Malley, Aberystwyth University, UK Patricia Holland offers a fascinating study of the ways in which changes to public services, and shifts in the concept of 'the public' under Margaret Thatcher's three Conservative governments, were mediated by radio and television in the 1980s.

Contents: Prologue: Echoes of the 1980s * Introduction: Thatcherism, the Public and Writing Broadcasting History * PART I: PROGRAMMES AND CHRONOLOGY 1927 - 1970 * 1. Myths of Origin: Public Service or the Road to Serfdom? * PART II: PROGRAMMES AND CHRONOLOGY 1970 - 1980 * 2. Freedom and the Public: Campaigner, Participant, Consumer * 3. Broadcasting into the 1980s * PART III: PROGRAMMES AND CHRONOLOGY 1979 - 1983 * 4. Restructuring Social Class * 5. From Needs to Wants: Restructuring Audiences, Restructuring Patients * 6. Your Life in Whose Hands? Restructuring Professionals * PART IV: PROGRAMMES AND CHRONOLOGY 1983 - 1987 * 7. The Third Age and the Fresh Winds of Market Forces: Restructuring Broadcasting * 8 Griffiths, Peacock and Restructuring Public Service * 9. Aids and ‘the public’ at Risk * PART V: PROGRAMMES AND CHRONOLOGY 1986 - 1990 * 10. Who’s the Casualty? Popular Programmes * 11. The NHS and Third Term Politics * 12. ‘Quality’ and the Broadcasting White Paper * Postscript: Public Service or Kitemark?

July 2013 UK 264pp Hardback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9780230282377

Frances Pheasant-Kelly, University of Wolverhampton, UK This readable and engaging tour of the abject in the institution film will be immensely valuable to students of Film Studies, Critical Theory and Cultural Studies.

Contents: 1. Becoming a Man/Woman: Spaces of Training * 2.Schooling and the Feminine Body: ‘Carrie’ * 3. Training the Athletic Body: ‘Remember The Titans’ * 4.Ordering the Military Body: ‘Full Metal Jacket’ * 5. Maintaining Self: Spaces of Discipline * 6.Staying Clean and Proper: ‘The Shawshank Redemption’ * 7. Performing Masculinity: ‘Lock Up’ * 8.Resisting the Gaze: ‘The Last Castle’ * 9. Therapy as Surveillance: Spaces of Care * 10. On The Edge: ‘Girl, Interrupted’ * 11. Maintaining Life: ‘Coma’ * 12. Confronting Death: ‘Bubba Ho-tep’

International Library of Cultural Studies July 2013 US 288pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$96.00 / CN$110.00

9781848855977

A Copyright Masquerade How Corporate Lobbying Threatens Online Freedoms Monica Horten, London School of Economics, UK A Copyright Masquerade reveals how proposals for Internet copyright enforcement stem from an American corporate agenda linking intellectual property to trade policy.

Contents: PART 1: INTERNET, ENTERTAINMENT AND COPYRIGHT - A POLITICAL PERSPECTIVE * Chapter 1: Entertainment politics and the Internet - an introduction * Chapter 2: Copyright and the Internet – what is at stake? * PART 2: THE BATTLE FOR ENTERTAINMENT America, ACTA and Special 301 * Chapter 3: Entertaining American objectives * Chapter 4: A secret copyright treaty * Chapter 5: Brussels’ copyfights * Chapter 6: The EU Masquerade * Chapter 7: Special 301 for Spain * Chapter 8: Ley Sinde * PART 3: THE POLITICS OF MUSIC Britain and the Digital Economy Act * Chapter 9: A Memorandum with no understanding * Chapter 10: Ministerial shenanigans * Chapter 11: Looking behind the myth * Chapter 12: The government’s 70% * Chapter 13: Musical lawyers * Chapter 14: The Lords are captured * Chapter 15: A cowed Parliament * Chapter 16: Conclusions - Entertainment politics, transparency and democracy September 2013 US 224pp Hardback $116.95 Paperback $29.95 Published by Zed Books

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781780326412 9781780326405

39

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY The British Olympic Association: A History Kevin Jefferys, University of Plymouth, UK

The Cultural Evolution of Postwar Japan The Intellectual Contributions of Kaizō’s Yamamoto Sanehiko

Since its creation the British Olympic Association (BOA) has been one of the most important institutions in sports governance. In spite of its prominence there has hitherto been no single-volume history of the Association. This scholarly yet accessible study fills that gap, assessing the origins, evolution, strengths and shortcomings of the BOA.

Christopher Keaveney, Linfield College, USA "A compelling, comprehensive, expertly researched, and long overdue study of Yamamoto Sanehiko (1885-1952), president of a major Japanese publishing house in interwar and early postwar Japan, and a key figure in Japanese intellectual and literary history.

Keaveney's nuanced book skillfully illuminates Yamamoto's many achievements, the paradoxes that came to define his career, and most importantly his vital role as a cultural broker among Japan, China, and the West." - Karen L. Thornber, Harvard University, USA and author of Empire of Texts in Motion: Chinese, Korean, and Taiwanese Transculturations of Japanese Literature and Ecoambiguity: Environmental Crises and East Asian Literatures

Contents: Introduction * 1. Antecedents and Origins: Athens 1896 – St Louis 1904 * 2. Solid Foundations: Athens 1906 - London 1908 * 3. Trials and Tribulations: Stockholm 1912 – Amsterdam 1928 4. The Shadows of Depression and War: Los Angeles 1932 - London 1948 * 5. Post-war Challenges: Helsinki 1952 – Montreal 1976 * 6. Turbulence and Change: Moscow 1980 – Atlanta 1996 * 7. Into the Twenty First Century: Sydney 2000 – London 2012 and Beyond

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 144pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137363411

Media and the British Empire

Contents: 1. Written in Ash: The Education of a Reconstructionist * 2. The Comprehensive Magazine Kaizō: Giving Voice to the Opposition and Challenging the Status Quo in Interwar Japan * 3. Shouldering Giants: The Presentation of Western Intellectual and Cultural Elite to Interwar Japan * 4. Power to the People: Kaizōsha’s Enpon Gamble and the Making of a Publishing Revolution * 5. Literary Interventions: Yamamoto Sanehiko’s Role in Sino-Japanese Literary Exchange * 6. Embracing the Danse Macabre: The Politics and Political Career of Yamamoto Sanehiko * 7. Last Man Standing: Courting Revival in Postwar Japan * Epilogue.

Yamamoto Sanehiko’s Interwar Legacy in Postwar Japan * Appendix: Glossary of Selected Terms from East Asian Languages

Edited by Chandrika Kaul, University of St Andrews, UK "Media and the British Empire is a wide-ranging and fascinating collection of essays, which describe and examine the role of the media in the empire during the 19th and 20th centuries. As some of the contributions dramatically illustrate, that role was extremely significant." - Bill Kirkman, The Round Table

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 268pp 4 b/w illustrations Hardback £56.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

'The only true history of a country', wrote Thomas Macaulay, 'is to be found in its newspapers'. Media and the British Empire explores how the media shaped and defined the economic, social, political and cultural dynamics of the British Empire by viewing it from the perspective of the colonized as well as the colonizers.

Henry Moore in America

Contents: Introduction * 1. ‘To Enlighten South Africa’: The Creation of a Free Press at the Cape in the Early Nineteenth Century * 2. ‘The Thinking is Done in London’: South Africa’s English Language Press and Imperialism * 3. ‘The Old Pals Protection Society?’ The Colonial Office and the British Press on the Eve of Decolonisation * 4. The Media and the Exile of Seretse Khama: The Bangwato vs. the British in Bechuanaland, 1848-56 * 5. Ernest Jones’ Mutiny: The People’s Paper, English Politics and the Indian Rebellion 1857-58 * 6. Writing to the Defence of Empire: Winston Churchill’s Press Campaign Against Constitutional Reform in India, 1929-1935 * 7.

India, the Imperial Press Conferences and the Empire Press Union: The Diplomacy of News in the Politics of Empire, 1909-1946 * 8. ‘Business as Usual’?: British Newsreel Coverage of Indian Independence and Partition, 1947-1948 * 9. Purity, Obscenity, and the Making of an Imperial Censorship System * 10. Peripheral Politics? Antipodean Interventions in Imperial News and Cable Communication, 1870-1912 * 11. A ‘Sense of Common Citizenship’? Mrs Potts of Reefton, New Zealand, Communicates with the Empire * 12. That Some Must Suffer for the Greater Good: The Post Courier and the Bougainville Crisis * 13. The Influence of the British Empire Through the Development of Communications in Canada: French Radio Broadcasting During the Second World War * 14. Echoes of Cosmopolitanism: Colonial Penang’s ‘Indigenous’ English Press * Bibliography October 2013 UK October 2013 US 288pp 5 b/w photos Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$34.00 Canadian Rights

40

Yamamoto Sanehiko's (1885-1952) achievements as a publisher, writer, and politician in the interwar period served as both a catalyst and a template for developments after the wars. While exploring the accomplishments the compelling figure, this study sheds new light on the social, cultural, and political changes that occurred in postwar Japan.

9781137358318

9781137366214

Art, Business and the Special Relationship Pauline Rose, Arts University College Bournemouth, UK A valuable addition to studies on Moore, this will be indispensable to all those interested in twentieth century art history and cultural studies, AngloAmerican relations, and the vibrant relationship between text and image.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Cultural Export: Promoting henry Moore in the United States * 3. The Englishness of Henry Moore * 4. Cast in Bronze: Civic and Corporate Ambitions * 5. From City Hall to Shopping Mall * 6. The After-Life of Henry Moore

International Library of Visual Culture February 2014 US 288pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$96.00 / CN$110.00

9781848858213

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Digital Snaps

The Machine and the Ghost

The New Face of Photography

Technology and Spiritualism in Nineteenth- to Twenty-FirstCentury Art and Culture

Edited by Jonas Larsen, Roskilde University, Denmark, Mette Sandbye, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Edited by Sas Mays, Neil Matheson, both at University of Westminster, London, UK

Expert contributors representing varied disciplines demonstrate how and to what extent the traditional social practices, technologies and images of analogue photography are being transformed with the movement to digital photography.

Contents: 1. Jonas Larsen and Mette Sandbye: Introduction: The New Face of Snapshot Photography * Images on Web 2.0 and the Camera Phone * 2. Martin Lister: Overlooking, Rarely Looking, and Not Looking * 3 Jonas Larsen: The (Im)Mobile Life of Digital photographs: The Case of Tourist Photography * 4 Mikko Villi: Distance as the New Punctum * Family Albums in Transition * 5 Gillian Rose: How Digital Technologies Do Family snaps, Only Better * 6 Joanne Garde-Hansen: Friendship Photography: Memory, Mobility and Social Networking * 7 Mette Sandbye: Play, Process and Materiality in Japanese Purikura Photography * And More....

International Library of Visual Culture February 2014 US 288pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$90.00 / CN$104.00 $29.00 / CN$33.50

9781780763316 9781780763323

Focusing on our complex relationship with technology, The Machine and the Ghost explores our culture's continued fascination with the spectral, the ghostly and the paranormal. Through a series of critical case studies and artists' discussions, this lively new collection examines topics ranging from contemporary art to cultural theory.

Contents: Introduction: Technologies, Spiritualisms, and Modernities * 1. ‘It’s organisms that die, not life’: Henri Bergson, Psychical Research, and the Contemporary Uses of Vitalism; Justin Sausman * 2. Typewriter, Pianola, Slate, Phonograph: Recording Technologies and Automisation; Aura Satz * 3.

‘Miraculous constellations in real material’: Spiritualist Phenomena, Dada Photomontage and Magic; Leigh Wilson * 4. Ectoplasm and Photography: Mediumistic Performances for Camera; Neil Matheson * and more...

October 2013 US 208pp 23 b&w illustrations Hardback $100.00 Published by Manchester University Press

Waltzing with Bashir

Out of the Ivory Tower

Perpetrator Trauma and Cinema

The Independent Group and Popular Culture

Raya Morag, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Waltzing with Bashir proposes a new paradigm for cinema trauma studies – the trauma of the perpetrator.

Anne Massey, Middlesex University, UK The Independent Group is now the subject of global scholarly interest, and this book, a sequel to The Independent Group: Modernism and mass culture in Britain, 1945–59, explores the Anglo-American phenomenon from a new perspective.

Contents: Introduction * 1. The Independent Group and Popular Culture: A Different View * 2. At Home With The Independent Group * 3. Gold Pan Alley * 4. The Movies as Mass Media * 5.

After a Fashion * 6. Vehicles of Desire * 7. The Future of the Future * Conclusion * Appendix 1: ICA Lecture Programme on Jazz, 1954 * Sources * Index

Studies in Design November 2013 US 208pp 45 b&w Illustrations, Hardback $100.00 Published by Manchester University Press

9780719090066

9780719088063

Contents: Introduction: From Victim to Perpetrator Trauma * PART I: VICTIM TRAUMA * 1. The Body as the Battlefield * 2.

Chronic Victim Trauma and Terror * 3. Queerness, Ethnicity and Terror * PART II: PERPETRATOR TRAUMA * 4. The New Wave of Documentary Cinema: The Male Perpetrator * 5. The New Wave of Documentary Cinema: The Female Perpetrator * 6. The New Wave of Documentary Literature * Conclusion

International Library of the Moving Image November 2013 US 288pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$96.00 / CN$110.00

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781780762647

41

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Science for the Nation

Vernacular Buildings

Perspectives on the History of the Science Museum

A Global Survey of TK

Edited by Peter J T Morris, Science Museum, London, UK 'Science for the Nation is more than a chronological account of the museum's history, fascinating as that story is. It also includes chapters on the museum staff and its library, buildings, collections, exhibitions and visitors...It is also an account of change...It is constantly changing and evolving, much like science itself.' - E & T An engaging study of a great national institution, exploring the changing roles of museums and the perceived public role of a museum of science and technology. This book illuminates the ways in which we think about the collecting and display of objects and the often difficult relations between the state, business and industry, and museum funding.

Contents: Foreword; S.Schaffer * Introduction; P.Morris * 1. Infected by the Bacillus of Science: The Explosion of South Kensington; R.Bud * 2. The First Years: The Science Museum at War and Peace; T.Scheinfeldt * 3. The Science Museum and the Second World War; T.Parsons III * 4. Ambition and Anxiety: The Science Museum, 1950s to 1983; S.Anthony * 5. Parallax Error? A Participant’s Account of the Science Museum, c.1980-c.2000; T.Boon * 6. Waves of Change: How The Science Museum’s Library Rose, Fell and Rose Again; N.Wyatt * 7. ‘A Worthy and Suitable House’ Science Museum Buildings and the Temporality of Space; D.Rooney * 8.

Exhibiting Science: Changing Conceptions of Science Museum Display; A.Nahum * 9. Beyond the Children’s Gallery: The Influence of Children on the Development of the Science Museum; A.Bunney * 10. ‘An Effective Organ of Public Enlightenment’: The Role of Temporary Exhibitions in the Science Museum; P.Morris * 11. Collecting for the Science Museum: Constructing the Collections, the Culture and the Institution; R.Bud * 12. Lifting the Stone: Housing the Collections; J.Liffen * 13. The International Context and the Context of Internationalism; T.Scheinfeldt * Afterword: The Museum of the Future; C.Rapley

Allen G. Noble, University of Akron, Ohio, USA With a comprehensive bibliography and incorporating new material from cultural geographers, historians, folklorists and anthropologists, Vernacular Buildings will be welcomed by specialist and enthusiasts alike.

Contents: List of Illustrations * Preface * 1. Introduction: Terminology and Disciplines * 2. Function and Form, I * 3.

Function and Form, II * 4. Floor Plans * 5. Dwelling Sizes, Space Organization, and Elevation * 6. Site and Location * 7.

Orientation * 8. Building Materials and Construction Methods: Mud, Sod, Turf, Tabby * 9. Building Materials and Construction Methods: Brick, Stone, Snow * 10. Building Materials and Construction Methods: Vegetative Materials, I * And More...

January 2014 US 368pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

The People Who Shaped Europe Ruth Oldenziel, Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands, Mikael Hård, Darmstadt University of Technology, Germany "In this entertaining fusion of social and technological history, Ruth Oldenziel and Mikael Hård argue that much of Europe's contemporary culture was created from below after 1850, as active consumers tinkered with and appropriated both machines and processes to change the ways that they worked, traveled, communicated, dressed, and ate. Not politicians or generals but consumers have increasingly shaped the experiences that define what it means to be European." - David E. Nye, author of Technology Matters and America's Assembly Line

Housework and Housewives in American Advertising Jessamyn Neuhaus, SUNY Plattsburgh, USA "Extensively researched in advertising archives, mass magazines, and scholarly studies, this book persuasively argues that advertising for cleaning, food, and other household products has changed only modestly over the past 110 years." - CHOICE "Thorough and interesting ... Neuhaus offers keen observations, and the book is well-written." Journalism History From mop-wielding turn-of-the-century housewives to modern soccer moms, American advertising from the late 1800s to today has been consistently depicted housework as women's work. This book analyzes print and TV ads, ad agency documents, and trade journals to show how the housewife framed household work as exclusively feminine care for the family.

Contents: 1. The Laundry Room * 2. The Bathroom * 3. The Kitchen * 4. The Living Room August 2013 UK August 2013 US 288pp 5 b/w illustrations Paperback £20.00 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available

42

9781137347237

9781780766249

Consumers, Tinkerers, Rebels

August 2013 UK August 2013 US 392pp 14 colour plates, 61 b/w illustrations, 5 tables, 2 graphs Paperback £16.99 / $25.00 / CN$29.00 9781137349323 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Married to the Mop

$90.00 / CN$104.00

Spotlighting technology users, this book presents a European history in which ordinary people wielded the power to affect designs and innovations. The authors show that mechanization has not taken command of our lives in the last 150 years. Instead, user movements have appropriated technology and shaped Europe in their own image.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: THE NINETEENTH CENTURY: SHAPING NEW TECHNOLOGIES * 1. Poaching from Paris * 2. Creating European Comfort * 3. Crossing Borders - in Style? * PART II: AFTER THE GREAT WAR: WHO DIRECTS TECHNOLOGY? * 4. Bicycling and Driving Europe * 5. Eating around the Continent * 6. Living in State-sponsored Europe * PART III: BEYOND THE 1960S: USERS EMPOWERED? * 7. Saving the Nation, Saving the Earth * 8. Toying with America, Toying with Europe * Conclusion

Making Europe September 2013 UK September 2013 US 440pp 2 maps, 1 graph, 75 figures Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights

9780230308015

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Climate Change in the Media

Ugliness

Reporting Risk and Uncertainty

The Non-Beautiful in Art and Theory

James Painter, Oxford University, UK

Edited by Andrei Popescu, University of Basel, Switzerland, Mechtild Widrich, ETH Zurich, Switzerland

This book focuses on the coverage of recent projections of global temperatures and of the melting ice of the Arctic Sea, and includes six countries, Australia, France, India, Norway, the UK and the USA. Contents: 1. Introduction – ‘Even ostriches need third party insurance’ * 2. The Risk Society * 3. When Uncertainty is Certain * 4. Reporting the Future * 5. Uncertainty and Risk in the International Print Media * 6. Country Studies * 7. Conclusions * Recommendations * Notes * Appendices * Bibliography * Acknowledgements

October 2013 US 150pp Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$25.00 / CN$29.00

9781780765884

Ugliness is very much alive in the history of art.

Drawing across disciplinary and cultural boundaries, the writers illuminated why ugliness, associated over the millennia with negative categories ranging from sin and stupidity to triviality and boredom, remains central to art and cultural practice.

Contents: Rethinking Ugliness; Andrei Pop and Mechtild Widrich * PART I: THE POLITICS OF UGLINESS * 1. The Ugly Face Club: A Case Study in the Tangled Politics and Aesthetics of Deformity; Gretchen E. Henderson * 2. The Face of War; Suzannah Biernoff * 3. Picasso and the Psychoanalysts; Brandon Taylor * 4. The ‘Ugliness’ of the Avant-garde; Mechtild Widrich * PART II: THE EXPERIENCE OF UGLINESS * 5. Ribera’s Grotesque Heads: Between Anatomical Study and Cultural Curiosity; Edward Payne * 6. The Studio and the Kitchen: Culinary Ugliness as Pictorial Stigmatisation in Nineteenth-Century France; Frédérique Desbuissons * And More...

International Library of Modern and Contemporary Art February 2014 US 320pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

69 bw integrated $95.00 / CN$109.00

9781780766454

Bad News for Refugees Greg Philo, Glasgow University, UK, Emma Briant, The Glasgow Media Group, UK, Pauline Donald, The Glasgow Media Group, UK Based on new research by the renowned Glasgow Media Group, Bad News for Refugees is essential reading for those concerned with the negative effects of media on public understanding and for the safety of vulnerable groups and communities in our society.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Brief History of Contemporary Migration and Asylum * 2. Methods and Main Explanations and Perspectives on Asylum * 3. Media Content: Press and TV Samples * 4. Case Studies of Media Content - 2011 * 5. Impacts of Media Coverage on Migrant Communities in the UK * Conclusion * Appendix 1: Guide to the Asylum Process * Appendix 2: Interviewees * Notes * Index August 2013 US 224pp 1 Figure Hardback $95.00 Paperback $27.00 Published by Pluto Press

9780745334332 9780745334325

Race, Ralph Ellison and American Cold War Intellectual Culture Richard Purcell, Carnegie Mellon University, USA While the arms race of the post-war period has been widely discussed, Purcell explores the underacknowledged but critical role another kind of 'race' – that is, race as a biological and sociological concept – played within the global and cultural Cold War. Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction: From Popular Fronts to Liberal Conspiracies1. Figura of a Negro Problem2.

Ellison from the Heart of Europe3. 1965 and the Battle Over Who Speaks for the Negro4. An Integrative Vernacular5. Ellison, Obama and Post-Race Politics in the 21st Century * Notes * Bibliography * Index

Language, Discourse, Society October 2013 UK October 2013 US 216pp Hardback £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230321434

Follow us on

for the latest news, events and competitions

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

@PalgraveCultMed

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

43

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Franco Sells Spain to America

The Poetics of Waste

Hollywood, Tourism and Public Relations as Postwar Spanish Soft Power

Queer Excess in Stein, Ashbery, Schuyler, and Goldsmith Christopher Schmidt, The City University of New York, LaGuardia, USA "Through brilliant uses of Queer Theory, Taylorism and its dietary subset Fletcherism, and much else of theoretical/historical interest, Christopher Schmidt's The Poetics of Waste forges powerful new connections and traces salient divergences among Stein's erotic poetry, Ashbery's undervalued 'scrapbook,' Schuyler's 'camp waste management' and writing by two tantalizingly different Conceptualists. Figuring waste as oppositional resource, queer fertility, Schmidt demonstrates the remarkable volatility of categories like efficiency and excess, reduction and proliferation." - Thomas Fink, LaGuardia Community College, USA

Neal M. Rosendorf, New Mexico State University, USA A groundbreaking study of the Franco regime's utilization of Hollywood film production in Spain, American tourism, and sophisticated public relations programs - including the most popular national pavilion at the 1964-65 New York World's Fair - in a determined effort to remake the Spanish dictatorship's post-World War II reputation in the US. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Be El Caudillo’s Guest: Postwar American Tourism To Franco Spain * 3. ‘Hollywood In Madrid’: The American Film Industry and the Franco Regime * 4. The Franco Regime’s Postwar US Public Relations Strategies: Media, Messages, and Relationships in America * 5. The Oppression of Spain’s Protestants and Jews: Neutralizing the Franco Regime’s Key US Reputational Threat * 6. The Spanish Pavilion at the 1964-65 New York World’s Fair: Franco Spain’s $7 Million US Outreach Summa * 7. Conclusion: Success, Inertia, Death, Democracy and a Fallacy

Palgrave Studies in the History of the Media February 2014 UK 288pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US 10 b/w photos £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137299284

Modernist debates about waste - both aesthetic and economic - often express biases against gender and sexual errancy. The Poetics of Waste looks at writers and artists who resist this ideology and respond by developing an excessive poetics.

Contents: Preface: The Charisma of Waste * Introduction: The Poetics of Waste Management * 1. * Industry and Excess in Gertrude Stein * 2. * The Queer Nature of Waste in John Ashbery’s The Vermont Notebook * 3. * ‘Baby, I am the garbage’: Camp Recuperation in James Schuyler * 4. * Kenneth Goldsmith’s Queer Appropriations * Afterword: Poetry, Waste, and the Body Politic

Modern and Contemporary Poetry and Poetics June 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US 7 b/w illustrations £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137402783

Imagining Mass Dictatorships The Individual and the Masses in Literature and Cinema Edited by Michael Schoenhals, Lund University, Sweden, Karin Sarsenov, Malmö University, Sweden This volume in the series Mass Dictatorship in the Twentieth Century series sees twelve Swedish, Korean and Japanese scholars, theorists, and historians of fiction and non-fiction probe the literary subject of life in 20th century mass dictatorships.

Contents: Introduction; Michael Schoenhals and Karin Sarsenov * 1. The Constitution of a Reliable Self: Word for Word by Oleg Dorman and Lilianna Lungina; Karin Sarsenov * 2. The Post-Communist Afterlife of Dissident Writers: The Case of Herta Müller; Anamaria Dutceac Segesten * 3. Challenging the ‘Holocaust-reflex’: Imre Kertész’s Fatelessness: A Novel; Anders Ohlsson * 4. Ulrike and the War: World War II, Mass Dictatorship and Nazism in the Eyes of a German Girl ; Bibi Jonsson * 5. Through the eyes of a child: Childhood and Mass Dictatorship in Modern European Literature; Karin Nykvist * 6. Is Fictional Literature Incapable of Imagining the Shoah?; Björn Larsson * 7. Politics, Imagination and Everyday Life in Nadine Gordimer’s The Pickup; Seonjoo Park * 8. Innocence by Association?

Everyday Nazism on DVD; Mats Jönsson * 9. The Good, the Bad and the Collaborators: Swedish World War II Guilt Redefined in Twenty-First Century Crime Fiction?; Kerstin Bergman * 10.

Who are ‘we’?: The Dynamics of Consent and Coercion in Yi Mun-gu’s Our Neighbourhood; Shin Hyung-ki * 11. Swedish Proletarians towards Freedom. Ideals of Participation as Propaganda in the Communist Children’s Press of the 1920s; Jimmy Vulovic * 12. The Masses in Their Own Write (and Draw): A Heroes’ Register from the Great Cultural Revolution in Yunnan; Michael Schoenhals * Postscript; Naoki Sakai

Mass Dictatorship in the Twentieth Century August 2013 UK August 2013 US 328pp 20 b/w photos Hardback £60.00 / $92.00 / CN$106.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

44

9781137330680

Punk Rock and German Crisis Adaptation and Resistance after 1977 Cyrus M. Shahan, Colby College, USA 1977 is usually associated with West German terrorism, but it witnessed another cultural watershed: punk music. A new reckoning with the legacy of political and aesthetic spaces, this book argues the centrality of punk music for understanding crises of state and terrorist violence, American racism and German fascism, and aesthetic production.

Contents: Introduction, Representing ‘No Future’ * 1. Punk Poetics * 2. Psycho Punk and the Legacies of State Emergency * 3. Post-Punk Poaching, Subversive Consumerism and Reading for Anti-Racism * 4. After Punk: Cynicism and Social Corruptibility

Studies in European Culture and History December 2013 UK December 2013 US 208pp 12 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137343666

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY The Stylemakers

Magic and Masculinity

Classic Modernist Design 1915-1945

Ritual Magic and Gender in the Early Modern Era

Mo Teitelbaum, historian

Frances Timbers, University of Victoria, Canada

This new study documents how their interchange of partners and ideas led to innovation in every field of the arts.

Using the examples of well-known individuals who set themselves up as magicians (including John Dee, Simon Forman and William Lilly), as well as unpublished diaries and journals, literature and legal records, this book provides a unique analysis of early modern ceremonial magic from a gender perspective.

Contents: 1. The Genesis of the Style * 2. The Designer of the Style * 3. The Producer of the Style * Bibliography

Contents: Introduction * 1. For the Uninitiated * 2. Magic, Manhood and Masculinity * 3. Scrying and Subversion * 4.

Swords, Sex and Sacrifice * 5. Fairies and Fantasy * 6. Magic and Honour * Conclusion

May 2014 UK 264pp Paperback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

International Library of Historical Studies

May 2014 US $30.00 / CN$34.50

9781781300138

Spectacle Culture and American Identity 1815-1940 Susan Tenneriello, Baruch College, USA "In Spectacle Culture and American Identity, Susan Tenneriello examines how the drama of nation captures the mind's eye and infuses the political, social, and economic landscape, moving and static.

The constructed spectacle idea and image that is America became pervasive, but the panoramic vision of America the bountiful was not always benevolent.

Covering a vast historical span from 1815 to 1940, followed by a twenty-first century update in the epilogue, Spectacle Culture and American Identity is provocatively comprehensive." Barbara Lewis, Trotter Institute, The University of Massachusetts Boston, USA Scenic spectacles collapse the borders of graphic and visual arts, multimedia technology, spectatorship and architecture. Drawing upon various systems of commercial, institutional and public spectacle that intersect with scenic stages of the national landscape, Tenneriello examines how spectacle is entrenched in the formation of national identity.

Contents: Introduction: Setting the Scene * 1. Immersive Scenes: Visual Media, Painted Panoramas, and Landscape Narratives * 2. Moving Scenes: Multimedia Performance along the Mississippi River * 3. Entertainment Scenes: Industrial Strength Brands of Site Specific Spectacle * 4. Theme Scenes: Producing Global Strategies on US Exhibition Stages * 5. Instructional Scenes: Heritage Preservation, Commerce, and Museum Dioramas * Epilogue: Visionary Spaces December 2013 UK December 2013 US 332pp 10 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137360618

February 2014 US 304pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$90.00 / CN$104.00

9781780765594

Propaganda, Power and Persuasion From World War I to Wikileaks David Welch, University of Kent, UK Propaganda came of age in the Twentieth Century.

The development of mass- and multi-media offered a fertile ground for propaganda while global conflict provided the impetus needed for its growth.

Propaganda has however become a portmanteau word, which can be interpreted in a number of different ways.

Contents: 1. ‘Opening Pandora’s Box’. Propaganda and Persuasion in the Information Age * 2. ‘’Telling it like it is’; Contemporary War, Propaganda and the State * 3. Propaganda, Memory and Identity: The Battle of the Falkland Islands, December 1914 * 4. Images of the Hun. The Portrayal of the German Enemy in British Propaganda in World War I * 5.

Institutional and Ideological Rivalry between the MOI Films Division and British Council over the Presentation of Britain during WWII * 6. The British at War. George Arliss the Superstar as Propagandist * 7. Post-Cold War American Public Diplomacy and Propaganda * 8. Propaganda and International Broadcasting * 9. NATO’s Information Warfare * 10. British Military Doctrine and Strategy and the Importance of Propaganda * 11. Bridging the Firewall? Information Operations in US Army Doctrine in the Iraq War 2003-2005 * 12.

Psyops: An Operational Perspective * 13. ‘’Telling it like it is’: Contemporary War, Propaganda and the State * 14. (Mis)Communication Wars: Terrorism, Counterterrorism and the Media * 15.

Wikileaks: New Modes of Propaganda

International Library of Historical Studies January 2014 US 272pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$90.00 / CN$104.00

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781780764580

45

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Weimar Culture Revisited

Cultural Studies

John Alexander Williams, Bradley University, USA "For some time now, scholars have been expanding the definition of 'Weimar Culture' to include much more than Brecht and the Bauhaus. This book offers a lively selection of some of the most innovative, challenging, and rewarding research currently underway in Weimar studies." - Matthew Jefferies, Manchester University, UK

Living with Class Philosophical Reflections on Identity and Material Culture Edited by Ron Scapp, College of Mount Saint Vincent, USA, Brian Seitz, Babson College, USA "That class is an exceedingly and evermore complex phenomenon is hardly a reason to ignore its importance as a category for understanding society, either in national frameworks or in the world as a whole. There were very good reasons why other categories, such as race, gender, and sexuality, came to the fore in recent decades, one of these reasons being the difficulties in hitherto-existing paradigms to understand modes of production in all of their diverse materiality. The essays in this important book show well how class, complexified, remains crucial to not only understanding the world, but indeed to changing it." - Bill Martin, DePaul University, USA

Weimar Culture Revisited is the first book to offer an accessible cross-section of new cultural history approaches to a fateful period in German history.

Using an interdisciplinary approach, it illuminates the everyday workings of Weimar culture to explain its impact and meaning for everyday lives.

Contents: 1. Revolution and the Weimar Avant-Garde: Contesting the Politics of Art, 1919-1924; D.Lewer * 2. Cinema, Radio, and ‘Mass Culture’ in the Weimar Republic: Between Shared Experience and Social Division; C.Ross * 3. Blue Angel, Brown Culture: The Politics of Film Reception in Göttingen; D.Imhoof * 4. Middle-Class Heroes: Anti-Nationalism in the Popular Adventure Films of the Weimar Republic; O.Ashkenazi * 5. Exotic Attractions and Imperialist Fantasies in Weimar Youth Literature; L.Springman * 6. How Can a War Be Holy?

Weimar Attitudes Toward Eastern Spirituality; T.Neuhaus * 7. Visualizing the Republic: State Representation and Public Ritual in Weimar Germany; N.Rossol * 8. The Party Does Indeed Fight Like a Man: The Construction of a Masculine Ideal in the Weimar Communist Party; S.A.Sewell * 9. Sweat Equity: Sports and the Self-Made German; E.Jensen * 10. Friends of Nature: The Culture of Working-Class Hiking; J.A.Williams

Studies in European Culture and History October 2013 UK September 2013 US 264pp 8 pgs illus Paperback £20.00 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137347183

A philosophical-cultural exploration, this book expands the discussion of ‘class’ from a novel perspective. Following the current debates about wealth and class, the contributors address the social and cultural phenomena of class from a uniquely innovative philosophical approach and reconsider philosophical ‘givens’ within the context of culture.

Contents: Introduction: Working Class; Ron Scapp and Brian Seitz * 1. Class Dismissed: The Issue Is Accountability; bell hooks * 2. Letter from a Lovelorn Pre-Radical: Looking Forward and Backward at Martin Luther King Jr.; Kevin Bruyneel * 3. In Search of a New Left, Then and Now; Dick Howard * 4. The Status of Class; Stanley Aronowitz * 5. ‘Fix the Tired’: Cultural Politics and the Struggle for Shorter Hours; Kristin Lawler * and more...

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 240pp Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Paperback £17.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Child in Spanish Cinema

9781137326782 9781137326812

Sarah Wright, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK In this, the first full-length treatment of the child in Spanish cinema, Sarah Wright explores the ways that the cinematic child comes to represent 'prosthetic memory'. The central theme of the child and the monster is used to examine the relationship of the self to the past, and to cinema.

Youth Cultures in the Age of Global Media Edited by David Buckingham, Loughborough University, UK, Sara Bragg, University of Brighton, UK, Mary Jane Kehily, The Open University, UK

Contents: Introduction: The Child in Spanish Cinema * 1. Auratic Encounters With the Child of the Cine Religioso * 2. Coming of Age With Marisol * 3. Memory and the Child Witness in ‘Art-House Horror’ * 4. Angels and Devils: Embodiment and Adolescence in Recent Spanish Films * Conclusion * Index October 2013 US 224pp 12 b&w illustrations Hardback $100.00 Published by Manchester University Press

This book explores the impact of globalisation and new technologies on youth cultures around the world, from the Birmingham School to the youthscapes of South Korea. In a timely reappraisal of youth cultures in contemporary times, this collection profiles the best of new research in youth studies written by leading scholars in the field.

9780719090523

Contents: Introduction * 1. ‘What Time is Now?’ Researching Youth and Culture Beyond the ‘Birmingham School’; Christine Griffin * 2. Youth and Globalization: Changing Trajectories of Culture and Politics; Ritty A. Lukose * 3. Historicize This!

Contextualism in Youth Media Studies; Mary Celeste Kearney * 4. ‘My Whole Life is Here’: Tracing Journeys through ‘Skinhead’; Hilary Pilkington * 5. From Local Gangs to Global Tribes: The Latin Kings and Queens Nation in Catalonia; Carles Feixa and Oriol Romaní * 6. Dissenting Citizenship: South Asian Muslim Youth in the U.S. after 9/11; Sunaina Maira * and more...

Studies in Childhood and Youth February 2014 UK 312pp Hardback Canadian Rights

46

February 2014 US £65.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137008145

CULTURAL STUDIES Childhood and Consumer Culture

Abjection and Representation

Edited by David Buckingham, Loughborough University, UK, Vebjørg Tingstad, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway "Childhood and consumption scholars from all corners will find some reward in perusing this book for intellectual treasure." - Children and Society

An Exploration of Abjection in the Visual Arts, Film and Literature Rina Arya, University of Wolverhampton, UK 'Rina Arya's Abjection and Representation is a clearly written and accessible introductory guide to our various social, political, psychic, corporeal, and aesthetic 'adventures of abjection' in contemporary theory, art, literature, and film. The book is longneeded and effectively has no peers.' – Calvin Thomas, Georgia State University, USA

In recent years children have become an increasingly important consumer market, and there is growing concern about the 'commercialisation' of childhood.

This book, now in paperback, offers new empirical data and challenging critical perspectives on children's engagement with consumer culture from a wide range of international settings.

Contents: Introduction; D.Buckingham and V.Tingstad * PART I: HISTORY OF CHILDREN’S CONSUMPTION * PART II: THEORY AND METHOD IN RESEARCH ON CHILDREN’S CONSUMPTION * PART III: PRACTICES OF CONTEMPORARY MARKETERS * PART IV: SOCIAL CONTEXTS OF CHILDREN’S CONSUMPTION * PART V: CHILDHOOD IDENTITIES AND CONSUMPTION

Studies in Childhood and Youth June 2014 UK 272pp Paperback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US 5 b/w tables, 2 figures £21.99 / $34.00 / CN$.00

9781137442222

Abjection and Representation is a theoretical investigation of the concept of abjection as expounded

by Julia Kristeva in Powers of Horror (1980) and its application in various fields including the visual arts, film and literature. It examines the complexity of the concept and its significance as a cultural category.

Contents: Contents * Preface * Introduction * 1. Unpacking Abjection * 2. A Cultural History of Abjection * 3. Recovering the Sacred: The Abject Body* 4. Abjection in the Visual Arts * 5. The Formless * 6. Abjection and Film * 7. Abjection in Literature * Concluding Remarks May 2014 UK 240pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9780230389335

Philosophy and Hip-Hop

21st Century Jocks: Sporting Men and Contemporary Heterosexuality

Ruminations on Postmodern Cultural Form

Eric Anderson, University of Winchester, UK "Drawing from a decade of research into young male athletes' heterosexuality, Professor Eric Anderson analyzes the dramatic shift in how today's jocks perform masculinity and heterosexuality compared to those of just a decade ago. Showing that they reject much of the hyper-masculine posturing of their athletic forefathers, in both the United States and United Kingdom, Anderson shows that jocks today celebrate their gay teammates and revel in their expanded notions of sexuality. They are having more, and more diverse, sexual encounters, and in what will shock many men over 30, this includes a great deal of physical intimacy with other men.

Anderson shows that high school and university straight male jocks are kissing, cuddling and loving other jocks. 21st Century Jocks is therefore a must read have for anyone interested in sport, masculinity, or heterosexuality." - George Cunningham, Laboratory for Diversity in Sport, Texas A&M University, USA Drawing on hundreds of interviews with 15-22 year old straight and gay male athletes in both the United States and the United Kingdom, this book explores how jocks have redefined heterosexuality, and no longer fear being thought gay for behaviors that constrained men of the previous generation.

Julius Bailey, Wittenberg University, USA This book opens up the philosophical life force that informs the construction of Hip-hop by turning the gaze of the philosopher upon those blind spots that exist within existing scholarship. This book illustrates the abundance of philosophical meaning in the textual and graphic elements of hip hop, placing hip-hop within the philosophical canon.

Contents: INTRODUCTION * 1. Of the Beauty and Wisdom of Hip-Hop * 2. Firebrands and Battle Plans: Jean-Paul Sartre, Friedrich Nietzsche and G.W.F. Hegel * 3. Conscious Hip-hop vs The Culture Industry * 4. A Philosopher’s glance at Hip-hop Pedagogy: Facing the Realities of the Socratic Classroom * 5.

Lost in the City and Lost in the Self: Sin and Solipsism in Hip Hop’s Dystopia; St. Augustine, Toni Morrison, Paul Tillich * 6. Hip Hop and International Voices of Revolution: Brazil, Cuba, Ghana and Egypt * 7. The Artist and the Image: Ervin Goffman; Marshall McLuhan; Roland Barthes * 8. The Catastrophe of Success: Marshall McLuhan, Gilles Delueze and Felix Guittari June 2014 UK 224pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137429933

Contents: Introduction * PART I: 20TH CENTURY JOCKS * 1. Birth of the Jock * 2.

Homohysteria * PART II: 21ST CENTURY JOCKS AND INCLUSIVITY * 3. Including Gay Teammates * 4. Changing Homophobic Language * 5. Recognizing Bisexuality * PART III: 21ST CENTURY JOCKS AND INTIMACY * 6. Loving other Men * 7. Kissing other Men * 8. Freaking other Men * 9. Cuddling and Spooning other Men * PART IV: 21ST CENTURY JOCKS AND SEX * 10. Cheating on Girlfriends * 11. Sex with other Men * Conclusions May 2014 UK 240pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 1 b/w photo £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 ebooks available

9781137379634

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

47

CULTURAL STUDIES America’s Culture of Professionalism

The Cultural Impact of Kanye West Edited by Julius Bailey, Wittenberg University, USA "Provocateur, egotist, sage, and artist, no figure in the past decade of popular culture has reflected and defined the zeitgeist better than Kanye West. This collection lays bare the tangle of complexities and contradictions that have made the artist and the art indispensable to our era and proves that if game recognizes game, wisdom does too." - Jelani Cobb, author of The Substance of Hope: Barack Obama and the Paradox of Progress Through rap and hip hop, entertainers have provided a voice questioning and challenging the sanctioned view of society. Examining the moral and social implications of Kanye West's art in the context of Western civilization's preconceived ideas, the contributors consider how West both challenges religious and moral norms and propagates them.

Contents: Foreword; Davey D * Preface; Julius Bailey * PART I: REVISITING THE PHARMAKON: ARTISTIC GIFTS/HUMAN COMPLEXITIES * PART II: UNPACKING HETERO-NORMATIVITY AND COMPLICATING RACE AND GENDER * PART III: THEORIZING THE AESTHETIC, THE POLITICAL, AND THE EXISTENTIAL March 2014 UK 292pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

Past, Present, and Prospects David Warfield Brown, The Kettering Foundation, USA ‘A vigorous argument urging rethinking the relation of expertise or professionalism and democracy, including the human and political resources of local communities.’-Thomas Bender, New York University, USA America's Culture of Professionalism proves an emerging culture of interdependence is possible if and when enough professionals and laypersons refashion their roles and relationships having both something to contribute and something to learn from each other.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: THE CULTURE OF PROFESSIONALISM * 1. Knowledge as Property * 2. ‘Thriving on Ignorance’ * 3. Self-Serving Professionals * PART II: CULTURE CHANGE? * 3. Nobody’s Property * 4. Everybody Counts * 5. Nurturing Others’ Capacities June 2014 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US £35.00 / $50.00 / CN$57.50 ebooks available

9781137341914

9781137395818

Mexican Public Intellectuals Edited by Debra A. Castillo, Cornell University, USA, Stuart A. Day, The University of Kansas, USA "Mexican Public Intellectuals is an essential resource for anyone interested in thought leadership. This incisive and compelling collection analyzes key figures among Mexico's 21st century 'intermedial intellectuals' who engage the public conscience by creatively blending political activism and critique with the power of spectacle." - Rebecca Biron, Dartmouth College, USA

Mediated Youth Cultures The Internet, Belonging and New Cultural Configurations Edited by Andy Bennett, Griffith University, Australia, Brady Robards, University of Tasmania, Australia This book brings together thirteen timely essays from across the globe that consider a range of 'mediated youth cultures', covering topics such as the phenomenon of dance imitations on YouTube, the circulation of zines online, the resurgence of roller derby on the social web, drinking cultures, Israeli blogs, Korean pop music, and more.

Contents: Introduction: Youth, Cultural Practice and Media Technologies; Andy Bennett and Brady Robards * PART I: ONLINE AND OFFLINE IDENTITIES * 1. Youth Identities in a Digital Age: The Anchoring Role of Friends in Young People’s Approaches to Online Identity Expression; Katie Davis * 2.

Mediating Experiences of ‘Growing Up’ on Facebook’s Timeline: Privacy, Ephemerality and the Reflexive Project of Self; Brady Robards * 3. Young People and Mediated Private Space; Siân Lincoln * 4. Ending Up Online: Interrogating Mediated Youth Drinking Cultures; Ian Goodwin, Antonia Lyons, Christine Griffin and Tim McCreanor * PART II: ENGAGEMENT AND CREATIVITY * 5. Rethinking ‘Virtual’ Youth: Young People and Life Writing; Kate Douglas and Anna Poletti * 6. ‘The Designs Industry’: Girls Play with Production and Power on Israeli Blogs; Carmel Vaisman * 7. Youth, Social Media and Transnational Cultural Distribution: The Case of Online K-Pop Circulation; Sun Jung * 8. Young People’s Musical Engagement, and Technologies of Taste; Melissa Avdeeff * 9. Understanding Everyday Uses of Music Technologies in the Digital Age; Raphaël Nowak * PART III: BODIES, SPACE AND PLACE * 10. Women, Sport and New Media Technologies: Derby Grrrls Online; Adele Pavlidis and Simone Fullagar * 11. Getting Bodied with Beyoncé on YouTube; Ann Werner * 12. Activating’ Young People in the Production of Virtual Worlds; Liam Berriman * 13. Flash Mobs and Zombie Shuffles: Play in the Augmented City; Susan Bird * Glossary of Terms June 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

48

June 2014 US 4 figures £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137287014

In Mexico, the participation of intellectuals in public life has always been extraordinary, and for many the price can be high. Highlighting prominent figures that have made incursions into issues such as elections, human rights, foreign policy, and the drug war, this volume paints a picture of the everchanging context of Mexican intellectualism.

Contents: Introduction: A New Kind of Public Intellectual?; Debra A. Castillo and Stuart A. Day * 1. The Democratic Dogma: Héctor Aguilar Camín, Jorge G. Castañeda and Enrique Krauze in the Neoliberal Crucible; Ignacio M. Sánchez Prado * 2. Engaging Intellectuals: Andrés Henestrosa and Elena Poniatowska; Debra A. Castillo * 3. Monsiváis in a Nutshell; María Cristina Pons * 4.

Guadalupe Loaeza’s Blonded Ambition: Lip-synching, Plagiarism, and Power Poses; Emily Hind * 5. It’s My (National) Stage Too: Sabina Berman and Jesusa Rodríguez as Public Intellectuals; Stuart A. Day * 6. From Accounting to Recounting: Esther Chávez Cano and the Articulation of Advocacy, Agency, and Justice on the US—Mexico Border; María Socorro Tabuenca C. * 7. Mayan Cultural Agency through Performance: Fortaleza de la Mujer Maya–Fomma; Elvira Sánchez-Blake * 8. María Novaro: Feminist Filmmaking as Public Voice; David William Foster * 9. The Masked Intellectual: Marcos and the Speech of the Rainforest; Oswaldo Estrada * 10.

Javier Sicilia: Public Mourning for the Sons of Mexico; Javier Barroso

Literatures of the Americas April 2014 UK April 2014 US 288pp Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137392282

CULTURAL STUDIES Making Sense of Evil

Poverty in Contemporary Literature

An Interdisciplinary Approach

Themes and Figurations on the British Book Market

Melissa Dearey, University of Hull, UK

Barbara Korte, University of Tübingen, Germany, Georg Zipp, Univeristy of Freiberg, Germany

When it comes to crime, everyone seems to take evil seriously as an explanatory concept - except criminologists. This book asks why, and why not, through exploring a variety of interdisciplinary approaches to evil from the perspectives of theology, philosophy, literary and cultural studies, and the social sciences.

Contents: Preface * 1. Theodicy: Understanding the Problem of Evil * 2. Enter the Evil Genius: Encountering Metaphysical Evil * 3. Radical Freedom, Radical Evil? Kant’s Theory of Evil and the Failure of Theodicy * 4. Telling Evil Stories: Understanding Cultural Narratives and Symbols of Evil in the Phenomenological Hermeneutics of Paul Ricoeur * 5. ‘Something to be scared of’ – Evil, the Feminine and Psychoanalytic Theory * 6. Evil and Literature: Love and Liberation * 7. Doing Evil: Crime, Compulsion, Seduction from the Standpoint of Social Psychology and Anthropology * 8. The Banality of Evil: Genocide, Slavery, Holocaust, War * 9. The Axis of Evil – the War on Terror, the ‘Enemy Within’ and the Politics of Evil and the State * 10. Book Summary and Touching the Void or Looking Through a Glass Darkly? Evil and Criminology

Critical Criminological Perspectives April 2014 UK April 2014 US 272pp 4 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Poverty and inequality have gained a new public presence in the United Kingdom. Literature, and particularly narrative literature, (re-)configures how people think, feel and behave in relation to poverty.

This makes the analysis of poverty-themed fiction an important aspect in the new transdisciplinary field of poverty studies.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Premises and Concepts * 3.

Lifewriting * 4. Popular Genre Fiction * 5. Literary Fiction * 6.

Fiction for Children and Young Adults * 7. Non-Fiction * 8. Other Media * 9. Conclusion * Works Cited * Index

February 2014 UK 120pp Hardback Canadian Rights

£45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 ebooks available

9781137429285

9781137308795

Responding to Margaret Thatcher’s Death

Disability Culture and Community Performance Find a Strange and Twisted Shape Petra Kuppers, University of Michigan, USA "Disability Culture and Community Performance is an artist's book on various creative journeys through diverse cultural and historical settings, but it is also a careful investigation into the methodical consequences emanating from crossings of theory and practice. Furthermore it is an activist intervention and contribution to the doing of disability culture." - Anneka Esch-van Kan, Interdisciplinary Review Journal for the Study of Culture

Louisa Hadley, Dawson College, Canada Louisa Hadley examines the range of responses to Margaret Thatcher's death in relation to the cultural discourses surrounding Thatcher in the 1980s and since her resignation. The responses examined include the anticipation of Thatcher's death in anti-Thatcher songs, social media responses, obituaries, picture tributes and the ceremonial funeral.

Contents: Table of Contents & Introduction * 1. Anticipating Thatcher’s Death * 2. Political Responses to Thatcher’s Death * 3. Social Media Responses to Thatcher’s Death * 4. Obituaries of Margaret Thatcher * 5. Picturing Thatcher * 6. ‘A Proper Sendoff’ for Thatcher * Conclusion * Bibliography

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 128pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

February 2014 US

9781137428240

Performances in hospices and on beaches; crosscultural myth making in Wales, New Zealand and the US; communal poetry among mental health system survivors: this book presents a senior practitioner/ critic's exploration of arts-based research processes sustained over more than a decade - a subtle engagement with disability culture.

Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Introduction * PART I: MAKING A HOME * 1. Landscaping: Spacings * 2. Dancing Stories about Home: A Community Dance Residency in a Hospice in New Zealand * 3. Community Arts and Practices: Improvising Being-Together * PART II: RHIZOMES/CONNECTIONS * 4. Toward a Rhizomatic Model of Disability: Poetry, Performance, and Touch * 5. Burning Butoh: Self/Community * 6. Rhizome: Choreography of a Moving Self * 7. Rhizome: Collaboration * 8. Rhizome: Beyond Story, Community Performance and Somatic Poetics * PART III: MEMORY TOUCH * 9. Introduction: Desirous History * 10.

Performing Anarcha * 11. Remembering Anarcha * 12. The Anarcha Project Performative Lecture * 13. The Anarcha Project: A Process Report * PART IV: SENSUAL HISTORY AND MYTHMAKING * 14. Introduction * 15. Tiresian Journeys * 16. Teaching Disability Culture: Reflections on Tiresias in the Classroom * Epilogue * Bibliography * Index July 2013 UK 296pp Paperback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US 25 b/w photos £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137319920

49

CULTURAL STUDIES The Korean Wave

Parenting Culture Studies

Korean Popular Culture in Global Context Edited by Yasue Kuwahara, Northern Kentucky University, USA "Yasue Kuwahara and her collaborators add profusely to the burgeoning literature about the Korean Wave, fielding questions and systematically answering them, on aspects such as global audiences, hegemonic relationships with the United States and Japan through Korean popular culture, glocalization, and government promotional policies.

Their multidisciplinary and case study approaches to the study of Korean films, TV dramas, music, and social media, expressed in readable prose and filled with anecdotes and first-hand research, make this a very important contribution to communication and cultural studies." - John A. Lent, International Journal of Comic Art The rise in popularity of South Korean entertainment and culture began and is promoted as an official policy of the Korean government to revive the country's economy. This study examines cultural production and consumption, glocalization, the West versus. Asia, global race consciousness, and changing views of masculinity and femininity.

Contents: Introduction; Yasue Kuwahara * PART I: PRODUCTION * PART II: GLOCALIZATION * PART III: CONSUMPTION February 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

February 2014 US 5 b/w illustrations £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137350275

Sounds and the City

Ellie Lee, Jennie Bristow, Charlotte Faircloth, Jan Macvarish, all at University of Kent, UK "The authors of this timely collection are in the forefront of analyses of contemporary parenting.

The discourses and practices of parenting are rarely held up for sustained critique. Readers of this book will be challenged to question the politics and rationales of parenting cultures in this provocative and cogently argued book." - Deborah Lupton, University of Sydney, Australia Why have the minutiae of how parents raise their children become routine sources of public debate and policy making? This book provides in-depth answers to these features drawing on a wide range of sources from sociology, history, anthropology and psychology, covering developments in both Europe and North America.

Contents: Introduction; Ellie Lee * PART I: PARENTING CULTURE * 1. Intensive Parenting and the Expansion of Parenting; Charlotte Faircloth * 2. Experts and Parenting Culture; Ellie Lee * 3. The Politics of Parenting; Jan Macvarish * 4. Who Cares for Children? The Problem of Intergenerational Contact; Jennie Bristow * PART II: ESSAYS ON PARENTAL DETERMINISM * 1. Policing Pregnancy: The Pregnant Woman who Drinks; Ellie Lee * 2. The Problem of ‘Attachment’: The ‘Detached’ Parent; Charlotte Faircloth * 3. Babies’ Brains and Parenting Policy: The ‘Insensitive’ Mother; Jan Macvarish * 4. Intensive Fatherhood? The (Un)involved Dad; Charlotte Faircloth * 5. The Double Bind of Parenting Culture: Helicopter Parents and Cotton Wool Kids; Jennie Bristow * Conclusion; Ellie Lee March 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Paperback Canadian Rights

The Highway Horror Film

Popular Music, Place and Globalization

Bernice M. Murphy, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Edited by Brett Lashua, Karl Spracklen, Stephen Wagg, all at Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

The Highway Horror Film argues that 'Highway Horror' is a hither-to overlooked sub-genre of the American horror movie. In these films, the American landscape is by its very accessibility rendered terrifyingly hostile, and encounters with other travellers almost always have sinister outcomes.

This book explores the ways in which Westernderived music connects with globalization, hybridity, consumerism and the flow of cultures. Both as local terrain and as global crossroads, cities remain fascinating spaces of cultural contestation and meaning-making via the composing, playing, recording and consumption of popular music.

Contents: Introduction: Sounds and the City; Brett Lashua, Stephen Wagg, and Karl Spracklen * 1. Heart of the Country?

The Construction of Nashville as the Capital of Country Music; Diane Pecknold * 2. Birmingham’s Post-Industrial Metal; Deena Weinstein * 3. Black and Brown Get Down: Cultural Politics, Chicano Music, and Hip-Hop in Racialized Los Angeles; Anthony Macías * 4. Juidos ‘n’ Decaf Italians: Irony, Blasphemy, and Jewish Shtick; Steven Lee Beeber * 5. ‘Why I Decided to Pretend I was American, I Will Never Know’: Rock ‘n Roll and ‘The Sixties’ in an English Town; Stephen Wagg * 6. Tamla-Motown in the UK: Transatlantic Reception of American Rhythm and Blues; Andrew Flory * 7. ‘How Many Divisions Does Ozzy Osbourne Have?’ Some Thoughts on Politics, Heavy Metal Music and the ‘Clash of Civilisations’; Stephen Wagg * 8. Indieglobalization and the Triumph of Punk in Indonesia; Jeremy Wallach * 9. Sounds of a ‘Rotting City’: Punk in Russia’s Arctic Hinterland;Hilary Pilkington * 10. True Norwegian Black Metal: The Globalized, Mythological Reconstruction of the Second Wave of BM in 1990s Oslo; Karl Spracklen * And more...

Leisure Studies in a Global Era April 2014 UK April 2014 US 320pp 9 b/w photos Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

50

March 2014 US 1 b/w table, 1 b/w line drawing, 1 b/w photo £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 9781137304605 £19.99 / $30.00 / CN$32.00 9781137304636 ebooks available

9781137283108

Contents: Introduction: Bumps in the Road: Defining Highway Horror * 1. ‘I Almost Drove Right Past’: Motels and Highway Horror * 2. ‘That Truck Driver Tried to Kill Me!’ The Highway Nemesis Narrative * 3. ‘Let’s Go For a Ride, Otis’: Serial Killers in the Highway Horror Film * 4. ‘They Never Even Saw It Coming’: The Fatal Car Crash in the Highway Horror Film

March 2014 UK 144pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 ebooks available

9781137391193

CULTURAL STUDIES Affective Intensities in Extreme Music Scenes

Global Jane Austen

Cases from Australia and Japan

Pleasure, Passion, and Possessiveness in the Jane Austen Community

Rosemary Overell, University of Otago, New Zealand An ethnographic study of gender, place and belonging, Affective Intensities introduces readers to the embodied sensations, flows and experiences of being in extreme music scenes in Australia and Japan.

Contents: Contents * Introduction * 1. A Grisly Scene? Extreme Metal Music, Belonging and Ethnography * 2. Brutal Belonging in Brutal Spaces * 3. Idiots and Wankers: Grindcore Sociality * 4.

I Hate Girls and Emotions: Brutal Sociality * 5. Brutal Belonging in Other Spaces * Conclusion * Bibliography * Appendices * Endnotes * Index

Pop Music, Culture and Identity May 2014 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 12 figures £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$95.00 ebooks available

9781137406767

A Critique of Judgment in Film and Television Edited by Silke Panse, University for the Creative Arts Canterbury, UK, Dennis Rothermel, California State University, USA "Film and Media Studies has tended to shy away from the idea of judgement but, as this collection of essays edited by Panse and Rothermel makes clear, judgement is an integral aspect of how film and media works. Judgement is a two way street – we judge what we see on the screen and in turn it judges us. This outstanding collection explores in depth the practical and theoretical issues raised by the problem of judgement." – Ian Buchanan, University of Wollongong, Australia A Critique of Judgment in Film and Television is a response to a significant increase of judgment and judgmentalism in contemporary television, film, and social media by investigating the changing relations between the aesthetics and ethics of judgment.

Contents: 1. Judgment between Ethics and Aesthetics: An Introduction; Silke Panse and Dennis Rothermel * PART I: JUDGMENT IN FACTUAL TELEVISION * 2. The Judging Spectator in the Image; Silke Panse * 3. The Tones of Judgment in Local Evening News; Dennis Rothermel * 4. ‘I’m Passionate, Lord Sugar:’ Young Entrepreneurs, Critical Judgment and Emotional Labor in Young Apprentice; Anita Biressi and Heather Nunn * PART II: JUDGING DOCUMENTARY IMAGES * 5. Amateur Biopolitics: Generalization of a Practice, Limits of a Concept; André Brasil and Cezar Migliorin * 6. Peirce’s Better Triad; Brian Winston * 7. A Judgment on Judgment: Milošević On Trial; Jon Kear * PART III: JUDGMENT AND UNIVERSALITY * 8. Screen Truth; Claire Colebrook * 9. Judging Cinema: Peter Greenaway’s Visual J’accuse; Alan Singer * 10.

Cinematic Judgment and Universal Communicability: On Benjamin and Kant with Metz; Richard Rushton * PART IV: DISAPPEARED SUBJECTS AND SUPERNATURAL JUDGMENT * 11.

Constructing the Non-Judgmental Event: Bruno Ganz’s Affective Ethics in Knife in the Head and in The White City; Colin Gardner * 12. Judgment and the Disappeared Subject in The Headless Woman; Bev Zalcock * 13. Without Judgment: A Feminist Reading of the Immanent Ethics and Aesthetics in Morvern Callar; Teresa Rizzo * 14. Biting Critiques: Paranormal Romance and Moral Judgment in True Blood, Twilight, and The Vampire Diaries; Lynn Marie Houston April 2014 UK April 2014 US 312pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Edited by Laurence Raw, Baskent University, Ankara, Turkey, Robert G. Dryden, Hillyer College, University of Hartford, USA Despite dying in relative obscurity, Jane Austen has become a global force as different readers across time, space and media have responded to her work.

This volume examines the ways in which her novels affect individual psychologies and how Janeites experience her work, from visiting her home to public re-enactments to films based on her writings.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Laurence Raw and Robert Dryden * 2. Young Jane Austen and the First Canadian Novel: From Emily Montague to ‘Amelia Webster’ and Love and Friendship; Juliet McMaster * 3. Jane Austen’s Publications from 1815: The History of a Misunderstanding; Lucile Trumel * 4. Jane Austen on Old-Time Radio: Creating Imaginative Worlds; Laurence Raw * 5. Jane Austen for Our Time: A Critical Reading of Rosamunde Pilcher’s The Shell Seekers; Sheryl Cornett * 6. The Many Lovers of Miss Jane Austen; Sarah Artt, Kenneth Longden, Janet McCabe, Serena Formica, Paul Tucker, John Wyver * 7. Sweetening Jane: Equivalence Through Genre and the Problem of Class in Austen Adaptations; Jeremy Strong * 8. Inventing Jane: Pleasure, Passion, and Possessiveness; Robert Dryden * 9. Hang a Right at the Abbey: Jane Austen and the Imagined City; Richard Berger * 10. In Flesh and Blood: Jane Austen as Postmodern Fictional Character; Marina Cano-Lopez * 11. One of Folly’s Puppies: Austen and Animal Studies; Jim Carson * 12. Jane Austen is my Homegirl: American Janeites and Ironic Postmodern Identity; Elise Barker * 13. Representations of Jane Austen’s Ever-Expanding Universe in Pride and Prejudice; Anette Svensson * 14. Teaching Jane Austen in Communist China 1990-96; Val Horniman * 15. Jane Austen in the Classroom: Some Indian Responses; Haresh Trivedi, Vishala Urivi, Ruth Vanita, Anshoo Sharma, Harsha Kumari Singh, Ashima Kanwar * 16. Getting to Know Miss Jane Austen: Images of an Author; Rana Tekcan * 17.

Rewriting Austen: Two Interviews with Juliet Archer and Edward Carpenter August 2013 UK August 2013 US 308pp 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137034434

Daydreams and the Function of Fantasy Meta Regis, Stella Maris College, India This book seeks to re-define the role of fantasy in human life by overturning mainstream psychology's understanding of daydreams as being task-distracted mind wandering by proposing that all waking fantasies function to transform mood states into specific emotional reactions.

Contents: 1. Obsessive Fans and Daydreaming Computers - A New Model of Daydreaming * 2. Empirical Studies on Daydreaming * 3. The Major Models of Daydreaming * 4.

Frequent Daydreaming Populations and Systems of Fantasy Immersion * 5. The Inner Workings of Fantasy: Daydreams as Natural Advertisements * 6. Celebrity Worship and Fantasy Immersion * 7. Escapes into Fiction: Violent Sexual Fantasy, Magical Reversal and Human Sexuality * 8. The Origins of Daydreaming: Self-Soothing Practices in Early Childhood * 9. General Conclusions September 2013 UK September 2013 US 288pp 5 b/w tables, 2 figures, 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 9781137300768 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137014177

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

51

CULTURAL STUDIES Globalization, Culture, and Branding

Stray Dog of Anime

How to Leverage Cultural Equity for Building Iconic Brands in the Era of Globalization

The Films of Mamoru Oshii Brian Ruh, Indiana University, USA "A fine introduction to one of Japanese animation's few true auteurs, Stray Dog of Anime examines Oshii's films from both sides of the camera. Brian Ruh's work is scholarly but readable, and affirmative but critical - an education for academics and fans alike.

Welcome to Class Real." - Jonathan Clements, coauthor of The Anime Encyclopedia Upon its US release in the mid 1990s, Ghost in the Shell, directed by Mamoru Oshii, quickly became one of the most popular Japanese animated films in the country.

Despite this, Oshii is known as a maverick within anime: a self-proclaimed 'stray dog'. This is the first book to take an in-depth look at his major films, from Urusei Yatsura to Avalon.

Contents: 1. An Introduction to Oshii * 2. Urusei Yatsura (1981-84) * 3. Angel’s Egg (1985) * 4.

Twilight Q 2: Labyrinth Objects File 538 (1987) * 5. Mobile Police Patlabor (1988-93) * 6. Ghost in the Shell (1995) * 7. Jin-Roh (2000) and Blood the Last Vampire (2000) * 8. Avalon (2000) * 9. Ghost in the Shell 2: Innocence (2004) * 10. The Sky Crawlers (2008) * 11. Assault Girls (2009) * 12. Conclusion April 2014 UK April 2014 US 332pp Paperback £16.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137355676

Transnational Mobilities in Action Sport Cultures This book contributes to recent debates in transnationalism, mobilities and migration studies by offering the first in-depth sociological examination of the global phenomenon of action sports and the transnational networks and connections being established within and across local contexts around the world.

Contents: 1. Transnational Mobilities and Action Sport Cultures: Conceptual, Theoretical and Methodological Considerations * PART I: TRANSNATIONAL ACTION SPORT CULTURAL NETWORKS * 2. Producing Transnational Networks: Action Sport Companies, Media and Events3. Digital Media and the Transnational Imaginary: Virtual Memorialization of Global Action Sport Stars * PART II: ACTION SPORTS MIGRATION AND TRANSNATIONAL MOTILITIES * 4. Corporeal Mobilities in Action Sport Cultures: Tourists, Professionals and Seasonal Migrants * 5. Pleasure, Play, and Everyday Politics in Transnational Action Sport Destinations6. Transnational Action Sport Career Migration: Reflections from Home and Away * PART III: ACTION SPORTS (IM)MOBILITIES IN DISRUPTED AND CONFLICTED SPACES * 7.

Action Sports and Natural Disaster Immobilities: Arrhythmic Experiences in Christchurch, New Zealand * 8. The Emergence of Action Sports in the Middle East: Imagining New Mobilities with Parkour in Gaza * 9. Transnational Connections and Transformation: Action Sport for Development and Peace Building

Migration, Diasporas and Citizenship

52

June 2014 US 17 figures £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 ebooks available

Drawing from novel theoretical insights in social psychology, cultural psychology, and marketing, Globalization, Culture and Branding provides guidelines for imbuing brands with culturally symbolic meanings that can create deep psychological bonds with multi-cultural consumers.

Contents: PART I: UNDERSTANDING BRANDS AND THEIR CULTURAL MEANINGS * PART II: GAINING INSIGHTS INTO HOW CROSS-CULTURAL CONSUMERS VIEW ICONIC BRANDS * PART III: BUILDING, LEVERAGING AND PROTECTING BRAND EQUITY November 2013 UK 194pp Hardback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US 33 b/w line drawings, 3 b/w tables £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 ebooks available

9781137333315

Theatricality, Dark Tourism and Ethical Spectatorship

Holly Thorpe, University of Waikato, New Zealand

June 2014 UK 352pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Carlos J. Torelli, Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota, USA ‘Finally, a book that bridges the gap between brand management and cultural psychology. Torelli leverages the insights of cultural psychology and related fields to provide research-based answers to the real-world questions facing global brand managers. As both consumers and brands become more culturally diverse, these questions are more urgent than ever. If you have ever wondered how McDonald's, Kellogg's, and BMW navigate the complex cultural landscapes in which they do business - and how they could do it better - read this book!’ - Sharon Shavitt, University of Illinois, USA

9780230390737

Absent Others Emma Willis, University of Auckland, New Zealand "Emma Willis's worthy project, Theatricality, Dark Tourism and Ethical Spectatorship, places works for the theatre in dialogue with place-based memorials.

Willis offers us practice-centered analysis for diverse objects of study. Following Willis as she takes on the challenges of these ethical/aesthetic encounters, readers will appreciate the book's ethorough research, sound argumentation, and elegant prose.

An ambitious project effectively realized, this is insightful scholarship about a timely subject." Laurie Beth Clark, University of Wisconsin, USA Works of theatre that depict grievous histories derive their force from making audible voices of the past. Such performances, theatrical or tourist, require the attentive belief of spectators. This engaging new study explores how theatricality works in each instance and how 'playing the part' of the listener can be understood in ethical terms.

Contents: Notes for the Traveller: An introduction to the Journey Ahead * 1. Landscapes of Aftermath * 2. Performing Museums and Memorial Bodies: Theatre in the Shadows of the Crematoria * 3. Vietnam: ‘Not the Bullshit Story in the Lonely Planet’ * 4. Here was the place: (Re)Performing Khmer Rouge Archive of Violence * 5. Lost in our own Land: Reenacting Colonial Violence * 6. The World Watched: Witnessing Genocide * Phantom Speak * Works Cited April 2014 UK April 2014 US 256pp 31 b/w illustrations Hardback £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137322647

CULTURAL STUDIES Shaping China’s Global Imagination

The Rushdie Fatwa and After

Branding Nations at the World Expo

A Lesson to the Circumspect

Jian Wang, University of Southern California, USA ‘Wang’s writing style is analytically clear and engaging, and raises a certain curiosity in the subject itself. The book combines three issues that are of great interest: China’s rise and role in international politics; our perceptions of China; and the role of nation branding (in this book through the prism of the Shanghai Expo). The advantage of a book like this is that it will not just be relevant for China specialists, but also for IR and communication scholars. The clarity of writing makes it accessible and of use in advanced undergraduate courses. I see no real competition for Shaping China’s Global Imagination.‘’ Peter Van Ham, Netherlands Institute of International Relations A comprehensive discussion of how countries embrace branding as a crucial element in their pursuit of soft power and why certain nation-branding efforts succeed while others fail through the example of the 2010 World Expo in Shanghai.

Contents: Contents * Illustrations * Preface * 1. Soft Power, Nation Branding, and the World Expo * 2. Branding Nations * 3. The Shanghai Expo as a Site for Nation Branding * 4. Defining Nation Brands * 5. Communicating Nation Brands * 6. Experiencing Nation Brands * 7.

Remembering Nation Brands * 8. Nation Branding as Strategic Narrative * 9. Nation Branding: Perspectives, Practices, and Prospects * Coda * Notes

Palgrave Macmillan Series in Global Public Diplomacy December 2013 UK December 2013 US 228pp 7 b/w tables Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137361714

Brian Winston, University of Lincoln, UK "This is not the first account of how the Satanic Verses affair came about, but it is by far the most wide-ranging and best informed. It also includes equally authoritative accounts of numerous subsequent incidents such as the murder of the Dutch film-maker Theo van Gogh and the Danish cartoons controversy, which, it is convincingly argued here, need to be seen as ramifications of the Salman Rushdie case. But this is far more than simply a recital of the facts, richly detailed and highly informative though it most certainly is in this respect. For what we also have here is a resounding defence of the principles of free expression, not in the debased, self-interested and ill-informed manner in which the British press habitually defends its 'right' to do as it damn well pleases, but in highly sophisticated philosophical terms. This is a key contribution to the debate not only on the right to free expression, including the right to offend, but on media freedom in general in the post-Leveson era." Julian Petley, Brunel University, UK This resounding defence of the principles of free expression revisits the Satanic Verses uproar of 1989, as well as subsequent incidents such as the Danish cartoons controversy, to argue that the human right of free speech is by no means so secure that it can be taken for granted.

Contents: Acknowledgments * Foreword: A Lesson to the Circumspect: Warning Understanding - Toleration - Sensitivity - Offensiveness * 1. A Story to Pass the Waking Hours of the Night: The Original Offence * 2. A More Remarkable Story: Throwing Down the Gauntlet * 3. Give Me More of These Examples: Contagion * Afterword: Perceive the Dawn of Day: Lessons to the Circumspect June 2014 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

A Fractured Landscape of Modernity Culture and Conflict in the Isle of Purbeck

June 2014 US £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9781137388599

James Wilkes, Researcher and Writer This book uses the contradictions, fractures and coincidences of a twentieth-century rural landscape to explore new methods of writing place beyond 'new nature writing'. In doing so it opens up new ways of reading modernist artists and writers such as Vanessa Bell, Mary Butts and Paul Nash.

Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Studland Beach * 2. The Hollow Land * 3. Seaside Surrealism * 4. Purbeck Underground * Afterword * Bibliography * Index

Performing Englishness Identity and Politics in a Contemporary Folk Resurgence Trish Winter, University of Sunderland, UK, Simon Keegan-Phipps, University of Sheffield, UK Performing Englishness examines the growth in popularity and profile of the English folk arts in the first decade of the twenty-first century. In the only study of its kind, the authors explore how the folk resurgence speaks to a broader explosion of interest in the subject of English national and cultural identity.

Language, Discourse, Society January 2014 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US 25 figures £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9781137287076

Contents: Introduction * PART I: CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH FOLK * 1. The Folk Industry * 2. The Mainstreaming of English Folk * 3. An English Style? * PART II: NATION AND IDENTITY * Introduction: The English Context * 4. A Place Called England * 5.

Englishnesses * Conclusion * References

New Ethnographies October 2013 US 224pp 7 b&w illustrations Hardback $95.00 Published by Manchester University Press

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9780719085390

53

CULTURAL STUDIES Physick and the Family

Media, Cultural and Social Theory

Health, Medicine and Care in Wales, 1600–1750 Alun Withey, University of Exeter, UK Physick and the Family offers new insights into the early modern sickness experience, through a study of the medical history of Wales.

The Palgrave Handbook of European Media Policy Edited by Karen Donders, Caroline Pauwels, Jan Loisen, all at Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium "The editors have brought together a team of top experts to provide an understanding of the complexities of media policymaking in Europe.

Essential policy issues such as convergence, diversity and pluralism, as well as questions concerning intellectual copyright and competition policy, are discussed in intelligent and accessible language."

- Cees J. Hamelink, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Contents: Appendices * Introduction * I. Disease and Mortality in Early Modern Wales * 1. ‘Fruits of Sin, Forerunners of Dissolution’: Sickness and Disease in Early Modern Wales * II. Medical Knowledge in Early Modern Wales * 2. The Welsh Body and Popular Medical Culture * 3. Medicine, Oral and Print Culture * 4. An Economy of Knowledge: Social Networks and the Spread of Medical Information * III. Domestic Sickness and Care in the Welsh Home * 5. Care and the Welsh Medical Home * 6.

Sickness Experience and the ‘Sick Role’ * 7. Caring for the Sick * 8. ‘Neighbourliness’ and the Medical Community * 9. Conclusion * Bibliography * Index September 2013 US 260pp 3 b&w illustrations Paperback $28.95 Published by Manchester University Press

9780719091254

Containing state-of-the-art contributions on the various domains of European media policies, this Handbook deals with theoretical approaches to European media policy: its historical development; specific policies for film, television, radio and the Internet; and international aspects of the fragmented policy domain.

Contents: PART I: KEY CONCEPTS AND THEORETICAL APPROACHES * PART II: THE DEVELOPMENT OF EUROPEAN MEDIA POLICY * PART III: SECTOR-SPECIFIC POLICIES * PART IV: COMPETITION POLICIES * PART V: INTERNATIONAL ASPECTS OF EUROPEAN MEDIA POLICY March 2014 UK 576pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Follow us on

for the latest news, events and competitions

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

@PalgraveCultMed

March 2014 US £135.00 / $210.00 / CN$230.00 ebooks available

9781137032171

The Political Economy of Television Sports Rights Tom Evens, Ghent University, Belgium, Petros Iosifidis, City University, London, UK, Paul Smith, De Montfort University, UK "Many analysts make reference to 'global media' in their writing. Evens, Iosifidis and Smith have gone much further, supplying extensive evidence of how commercial power and competition policy actually function in a global age. It is essential reading for students, teachers and professionals who want to know much more than the latest football scores."

- Brett Hutchins, Monash University, Australia, and author of Sport Beyond Television Sport on television is big business, but it is about more than just commerce. Using a range of national case studies from Europe and beyond, this book analyses the political, economic, social and regulatory issues raised in relation to the buying and selling of television sports rights.

Contents: Introduction * 1. The Sports-Media-Business Complex * 2. The Sports Broadcasting Market * 3. The Social and Cultural Value of Sport * 4. The Importance of Free-to-Air Sports Broadcasting * 5. Competition Law and Sports Broadcasting * 6. The Regulation of Access to Major Sporting Events * 7: Australia * 8. Brazil * 9. India * 10. Italy * 11. South Africa * 12. Spain * 13. United Kingdom * 14. USANotes * References * Index

Palgrave Global Media Policy and Business October 2013 UK October 2013 US 288pp 21 figures Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

54

9781137275646

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Global Media and Communication Policy

Disability in Science Fiction

An International Perspective

Representations of Technology as Cure

Petros Iosifidis, City University, London, UK 'With increasing interconnectness of communication systems and more media enterprises operating worldwide, global media policies are more salient but are often unfamiliar or misunderstood. Although developing since the early days of telephony and broadcasting, their significance has increased since developments such as satellite communications and the Internet have thrust communications debates from the nation state to international level. This book positions global policy issues and debates within a wide framework of national and international issues, conflicting interests, and differing approaches to communication challenges.

It is an important step forward in understanding global policy makers, processes, and outcomes.' - Robert G. Picard, Reuters Institute, University of Oxford, UK Iosifidis considers the social, political, economic and technological changes arising from the globalization of the communications industries, making reference to the paradigmatic shift from a system based on the traditions of public service in media delivery to one that is demarcated by commercialization, privatization and competition.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: A TRILOGY ON THE PUBLIC INTEREST IN MEDIA * Media Policy in The Public Interest * Media Regulation in The Public Interest * Media Policy and Regulation in The Public Interest: Looking Ahead * PART II * Global Communication Paradigms * Globalization and the Nation-State * PART III * Supranational Sites, Non-State Actors and Global Media Policy * Media and Communications Policy in the European Union * PART IV * The Convergence Phenomenon in Communications * Regulatory Convergence * Guidelines for Regulatory Reform

Palgrave Global Media Policy and Business August 2013 UK August 2013 US 304pp 17 b/w tables Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$37.00 Canadian Rights

9781137364357

Participation and Portrayal Edited by Frederick Luis Aldama, The Ohio State University, USA "A multifaceted assessment of Latinos/as in contemporary popular culture. By deeply interrogating representations that others have dismissed as trivial, the book's dynamic range of approaches offers vital new ways of seeing Latinos/ as. It's beautifully composed and richly nuanced essays bring twenty-first century Latino-ness to life on screens big and small." - Priscilla Peña Ovalle, University of Oregon, USA, and author of Dance and the Hollywood Latina: Race, Sex and Stardom This is the first book to explore the multitude of narrative media forms created by and that feature Latinos in the twenty-first century - a radically different cultural landscape to earlier epochs. The essays present a fresh take informed by the explosion of Latino demographics and its divergent cultural tastes.

Contents: PART I: BORDER GENRES...BORDERLANDS * PART II: TRANSMEDIAL...

TRANSRACIAL CROSSINGS * PART III: MATTERS OF FORM, MIND, AND AUDIENCE November 2013 US 21 b/w illustrations £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

In this groundbreaking collection, twelve international scholars – with backgrounds in disability studies, English and world literature, classics, and history – discuss the representation of dis/ability, medical ‘cures,’ technology, and the body in science fiction.

Contents: PART I: THEORIZING DISABILITY IN SCIENCE FICTION * PART II: HUMAN BOUNDARIES AND PROSTHETIC BODIES * PART III: CURE NARRATIVES FOR THE (POST)HUMAN FUTURE August 2013 UK August 2013 US 228pp Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137343420

Cultural Work and Higher Education Edited by Daniel Ashton, Bath Spa University, UK, Caitriona Noonan, University of South Wales, UK "This is a valuable and timely book that addresses a clear gap in an expanding scholarly field. It makes a strong contribution to the growing literature, exploring what is at stake in the relationship between higher education and the cultural industries, interrogating some of the current challenges and problematic aspects of creative work." - Paul Long, Birmingham City University, UK The cultural industries are an area of continued international debate. This edited volume brings together original contributions to examine the experiences and realities of working within a number of creative sectors and address how higher education can both enable students to pursue and critically examine work in the cultural industries.

Latinos and Narrative Media

November 2013 UK 316pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Edited by Kathryn Allan, Academic Editing, Canada "Disability in Science Fiction is an unusual collection of academic articles: it combines interesting scholarship with an remarkable degree of accessibility to the general reader . . . It is a very thought-provoking collection, and one I'm glad to have read." - Liz Bourke, Tor.com

Contents: List of Contents * Introduction: Cultural Work and Higher Education; Daniel Ashton and Caitriona Noonan * PART I: THE DYNAMICS OF CULTURAL WORK * 1. Making Workers: Higher Education and the Cultural Industries Workplace; Kate Oakley * 2. Making Your Way: Empirical Evidence from a Survey of 3,500 Graduates; Emma Pollard * PART II: CULTURAL AND CREATIVE INDUSTRIES AND THE CURRICULUM * 3. Precariously Mobile: Tensions Between the Local and the Global in Higher Education Approaches to Cultural Work; Susan Luckman * 4. No Longer Just Making the Tea: Media Work-Placements and Work-Based Learning in Higher Education; Richard Berger, Jon Wardle, and Marketa Zezulkova * 5. Media Enterprise in Higher Education: A Laboratory for Learning; Annette Naudin * PART III: IDENTITIES AND TRANSITIONS * 6. Smashing Childlike Wonder? The Early Journey into Higher Education; Caitriona Noonan * 7. Negotiating a Contemporary Creative Identity; Stephanie Taylor and Karen Littleton * 8. Industry Professionals in Higher Education: Values, Identities and Cultural Work; Daniel Ashton * PART IV: THE POLITICS OF ACCESS * 9. Creative Networks and Social Capital; David Lee * 10. The Cultural Industries in a Critical Multicultural Pedagogy; Anamik Saha * 11. ‘What do you need to make it as a woman in this industry? Balls!’: Work Placements, Gender and the Cultural Industries; Kim Allen * Afterword: Further and Future Directions for Cultural Work and Higher Education; Daniel Ashton and Caitriona Noonan September 2013 UK September 2013 US 288pp 1 figure Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137013934

9781137366450

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

55

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Brazil under Construction

Humanities in the Twenty-First Century

Fiction and Public Works

Beyond Utility and Markets

Sophia Beal, University of Minnesota, USA ‘A brilliant contribution to a fascinating emergent field: the imagination of infrastructure. Sophia Beal helps restore the strangeness to those enormous public works on which everyday life depends but that seem too big for the individual consumer to take in. This is 'material culture' both with gusto and with geopolitical vision. Students and teachers across the disciplines and around the globe will be delighted and inspired by it.’ - Bruce Robbins, Columbia University, USA Brazil under Construction tracks how Brazil's major public works projects and the fiction surrounding them mark a twofold construction of the nation: the functional construction of the country's public infrastructure and the symbolic construction of nationhood.

Contents: 1. An Introduction to the Fiction of Public Works * 2. Conquering the Dark: Literature, Lighting, and Public Space in Rio de Janeiro in the Early 1900s * 3. The Spectacle of Light: A Public Works Company in Southeastern Brazil (1906–71) * 4. Brasília: The Real and Promised City in 1960s Brazilian Literature * 5. Fiction and Massive Public Works during the Brazilian Military Regime (1964–85) * 6. São Paulo’s Failed Public Works in Ferréz’s Capão Pecado and Luiz Ruffato’s Eles eram muitos cavalos * Epilogue

New Directions in Latino American Cultures September 2013 UK September 2013 US 212pp 7 b/w illustrations Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137322470

Edited by Eleonora Belfiore, University of Warwick, UK, Anna Upchurch, University of Leeds, UK 'The book is beautifully written and edited, allowing the reader to relax and enjoy the experience of following an intense, academic debate, whilst its hard, critical edge skewers economic triumphalism on its own inconsistencies. This makes Humanities in the 21st Century both a compelling call to humanities scholars to reclaim the public value debate, as well as setting a demanding standard for others wanting to participate in that debate.' - Paul Benneworth, LSE Review of Books This collection of essays by scholars with expertise in a range of fields, cultural professionals and policy makers explores different ways in which the arts and humanities contribute to dealing with the challenges of contemporary society in ways that do not rely on simplistic and questionable notions of socio-economic impact as a proxy for value.

Contents: PART I: THE HUMANITIES AND THEIR ‘IMPACT’ * PART II: UTILITY VS. VALUE * PART III: THE HUMANITIES AND INTERDISCIPLINARITY * PART IV: MEANING-MAKING AND THE MARKET * PART V: DIGITIZATION, ETHICS AND THE HUMANITIES July 2013 UK 272pp Hardback Paperback Canadian Rights

9780230366657 9780230366633

Edited by Melissa Boyde, University of Wollongong, Australia

David Beer, University of York, UK "Punk Sociology counts off a passionate and thoughtful call to re-animate the sociological imagination. Dave Beer's book inspires, provokes and entertains - nevermind the bollocks here is sociology's future." - Les Back, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK This book explores the possibility of drawing upon a punk ethos to inspire and invigorate sociology. It uses punk to think creatively about what sociology is and how it might be conducted and aims to fire the sociological imaginations of sociologists at any stage of their careers, from new students to established professors.

Contents: PART ONE: THE BACKGROUND * 1. Introduction: Sociology, Uncertainty and the Possibility of an Imagined Future * 2. The Punk Ethos * PART TWO: TOWARDS A PUNK SOCIOLOGY * 3. From a Punk Ethos to a Punk Sociology * 4. Relativistic, Open and Eclectic: Sociological Knowledge * 5. Raw, Stripped Back and Fearless: Communicating Sociology * 6.

Bold, Inventive and the Do-It-Yourself Ethic: The Sociological Terrain * 7. Conclusion: The Limits of Punk Sociology and a Glimpse into its Future

56

£60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 £16.99 / $27.00 / CN$31.00 ebooks available

Captured: The Animal within Culture

Punk Sociology

January 2014 UK 90pp Hardback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US

Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Notes on Contributors * INTRODUCTION; Melissa Boyde * 1. Verticality, Vertigo and Vulnerabilities: Giraffes in J.M. Ledgard’s Novel Giraffe and in the Handspring Puppet Company’s Play, Tall Horse; Wendy Woodward * 2. The Scramble for Elephants: Exotic Animals and the Imperial Economy; John Simons * 3.

Christian the Lion: An Interview with Ace Bourke; Melissa Boyde * 4. ‘Mrs Boss! We gotta get those fat cheeky bullocks into that big bloody metal ship!’: Live Export as Romantic Backdrop in Baz Luhrmann’s Australia; Melissa Boyde * 5. Animal Factories: Exposing Sites of Capture; Yvette Watt * 6. Albatrosses and Western Attitudes to Killing Wild Birds; Graham Barwell * 7.

Capturing the Songs of Humpback Whales; Denise Russell * 8. The Dog and the Chameleon Poet; Anne Collett * 9. What Lies Below: Cephalopods and Humans; Helen Tiffin * 10. Caught: Sentimental, Decorative Kangaroo Identities in Popular Culture; Peta Tait November 2013 UK 232pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 ebooks available

In 2008 the youtube video documenting the emotional reunion between two men and Christian the Lion became a worldwide sensation. Key themes of the essays in Captured: the Animal within Culture are encapsulated in Christian's story: the implications of the physical and cultural capture of animals.

9781137371201

November 2013 US 9 b/w illustrations, 11 colour plates £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137330499

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY What’s The Worst Thing You Can Do To Shakespeare?

The Paradox of Authenticity in a Globalized World

Richard Burt, University of Florida, USA, Julian Yates, University of Delaware, USA ‘In What's the Worse Thing You Can Do to Shakespeare?, seasoned icono-clashers Richard Burt and Julian Yates scan the Shakespearean mediascape for its intensities, lags, evasions, and misfires. In wryly techno-savvy readings that cross-cut between the First Folio, conceived as a canny media launch, and contemporary video and film refractions, Burt and Yates renew the enterprise of close reading without either fetishizing the Shakespearean original or exchanging the vertiginous risks of unreadability for quick laughs and easy access.’ - Julia Reinhard Lupton, The University of California, USA and author of Thinking with Shakespeare: Essays on Politics and Life What's the worst thing you can do to Shakespeare? The answer is simple: don't read him. To that end, Richard Burt and Julian Yates embark on a project of un/ reading the Bard, turning the conventional challenges into a roadmap for textual analysis and a thorough reconsideration of the plays in light of their absorption into global culture.

Contents: 1. What’s the Worst Thing You Can Do to Shakespeare? * 2. ‘Oh, horrible, most horrible!’ - Hamlet’s Telephone * 3. Romeo and Juliet is for Zombies * 4. Drown Before Reading: Prospero’s Missing Book…s * 5. Anonymous / Anony/mess July 2013 UK 180pp Hardback Paperback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 £17.50 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 ebooks available

9781137270481 9781137270498

Media and the Politics of Arctic Climate Change

Edited by Russell Cobb, University of Alberta, Canada 'The idea of authenticity is an important one to explore in an academic setting and The Paradox of Authenticity in a Globalized World will be a useful tool in cultural and media studies, anthropology, and food studies. What really sets this edited volume apart is the inclusion of scholars who are not in academia - this adds a nice, contextualized angle in the fields of music, law, information studies, and museums.' - Jessica Mudry, Ryerson University, Canada Authenticity in our globalized world is a paradox.

This collection examines how authenticity relates to cultural products, looking closely at how a particular ‘ethnic’ food, or genre of popular music, or indigenous religious belief attains its aura of originality, when all traditional cultural products are invented in a certain time and place.

Contents: PART I: A MATTER OF TASTE: AUTHENTICITY AND INNOVATION IN FOOD CULTURE * PART II: PERFORMING THE REAL: MEDIATING AUTHENTICITY IN MUSIC, TELEVISION, AND PUBLISHING * PART III: STEROTYPES, CLICHÉS, AND THE REAL THING: AUTHENTICITY IN CULTURAL CONTACT ZONES * PART IV: CUT, PASTE, AUTHENTICATE: LITERARY STUDIES AND THE QUESTION OF AUTHENTICITY * PART V: REAL POLITICS: THE CULTURAL POLITICS OF AUTHENTICITY April 2014 UK April 2014 US 300pp 4 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137353825

Ethics of Media Edited by Nick Couldry, Goldsmiths College, London, UK, Mirca Madianou, University of Leicester, UK, Amit Pinchevski, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel "Ethics of Media features a wealth of case studies that will appeal to anyone interested in the study of contemporary media praxis. It can pride itself on having brought together some excellent contributions by authors who are acknowledged experts in the field, and offers a discussion of issues that directly relate to the current state of media ecology, including the ethics of blogging, Wikileaks, war reporting and the crisis in press standards. I have little doubt that the book will establish itself as a reference work on media ethics." - Lieve Gies, University of Leicester, UK

When the Ice Breaks Edited by Miyase Christensen, Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden, Annika E. Nilsson, Stockholm Environment Institute, Sweden, Nina Wormbs, Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden 'We are all on thin ice when it comes to the Arctic and global climate change. This smart, savvy volume edited by Swedish scholars, Miyase Christensen, Annika E. Nilsson and Nina Wormbs, is essential reading for everyone interested in the future of the planet and the role ice plays in shaping our material reality and social imaginary.' - James Rodger Fleming, Colby College, Maine, USA Combining multidisciplinary perspectives and new research, this volume goes beyond broad discussions of the impacts of climate change and reflects on the current and historical mediations and narratives that are part of creating this new social and scientific reality.

Ethics of Media reopens the question of media ethics. Taking an exploratory rather than prescriptive approach, an esteemed collection of contributors tackle the diverse areas of moral questioning at work within various broadcasting practices, accommodating the plurality and complexity of present-day ethical challenges posed by the world of media.

Contents: 1. Globalization, Climate Change and the Media: An Introduction; Miyase Christensen, Annika E. Nilsson and Nina Wormbs * 2. Arctic Climate Change and the Media: The News Story That Was; Miyase Christensen * 3. Eyes on the ice: Satellite remote sensing and the narratives of visualized data; Nina Wormbs * 4. An Ice Free Arctic Sea?: The Science of Sea Ice and Its Interests; Sverker Sörlin and Julia Lajus * 5. Signals from a Noisy Region; Annika E. Nilsson and Ralf Döscher * and more...

Contents: PART I: FRAMINGS * PART II: INTERFACES * PART III: MEDIATIONS * PART IV: PRACTICES

October 2013 UK October 2013 US 200pp 17 figures Hardback £50.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

June 2013 UK 312pp Hardback Paperback Canadian Rights

June 2013 US 1 figure £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 £19.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 ebooks available

9780230347632 9780230347830

9781137266224

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

57

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Who is Who?

Zizek and Media Studies

The Philosophy of Doctor Who

A Reader

Kevin S. Decker, Eastern Washington University, USA When you have been wandering the cosmos from one end of eternity to another for nearly a thousand years, what's your philosophy of life, the universe, and everything?

Contents: Preface * Introduction: Geronimo! * 1. Lost in Time * 2. Exterminate! * 3. We All Depend on the Beast Below * 4. The Ethics of the Last of the Time Lords * 5. Not the Man He Was * 6. Speaking Treason Fluently * 7. Did I Mention It Also Travels in Time? * Bibliography * Index

November 2013 US 256pp Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$25.00 / CN$29.00

9781780765532

Edited by Matthew Flisfeder, Ryerson University, Canada, Louis-Paul Willis, University of Quebec in Abitibi-Temiscamingue, Canada "Flisfeder and Willis completely reshape our understanding of the history of psychoanalytic film theory by contextualizing it through Slavoj Žižek's impact. Žižek and Media Studies comes at a time when contemporary psychoanalytic film theory has changed substantially and this contribution is thus required reading." - Hilary Neroni, University of Vermont, USA and author of The Subject of Torture: Psychoanalysis, Biopolitics, and Media Representations Film, media, and cultural theorists have long appealed to Lacanian theory in order to discern processes of subjectivization, representation, and ideological interpellation. Here, the contributors take up a Žižekian approach to studies of cinema and media, raising questions about power, ideology, sexual difference, and enjoyment.

Contents: PART I: MEDIA, IDEOLOGY, AND POLITICS * PART II: POPULAR CULTURE * PART III: FILM AND CINEMA * PART IV: SOCIAL MEDIA AND THE INTERNET April 2014 UK April 2014 US 316pp 5 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137366245

Performing Religion in Public Edited by Joshua Edelman, Central School of Speech and Drama, UK, Claire Chambers, Sogang University, South Korea, Simon du Toit, University of Windsor, UK Religious life and public life are both passionately performed, but often understood to exclude one another. This book's array of voices investigates the publics hailed by religious performances and the challenges they offer to theories of the democratic public sphere.

Contents: Introduction: The Public Problem of Religious Doings; Claire Maria Chambers, Simon W. du Toit and Joshua Edelman * PART I: PUBLICS AND THE NON-DEMOCRATIC STATE * 1.

The Market for Argument; Simon W. du Toit * 2. Public Acts of Private Devotion: From Silent Prayer to Ceremonies in France’s Early Seminaries; Joy Palacios * 3. The Durban Passion Play: Religious Performance, Power and Difference; Michael Lambert and Tamantha Hammerschlag * Discussion * PART II: VISCERAL PUBLICS * 4. Church on/as Stage: Stewart Hedlam’s Rhetorical Theology; Tom Grimwood and Peter Yeandle * 5. The Intolerable, Intimate Public of Contemporary American Street Preaching; Joshua Edelman * 6. Faith, Fright, and Excessive Feeling; Kris Messer * Discussion * PART III: PUBLICS AND COMMODIFICATION * 7. Congregations, Audiences, Actors: Religious Performance and the Individual in Nineteenth-Century Nottingham; Jo Robinson and Lucie Sutherland * 8. Sufi Ceremonies in Private and Public; Esra Çizmeci * 9. From Religion to Culture: The Performative Pūjā and Spectacular Religion in India; Saayan Chattopadhyay * Discussion * PART IV: EPHEMERAL PUBLICS * 10. Coming Out of the (Confessional) Closet: Christian Performatives, Queer Performativities; Stephen D. Seely * 11. Performing Jewish Sexuality: Mikvah Spaces in Orthodox Jewish Publics; Shira Schwartz * 12. Busking and the Performance of Generosity: A Political Economy of the Spiritual Gift; Claire Maria Chambers * Discussion October 2013 UK October 2013 US 304pp 4 b/w illustrations, 1 map Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

58

9781137338624

Current Perspectives in Media Education Beyond the Manifesto Edited by Pete Fraser, Bournemouth University, UK, Jonathan Wardle, The National Film and Television School, UK This book emerged from the online project 'A Manifesto for Media Education' and takes forward its starting points by asking some of the original contributors to expand upon their view of the purpose of media education and to support their perspective with accounts of practice.

Contents: List of Tables * Notes on Contributors * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction: Beyond a Manifesto for Media Education; Pete Fraser and Jonathan Wardle * 2. Back to the Future? Old and New Agendas in Media Education; Jenny Grahame * 3. Challenging Concepts: Learning in the Media Classroom; David Buckingham * 4. Media Education: A Tool for Social Inclusion; Steve Connolly * 5. Educating Media Educators; Kate Domaille * 6. ‘These are my photos of when I was little’: Locating Media Arts in the Primary School Curriculum; Michael Duezanni and Annette Woods * 7. Public Space and Media Education in the City; Stuart Poyntz * 8. From New Media Literacies to New Media Expertise; Henry Jenkins * 9. Emerging Pedagogies; Helen Keegan * 10. Cultural Disneyland? The History of an Inferiority Complex; Richard Berger * 11. Not ‘philosophy of media education’, but ‘media education as philosophy’: Working With ‘creativity’; Mark Readman * 12. We are the Resurrection: Media Education after the Media; Julian McDougall * Index September 2013 UK September 2013 US 208pp 4 figures Hardback £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137300201

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Deconstructing Youth

Crises of Imagination, Crises of Power

Youth Discourses at the Limits of Sense

Capitalism, Culture and Resistance in a Post-Crash World

Fleur Gabriel, Monash University, Australia Young people are regularly posited as a threat to social order and Deconstructing Youth explores why.

Applying Derridean deconstruction to case studies on youth sexuality, violence and developmental neuroscience, Gabriel offers a fresh perspective on how we might attend to 'youth problems' by recasting the foundations of the concept of 'youth'.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The State of Contemporary Youth: Conceptual Underpinnings of Dominant Youth Discourses * 3.

Deconstruction and the Question of Identity * 4. Reasonable Unreason: The Limits of Youth in the Teen Brain * 5. Presumed Innocent: The Paradox of ‘Coming of Age’ * 6. Normal Abnormality: Coming to Terms * 7. Conclusion October 2013 UK October 2013 US 208pp Hardback £50.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230363335

Max Haiven, Nova Scotia College of Art and Design, Canada Looking at the decline of the public sphere, the corporatization of education, the privatization of creativity, and the power of finance capital in opposition to the power of the imagination and the growth of contemporary social movements, Haiven provides a powerful argument for creating an anticapitalist commons.

Contents: Introduction: Beyond Undead Ideologies * 1. Capitalism’s Crisis of Values * 2. Publics, Commons, Occupations * 3. Is Finance a Figment of Our Imaginations * 4.

Student Debt and the Edu-Factory * 5. Cultivating Common Memory: Remembering Past Utopias * 6. What is the Radical Imagination? * 7. A Common Creativity April 2014 US 176pp Hardback $119.95 Paperback $24.95 Published by Zed Books

Disability, Public Space Performance and Spectatorship

The Consumption of Inequality

Unconscious Performers

Weapons of Mass Distraction

Bree Hadley, Queensland Univeristy of Technology, Australia "Bree Hadley's study of disability performance and spectatorship marks a maturing of the field, a moment which takes stock of the interventions disabled performance artists make in public - and, more specifically, how they can help us redefine and rethink notions of the 'public sphere'. Through grounded and exciting case studies of installation, live art, public space interventions and online public arenas, Hadley shows the challenges disabled artists offer to a mainstream that still wishes to keep disability contained. This book will offer indispensable insights to social practice artists who create encounters as the basis of their art practice, to their critics and their involved observers." - Petra Kuppers, University of Michigan, USA In Disability, Public Space Performance and Spectatorship: Unconscious Performers, Bree Hadley examines the performance practices of disabled artists in the US, UK, Europe and Australasia who re-engage, re-enact and re-envisage the stereotyping they are subject to in the very public spaces and places where this stereotyping typically plays out.

9781780329536 9781780329529

Karen Bettez Halnon, Pennsylvania State UniversityAbington, USA The fads, fashions, and media in popular consumer culture frequently make recreational and ideological ‘fun’ of poverty and lower class living. In this book, Halnon delineates how incarceration, segregation, stigmatization, cultural and social consecration, and carnivalization work in the production and consumption of inequality.

Contents: Introduction: Weapons of Mass Distraction * 1. Financial Crisis, Ideology, and Alienation * 2. Critiquing Postmodernist Zeitgeist * 3. Prison Chic * 4. Black Ghetto Cool * 5. White Trash Stigma * 6. Super Trash Spectacles * 7. Blue Collar Vogue * 8. Redneck and Blue Collar Comedy * Conclusion: Tourists, Victims, and Deadening Others October 2013 UK September 2013 US 256pp Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137352484

Contents: Introduction – Disability, Performance and the Public Sphere * 1. Weebles, Mirages and Living Mirrors: The Ethics of Embarrassed Laughter * 2. Drug Deals, Samaritans and Suicides: Bodies on the Brink of the Visible * 3. ‘That You Would Post Such a Thing…’: Staging Spectatorship Online * 4. Same Difference?: Disability, Presence, Performance and EthicsConclusion – (Dia)logics of Difference March 2014 UK 224pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US 10 b/w illustrations £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137396075

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

59

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Fair Play - Art, Performance and Neoliberalism Jen Harvie, Queen Mary, University of London, UK "At once balanced and uncompromising, Fair Play: Art, Performance and Neoliberalism provides a clear sighted look at the negotiations artists have to make, and the interventions they continue to make, in the neoliberal landscape of contemporary London. It's a bracing read." - Ric Knowles, University of Guelph, Canada This book asks what is the quality of participation in contemporary art and performance? Has it been damaged by cultural policies which have 'entrepreneurialized' artists, cut arts funding and cultivated corporate philanthropy? Has it been fortified by crowdfunding, pop-ups and craftsmanship? And how can it help us to understand social welfare?

Contents: Introduction: Fair Play * 1. Labour: Participation, Delegation and Deregulation * 2.

The ‘Artrepreneur’: Artists and Entrepreneurialism * 3. Space: Exclusion and Engagement * 4.

Public/Private Capital: Arts Funding Cuts and Mixed Economies * Afterword

Performance Interventions August 2013 UK August 2013 US 256pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Paperback £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137027283 9781137027276

Adorno and Art Aesthetic Theory Contra Critical Theory James Hellings, Birmingham City University, UK A comprehensive, critical and accessible account of Theodor W. Adorno's materialist-dialectical aesthetic theory of art from a contemporary perspective, this volume shows how Adorno's critical theory is awash with images crystallising thoughts to such a degree that it has every reason to be described as aesthetic.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Abbreviations * Antiintroduction: Paint it Black * PART I: MESSAGES IN A BOTTLE: AESTHETIC THEORY CONTRA CRITICAL THEORY * 1.

Introduction * 2. Critical Messages in a Bottle and Restoration * 3. Excursus I: The Prevalence of a View: Being Uncompromisingly Critical at the Grand Hotel Abyss * 4. Excursus II: The Prevalence of a View: ‘Don’t participate:’ The Politics of Social Praxis * 5.

Aesthetic Messages in a Bottle and Progress * 6. Messages in a Bottle as the Work of Art * PART II: ART ITSELF THINKS: THE POLITICS OF AESTHETIC (MIS-)EDUCATION * 7. Introduction * 8. The Politics of Artistic Practice: ‘What artist isn’t socially engaged?’ * 9. The Politics of Spectatorship: Shocking Spectators * 10. The Politics of Aesthetic (Mis-)Education * 11.

Contemporary Art Itself Thinking: Making the Invisible Visible? * Anti-conclusion: The Russian Ending * Notes and Bibliography * Index May 2014 UK 224pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Edited by D.J. Hopkins, San Diego State University, USA, Kim Solga, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

9780230347885

Culture and Society in a Media Age Edited by Andreas Hepp, Friedrich Krotz, both at University of Bremen, Germany "This volume offers a carefully-evidenced account of how the unfolding media and communication environment contributes to historical transformations across diverse sectors of our society. It should be read by social scientists in many fields to understand how and why mediatization matters to them." - Sonia Livingstone, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

Following the ground-breaking Performance and the City, this new volume explores what it means to create and experience urban performance – as both an aesthetic and a political practice – in the burgeoning world where cities are built by globalization and neoliberal capital.

Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Notes on Contributors * Introduction: Borders, Performance, and the Global Urban Condition; D.J. Hopkins with Kim Solga * PART I: MOBILITIES AND (IN)CIVILITIES: THE GLOBAL URBAN BORDERLANDS * 1. The Drama of Hospitality: Performance, Migration and Urban Renewal in Johannesburg; Loren Kruger * 2. Performing Survival in the Global City: Theatre ISÔKO’s The Monument; Jennifer H. Capraru and Kim Solga * 3. Eva / Nacha / Cristina and the Argentine Trinity of Local, National, and Global Urban Politics; Jean Graham-Jones * 4. China’s Global Performatives: ‘Better City, Better Life’; Susan Bennett * PART II: TRANSACTING BODIES / EMBODIED CURRENCIES: SUBJECTS AND CITIES * 5. Losing Venice: Conversations in a Sinking City; Nicolas Whybrow * 6. The Urbanization and Transnational Circulation of the Peruvian Scissors Dance; Jason Bush * 7. Commuting Performance → Working the Middle Ground; Paul Rae and Simon Jones * 8.

Cultures of Commuting: The Mobile Negotiation of Space and Subjectivity on Delhi’s Metro; Melissa Butcher * PART III: CITIZEN STAGES: ACTS OF DISSENT IN THE GLOBAL CITY * 9.

Distrito Federal: ‘Global City, Ha, Ha, Ha!’; Ana Martinez * 10. Sarajevo: A World City Under Siege; Silvija Jestrovic * 11. Cairo: My City, My Revolution; Nesreen Hussein * 12. Dramaturgies of Crisis and Performances of Citizenship: Syntagma Square, Athens; Philip Hager * Bibliography * Index

Performance Interventions 9780230361676

Combining empirical studies and theoretical reflections, the volume offers a well-founded approach to the growing influence of media on our present lives.

Contents: Contents * 1. Introduction; Andreas Hepp and Friedrich Krotz * PART I: RETHINKING MEDIATIZATION * 2. Mediatized Stories in Mediatized Worlds; Knut Lundby * 3. Culturalizing Mediatization; Johan Fornäs * 4. When Mediatization Hits the Ground; Nick Couldry * 5. Media, Mediatization and Mediatized Worlds. A Discussion of Basic Concepts; Friedrich Krotz * PART II: MEDIATIZATION AND NEW MEDIA * 6. Mediatized Connectivity. Historical Traits of Telephony and Theoretical Considerations about a New Dispositive of Communication; Thomas Steinmaurer * 7. Intensifying Mediatization: Everyware Media and James Miller * 8. From Mediation to Mediatization: The Institutionalization of New Media; Stig Hjarvard * PART III: MEDIATIZED COMMUNITIES * 9. Benedict in Berlin. The Mediatization of Religion; Hubert Knoblauch * 10.

Technology, Place and Mediatized Cosmopolitanism; Miyase Christensen * 11. Mediatized Worlds of Communitization; Andreas Hepp, Matthias Berg and Cindy Roitsch * PART IV: MEDIATIZATION AND PRIVATE LIFE * 12. Media Life and the Mediatization of the Lifeworld; Mark Deuze * 13. Media Love: Intimacy in Mediatized Worlds; John Storey, Katy McDonald * 14. The Meaning of Home in the Context of Digitization, Mobilization and Mediatization; Corinna Peil and Jutta Röser * PART V: MEDIATIZATION IN ORGANIZATIONAL CONTEXTS * 15. Mediatized Politics – Structures and Strategies of Discursive Participation and Online Deliberation on Twitter; Caja Thimm, Mark Dang-Anh and Jessica Einspänner * 16. The Quantified Listener: Reshaping Providers and Audiences with Calculated Measurements; Jan-H. Passoth, Tilmann Sutter and Josef Wehner * 17. Schools as Mediatized Worlds from a Cross-Cultural Perspective; Andreas Breiter * PART VI: CONCLUSION * 18. Mediatization: Concluding Thoughts and Challenges for the Future; Lynn Schofield Clark March 2014 UK 356pp Hardback Canadian Rights

60

£60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

Mediatized Worlds

Performance and the Global City

October 2013 UK October 2013 US 296pp 1 b/w table, 44 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

May 2014 US

March 2014 US £65.00 / $90.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137300348

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Divided between Carelessness and Care

Socialising Children

A Cultural History

Allison James, University of Sheffield, UK Drawing on children's narratives about their everyday life this book explores how children come to understand the process of socialization at home, at school and in the neighbourhood as an embodied and biographical experience.

Richard Hillyer, University of South Alabama, USA The concept of ‘care’ defines our humanity. Covering topics as diverse as familial care, medical care, artistic care, scientific care, and various other permutations of the term, this book examines the word and concept of ‘care’ from a cultural perspective, tracing its use throughout literature and history.

Contents: 1. Personal Lives * 2. Key Concepts, New Understandings? * 3. Family Lives * 4. Interacting Lives * 5. Embodied, Emotional Lives * 6. Institutional Lives * 7.

Biographical Lives * 8. Afterword: Towards a Child Centred Perspective on Socialization

Contents: PART I: CAREFUL AND CARELESS WORDS * 1. Native * 2. Foreign * PART II: CAREFUL AND CARE-FRAUGHT TYPES * 3. Scientists * 4. Artists * 5. Monarchs * PART III: CARELESS AND CAREFREE TYPES * 6. Sleepers * 7. Women * 8. Children * 9. Libertines

Studies in Childhood and Youth November 2013 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137368621

August 2013 UK August 2013 US 216pp Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230300330

Cosmopolitanism and Place

Stitched Up

Spatial Forms in Contemporary Anglophone Literature

The Anti-Capitalist Book of Fashion

Emily Johansen, Texas A&M University, USA "Johansen shows that the conventional wisdom equating cosmopolitanism with metropolitan life occludes other less urban locales where worldliness thrives. This intervention is smart, timely, and most exciting when it focuses on the weird species called the regional city and that ostensibly less cosmopolitan realm, the country. By reimagining the geography of cosmopolitanism, Johansen gives the concept a much needed reboot." - John Marx, University of California, Davis, USA

Tansy E. Hoskins, Based in London, UK Stitched Up delves into the exclusive and alluring world of fashion, to expose class division, gender stereotyping and wasteful consumption. Tansy Hoskins illuminates the political and sociological dimensions of an industry which promotes and supports the dominant values of our age: image, glamour, money and sex.

Contents: Introduction * 1. The Road To Linkenholt * 2. The Fashion Media * 3. Consuming Fashion * 4. Fashion and Labour * 5. A Bitter Harvest * 6. Fashion and Size * 7. Is Fashion Racist? * 8. Resisting Fashion * 9. Reforming Fashion * 10. Revolutionising Fashion

Counterfire January 2014 US 216pp 11 line drawings Hardback $80.00 Paperback $26.00 Published by Pluto Press

9780745332901 9780745334561

Cosmopolitanism and Place considers the way contemporary Anglophone fiction connects global identities with the experience in local places. Looking at fiction set in metropolises, regional cities, and rural communities, this book argues that the everyday experience of these places produces forms of wide connections that emphasize social justice.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Alternative Cosmopolitanisms in the Metropolis * 2. Cosmopolitan Work in the Regional City * 3. Cosmopolitanism in Rural Places * Conclusion * Works Cited

Geocriticism and Spatial Literary Studies May 2014 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

May 2014 US £56.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137402660

61

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY A Hypersexual Society Sexual Discourse, Erotica, and Pornography in America Today Kenneth C.W. Kammeyer, University of Maryland, College Park, USA

American War Cinema and Media since Vietnam Politics, Ideology, and Class Patricia Keeton, Peter Scheckner, both at Ramapo College of New Jersey, USA

As many can attest, the prevalence of sexual imagery has increased in modern society over the past half century. In this timely new study, Kenneth Kammeyer traces the historical development of sexual imagery in America and society's preoccupation with it, all within a firm theoretical and sociological framework.

Contents: 1. Sexual Materials and Pornography in Today’s Society * 2. Theoretical Foundation and Conceptual Tools * 3. Repression and Censorship: Early and Continuing Attempts to Suppress Sexual * 4. Materials and Pornography * 5. Sex on the Printed Page: From Literary Classics to X-rated Comics * 6.

Sex in Academe: From Kinsey’s Research to Porn Studies * 7.

Sex Therapy: The Profession, the Business, the Hucksters, and the Spammers * 8. Sex on Film: Stag Movies, Porn Flicks, Hollywood NC-17, Videos and DVDs * 9. Radio and Television: From Cautious Beginnings to Shock Jocks and Anything-Goes Cable and Satellite TV * 10. Sex on the Internet: Unlimited and Uncontrolled * 11. The Hypersexual Society: Where We Are and What Lies Ahead December 2013 UK December 2013 US 280pp Paperback £18.00 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137372253

No other cinematic genre more sharply illustrates the contradictions of American society - notions about social class, politics, and socio-economic ideology than the war film. This book examines the latest cycle of war films to reveal how they mediate and negotiate the complexities of war, class, and a military-political mission largely gone bad.

Contents: PART I: EVOLUTION OF AMERICAN WARE CINEMA AND MEDIA SINCE VIETNAM * Introduction: American War Cinema and Media Since Vietnam: Politics, Ideology, and Class * 1. The Worker as Warrior: Social Class and Political Betrayal in Literature from Homer to Heller * 2. Resurrecting the Good War * 3. Culture Wars and War: Gender, Race and Class * 4. The Role of Media: From the Manufacture of Consent to the Manufacture of Dissent * PART II: REPRESENTATIONS OF WORKERS AS WARRIORS IN CONTEMPORARY WAR CINEMA AND MEDIA * 5. Class and Politics: Contemporary American War Films and First Person Shooter Video War Games * 6.

Ideological Negotiation in the Combat Film * 7. The Returning Veteran and the Home Front Melodrama * 8. Iraq and Afghanistan War Films: Where Is the Ruling Class? * 9. Alternative Media and Representations of War * PART III: APPENDICES * Master List of Films since 1973 (Alphabetical by Title with Release Date) * Chronology by Year: Historical Events and Relevant Films and Media August 2013 UK August 2013 US 276pp Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Theatre and Event

9781137277886

Staging the European Century Adrian Kear, Aberystwyth University, UK In the beginning of the 21st century, European theatremakers have sought to consider the disastrous events of the 20th century as the unfinished business of the contemporary. In this book, Kear argues that by thinking through the logic of the event, contemporary performance offers an affective interrogation of 'the event' of the European century.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Song of the Century: Jan Lauwers and Needcompany’s Sad Face/Happy Face Trilogy * 2. Naming the Event: Alvis Hermanis and Jaunais Rīgas Teātris’s Sonja * 3.

Falling into History: Romeo Castellucci and Socìetas Raffaello Sanzio’s Tragedia Endogonidia and Divina Commedia * 4.

Theatre in the Open: Mike Pearson and Mike Brookes’ The Persians and Coriolan/us, National Theatre Wales * 5. De-creating the Step of the World: Faustin Linyekula and Studios Kabako’s La création du monde 1923—2012, Pour en finir avec Bérénice, and More more more . . . Future * Afterword

Mark Antony and Popular Culture Masculinity and the Construction of an Icon Rachael Kelly, University of Ulster, UK Kelly deftly reveals the part these representations have to play in transmitting and interrogating a discourse of hegemonic masculinity that stretches all the way from Plutarch to the present day.

Contents: Introduction ‘A Sort of Retrofitting of the Past with the Present’ * 1. Marcus Antonius: A Life In Invective * 2. ‘There’s a Great Spirit Gone’: The Absence of Fulvia and Curio * 3. ‘Th’ Abstract of All Faults’: Shakespeare’s Antony As A Cultural Template * 4. Augustan Projections: From Shakespeare to Rome * 5. ‘Neither Wit, Nor Words, Nor Worth’: Antony versus the Hegemonic Man * 6. A Modern Morality Tale: Embellishments from the Screen AgeConclusion: ‘A Tale of Modern Times in Fancy Dress’ * Bibliography * Filmography * Appendix: Timeline of Historical Events

Studies in International Performance

International Library of Cultural Studies

October 2013 UK October 2013 US 264pp 16 b/w illustrations Hardback £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

January 2014 US 256pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

62

9780230008083

$90.00 / CN$104.00

9781780765747

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Science Fiction and Digital Technologies in Argentine and Brazilian Culture

Privilege, Agency and Affect Understanding the Production and Effects of Action Edited by Claire Maxwell, Institute of Education, UK, Peter Aggleton, The University of New South Wales, Australia

Edward King, St. Catharine’s College, University of Cambridge, UK Fictional narratives produced in Latin America often borrow tropes from contemporary science fiction to examine the shifts in the nature of power in neoliberal society. King examines how this leads towards a market-governed control society and also explores new models of agency beyond that of the individual.

Fiction of Lourenço Mutarelli

Contents: 1. Espiritismo Digital in Cyberfiction from Brazil * 2.

Race and the Digital Body in Cyberfiction from Brazil * 3. Cruz diablo: Cyberspace as Frontier * 4. Distributed Agency in Marcelo Cohen’s Casa de Ottro * 5. Memory and Affective Technologies in the Argentine Comic Book Series Cybersix * 6. Prosthetic Memory and the Disruption of Affective Control in the Graphic

September 2013 UK September 2013 US 256pp 8 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137338754

NOTES November 2013 UK 280pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Contents: PART I: PRIVILEGE, EMOTIONS AND REPRODUCTION THROUGH ELITE EDUCATION * PART II: AGENCY AND AFFECT IN AND THROUGH HIGHER EDUCATION * PART III: PRIVILEGE, DOMINANCE AND HIERARCHY BETWEEN FAMILIES AND COMMUNITIES * PART IV: AGENCY, PRIVILEGE AND SOCIAL JUSTICE * PART V: END November 2013 US £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 ebooks available

9781137292629

Embodied Consciousness

Secrets, Lies and Children’s Fiction Kerry Mallan, Queensland University of Technology, Australia 'Kerry Mallan's Secrets, Lies and Children's Fiction is an important study of books that introduce young readers to the complexities of truth. Mallan offers a theoretically informed treatment of the ethical issues relating to how we communicate truthfully and duplicitously in both the private and the public spheres. She takes her theoretical acumen into her close readings of a range of contemporary (and a few more time-honoured) texts for child and young adult readerships. Her choice of texts to scrutinize includes several of the most important recent books by the likes of Brian Selznick, Daniel Handler, Suzanne Collins, and Cory Doctorow. This is a major achievement.' - Roderick McGillis, University of Calgary, Canada Many children learn from a young age to tell the truth. They also learn that some lies are necessary in order to survive in a world that paradoxically values truthtelling, but practises deception. This book examines this paradox by considering how deception is often a necessary means of survival for individuals, families, governments, and animals.

Contents: INTRODUCTION: THE BURDEN OF TRUTH * PART I: TRUTH, LIES, AND SURVIVAL * 1. Unveiling the truth * 2. Lies of Necessity * 3. The scapegoat * PART II: SECRETS AND SECRECY * 4. Secrets of State * 5. Secret Societies * 6. Our Secret Selves * PART III: TANGLED WEBS * 7. Mendacious Animals * 8. Artful Deception * Conclusion

Critical Approaches to Children’s Literature October 2013 UK October 2013 US 256pp 16 b/w illustrations Hardback £50.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights

Drawing on a range of theoretical perspectives and engaging with new empirical evidence from around the world, this collection examines how privilege, agency and affect are linked, and where possibilities for social change might lie.

9781137274656

Performance Technologies Edited by Jade Rosina McCutcheon, Melbourne University, Australia, Barbara Sellers-Young, York University, Toronto, Canada This volume of essays combines research from neuroscience, conscious studies, methods of training performers, modes of creating a staged narrative, Asian aesthetics, and post-modern theories of performance in an examination of the relationship between consciousness and performance.

Contents: INTRODUCTION * 1. Consciousness and the Brain: A Window to the Mind; Dahlia Zaidel * PART I: PEDAGOGY OF PERFORMANCE TRAINING * 2. The Neuroscience Of Performance Pedagogy; Elizabeth Carlin Metz * 3. Embodying Deep Practice: A Pedagogical Approach to Actor Training; Bonnie Eckard * 4. When Consciousness Fragments: A Personal Encounter with Stage Fright; Bella Merlin * PART II: EASTERN INFLUENCES ON WESTERN PERFORMANCE TRAINING TECHNOLOGIES5. Motion in Stillness, Stillness in Motion: Contemplative Practice in the Performing Arts; Barbara Sellers-Young * 6. Pause in Breath: Potential for Altered States of Consciousness in Traditional Indian Performance; Devika Wasson * 7. Embodied Consciousness: Warm Up and Cool Down; Daniel Meyer-Dinkgrafe * 8. Altered States: Radiating Consciousness in Michael Chekhov’s Technique; Andrew White * PART III: POLITICS, PERFORMANCE AND CONSCIOUSNESS9. Irish Biopolitics and National (un) Consciousness. Mannix Flynn’s Public Performance of Inclusion; Gabriella Calchi-Novati. * 10. The Performance Mirror: Self, Consciousness and Verbatim Theatre; Jade Rosina McCutcheon * 11. Oprah Feelin’: Technologies of Reception in the Commercial Flash Mob; Mary Elizabeth Anderson * PART IV: THEORIZING THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF POST-MODERN PERFORMANCE * 12. Reexamining Heidegger to Uncover Creativity in the Iteratively Bound Performer; Doug Rosson * 13.

Aesthetic Encounters of a Collective Consciousness; Eve Katsouraki. * 14. Metatheatre and Consciousness; David Mason July 2013 UK 248pp Hardback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US 1 b/w illustration £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137320049

63

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Photography and Social Movements

Fin-de-Siècle Fictions, 1890s-1990s

From the Globalisation of the Movement (1968) to the Movement Against Globalisation (2001)

Apocalypse, Technoscience, Empire Aris Mousoutzanis, University of Brighton, UK "A portrait of centuries' ends, of catastrophic denouements and apocalyptic rebirths, Fin de Siècle Fictions, 1890s-1990s brings to life the millennial preoccupations characteristic of the emergence and consolidation of global capitalism and technoscientific Empire. The range of texts – from HG Wells to Octavia Butler, future war fiction to Star Trek, lost world fiction to The X-Files – and contexts with which it engages is impressive." - Dr Mark Bould, University of the West of England, UK

Antigoni Memou, University of East London, UK Photography and Social Movements is the first thorough study of photography's interrelationship with social movements.

Contents: Introduction * PART I * 1. Toute La Presse est Toxique: May 1968 in the Mainstream French Press * 2. The Zapatistas and the Media Spectacle * 3. ‘When it bleeds, it leads’: Death and Press Photography in the Anti-capitalist Protests in Genoa 2001 * PART II * 4. The Student Movement of May 1968: Activist Photography, Self-reflection and Antinomies * 5. Zapatistas, Photography and the Internet or Winning the Game of Visibility * 6. Carnival Against Capitalism: Global Days of Action and Photographs of Resistance * PART III * 7. May ‘68 in the Museum * 8. The End of Silence: Antonio Turok’s Photographs of the Zapatistas * 9. Joel Sternfeld’s Anti-photojournalistic Images of Genoa * Conclusion * Bibliography * Index December 2013 US 176pp 33 b&w illustrations Hardback $100.00 Published by Manchester University Press

9780719087424

Fin-de-Siècle Fictions, 1890s-1990s focuses on fin-desiècle British and postmodern American fictions of apocalypse and investigates the ways in which these narratives demonstrate shifts in the relations among modern discourses of power and knowledge.

Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Introduction: Apocalypse, Technoscience, Empire * 1. When Time Shall Be No More: Entropy, Degeneration, History * 2. The Eternal Return of Chaos * 3. Dusk of the Nations: Century’s End and Imperial Crisis * 4. Terminal Bodies: New Men and Women for the ‘00s * Conclusion: Post-Millennial Apocalypse * Bibliography Index June 2014 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US 5 b/w illustrations £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137263650

Social Movements and Their Technologies Wiring Social Change Stefania Milan, Tilburg University, The Netherlands "Stefania Milan's study of emancipatory media activism represents a distillation of her considerable research into its many forms over a number of years and in a number of countries, inflected by her own experience as an information activist. She gives full weight to the critical gender dimension of the subject, to a spectrum of technology uses, and the intersections with vital policy issues. Hers is a very substantive contribution to debate around social movement media." - John D.H. Downing, Sage Encyclopedia of Social Movement Media The book explores the interplay between social movements and their ‘liberated technologies’. It analyzes the rise of low-power radio stations and radical internet projects (‘emancipatory communication practices’) as a political subject, focusing on the sociological and cultural processes at play.

Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Acknowledgements * List of Abbreviations * 1.

Stealing the Fire: An Introduction to Emancipatory Communication Activism * 2. Three Decades of Contention: The Roots of Contemporary Activism * 3. Movement Formation and Identity Building * 4. Organizational Forms * 5. Repertories of Action: Mobilizing Inside, Outside and Beyond * 6. Like a Karst River: A Transnational Movement in the Making? * Epilogue * Appendix I. Methods and Epistemology of Engaged Research * References November 2013 UK 248pp Hardback Canadian Rights

64

November 2013 US 9 figures £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

Urban Space and Late TwentiethCentury New York Literature Reformed Geographies Catalina Neculai, Coventry University, UK Interdisciplinary in nature, this project draws on fiction, non-fiction and archival material to theorize urban space and literary/cultural production in the context of the United States and New York City. Spanning from the mid-1970s fiscal crisis to the 1987 Market Crash, New York writing becomes akin to geographical fieldwork in this rich study.

Contents: Prologue: Urban Hermeneutics and the Problem of the Fetish Space * PART I: MAPPINGS * 1. The Paradigmatic Exceptionality of New York: Scaffolding a Radical Literary Urbanism * 2. Downtown, Uptown, and the Urbanization of Literary Consciousness * PART II: A NEW YORK TRILOGY INC. * 3. Scale, Culture, and Real Estate: The Reproduction of Lowliness in Great Jones Street * 4. Kill the Poor: Low-Rent Aesthetics and the New Housing Order * 5.

Uneven City: Brightness Falls and the Ethnography of Fictitious Finance * Epilogue: The Politics of Urban Writing and the Hegemony of FIRE * Bibliography

American Literature Readings in the Twenty-First Century 9780230309180

March 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US £53.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137340191

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY The Hiplife in Ghana

Critical Theory and Political Engagement

West African Indigenization of Hip-Hop

From May 1968 to the Arab Spring

Halifu Osumare, University of California, Davis, USA "An eye-opening and paradigm-shifting look into cross cultural music creation within a diaspora." Black Grooves

Chris Pawling, Sheffield Hallam University, UK In this timely study, Pawling argues for a renewal of the 'politics of intellectual life', calling for an engaged critical theory written in the spirit of May 1968, as exemplified in the works of figures such as Sartre, Derrida, Badiou, Jameson and Said.

An ethnographic exploration of hip-hop in Ghana and West Africa more broadly.

Contents: 1. ‘Every Hood Has It’s Own Style’ * 2. ‘Making an African out of the Computer’: Globalization and Indigenization in Hiplife * 3. ‘Empowering the Young’: Hiplife’s Youth Agency * 4. ‘Society of the Spectacle’: Hiplife and Corporate Recolonialization * 5. ‘The Game’: Hiplife’s Counter-Hegemonic Discourse

November 2013 UK 232pp Paperback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US £17.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 ebooks available

9781137405067

Communication Rights and Social Justice Historical Accounts of Transnational Mobilizations

Contents: Introduction * 1. Critical Theory and Radical Politics in the late ‘60s * 2. Marxism and Artistic Commitment * 3.

Humanism and Post-Humanism: the Antinomies of Critical Theory, Post-’68 * 4. Rediscovering Commitment: Jacques Derrida’s Specters of Marx * 5. Reviving the Critical Spirit of May ‘68: Alain Badiou and the Cultural Politics of the ‘Event’ * 6. Badiou and the Search for an Anti-Humanist Aesthetic * 7. Totality and the Dialectic in the Critical Theory of Fredric Jameson * 8. Back to the Future? From Post-Modernism to the ‘Communist Idea’ June 2013 UK 232pp Hardback Canadian Rights

9780230275652

Living Ghosts and the Agency of Invisibility

Placing struggles for communication rights within the broader context of human rights struggles in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, this broad-based collection offers a rich range of illustrations of national, regional and global struggles to define communication rights as essential to human needs and happiness.

Contents: PART I: COMMUNICATION STRUGGLES IN A GLOBALIZING CONTEXT * PART II: MOBILIZING COMMUNICATIONS: REGIONAL PERSPECTIVES AND PRACTICES * PART III: ONGOING RESISTANCE, NEW FRAMES AND CHANGING NARRATIVES

Global Transformations in Media and Communication Research: A Palgrave/IAMCR Series May 2014 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

£50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

The Spectral Metaphor

Edited by Claudia Padovani, University of Padova, Italy, Andrew Calabrese, University of Colorado, USA 'This book makes a significant and original contribution to an important and emerging research area. It is unique, broad and full of useful empirical evidence and first hand reflection. It delivers all of this in a highly readable, engaging form that will appeal to various levels of students and to non academic audiences.' - Jeremy Shtern, Ryerson University, Canada

May 2014 UK 384pp Hardback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US

9781137378293

Esther Peeren, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands "This is an important and original work of criticism.

The perspective it adopts is fresh and gripping; the application of the 'spectral metaphor' to non-literal situations, such as the 'invisibility' of migrant workers and domestic servants, expands the sense of 'spectrality' in fascinating new ways; the scholarship and theoretical acumen are superb throughout; the written style of the work is elegant, precise and accessible; and the political and ethical implications of the study are lucidly spelled out, without any attempt prematurely to resolve the most difficult issues." - Colin Davis, Royal Holloway University of London, UK What does it mean to live as a ghost? Exploring spectrality as a metaphor in the contemporary British and American cultural imagination, Peeren proposes that certain subjects – migrants, servants, mediums and missing persons – are perceived as living ghosts and examines how this figuration can signify both dispossession and empowerment or agency.

Contents: Acknowledgments * Introduction: The Spectral Metaphor * 1. Forms of Invisibility: Undocumented Migrant Workers as Living Ghosts in Stephen Frears’s Dirty Pretty Things and Nick Broomfield’s Ghosts * 2. Spectral Servants and Haunting Hospitalities: Upstairs, Downstairs, Gosford Park and Babel * 3. Spooky Mediums and the Redistribution of the Sensible: Sarah Waters’s Affinity and Hilary Mantel’s Beyond Black 4. Ghosts of the Missing: Multidirectional Haunting and Self-Spectralization in Ian McEwan’s The Child in Time and Bret Easton Ellis’s Lunar Park * Afterword: How to Survive as a Living Ghost? * Notes * Bibliography * Index January 2014 UK 232pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US 10 figures £50.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137375841

65

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Consumption Norms and Everyday Ethics Léna Pellandini-Simányi, Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary

Strategic Reinvention in Popular Culture The Encore Impulse Richard Pfefferman, Los Angeles Valley College, USA "This book is a genuine tour de force through the recent history of American popular culture, exploring many of the hidden - and not so hidden - dimensions of film, TV, and music. Richard Pfefferman's writing is lively, clear, provocative, and original. 'Strategic Reinvention' implies an exploration into the myriad creative dynamics linking disparate contributions to these areas of cultural life across time and space - and this is exactly what Pfefferman has done, with superb wit and style. Anyone interested in a critical assessment of popular culture in the United States is strongly advised to read this book." - Carl Boggs, National University, USA, co-author of The Hollywood War Machine

How much is acceptable to consume? What is appropriate to consume and which goods fall into the disapproved category? Answers to these questions vary widely across time and space. This book examines the sources of this variation by providing an account of how everyday consumption norms develop, why they differ and why they change.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Understanding Consumption Norms * 3. Explaining Consumption Norms * 4. Consumption Norms as Practical Ethics * 5. How Consumption Norms Change * 6. Ethical Consumerism and Everyday Ethics * 7. Private Virtues, Public Vices

Consumption and Public Life March 2014 UK 232pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US £65.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

9781137022493

Not all original works invoke the encore impulse in their audiences. Those that do generally spawn replications - sequels, spin-offs, or re-makes. This book presents a theory of why some replications succeed and others fail across genres and media.

Contents: Introduction: The Encore Impulse * 1. The Elusive Original * 2. Unlocking the Encore Potential * 3. Cultural Fit *4. History May Not Repeat Itself * 5. Something’s Not Right * 6.

Fulfilling the Encore Promise * 7. All In The Family * 8. Archetypal Appeal * 9. The Shell Game * Conclusion: The Art of Strategic Reinvention

Communicating Popular Science

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 260pp 10 b/w illustrations, 3 colour illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137373182 Canadian Rights ebooks available

From Deficit to Democracy Sarah Perrault, University of California, Davis, USA Communicating Popular Science addresses the role of science popularization and explains how science writing works can do better at promoting public discussions about science-related issues.

Contents: PART I: FOUNDATIONS * 1. Popular Science Writing: Problems and Potential * 2. Theoretical and Analytical Framework * 3. A Brief History of Science Popularization * 4. Practitioner Perspectives on their Craft * PART II: APPLICATIONS5. Boundary Work: Presenting Science in Context * 6. Expertise: Broadening the Scope of Participation * 7.

Ethos: Establishing Relationships with Readers * 8. Rhetorical Orientation: Inviting Reader Engagement * 9. Technocracy and Democracy: Talking about Risk * PART III: FINAL WORDS10.

Conclusion: Toward a New Social Contract July 2013 UK 224pp Hardback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US 9 figures £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

9781137017574

Follow us on

for the latest news, events and competitions

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

@PalgraveCultMed

66

Concentrationary Memories Totalitarian Resistance and Cultural Memories Edited by Griselda Pollock, Max Silvermann, both at University of Leeds, UK The book presents political and cultural readings of film, art, photographic and literary practices, which analyses different cultural responses to concentrationary terror in the post-war period, ranging from Auschwitz to Argentina.

Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Introduction * The Politics of Memory: From Concentrationary Memory to Concentrationary Memories * PART I: THEORISING THE POLITICAL SPACE AND BEYOND * 1. The Memory of Politics: Hannah Arendt, Carl Schmitt and the Possibility of Encounter * PART II: MEDIATIONS OF MEMORY * 2. Migration and Motif: the (Parapractic) Memories of an Image * 3. The Two Stages of the Eichmann Trial * 4. Brushing the Film Against the Grain: Locating Jean Cayrol’s Lazarean Figure in Alain Resnais’s Muriel ou le temps d’un retour * PART III: CAMP VISIONS * 5.

Symbol Re-formation: Concentrationary Memory in Charlotte Delbo’s Auschwitz and After * and more...

February 2014 US 320pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$95.00 / CN$109.00

9781780768960

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Content Cultures

Media Policies Revisited

Transformations of User Generated Content in Public Service Broadcasting

The Challenge for Media Freedom and Independence Edited by Evangelia Psychogiopoulou, Hellenic Foundation for European & Foreign Policy, Greece

Edited by Simon Popple and Helen Thornham, both at University of Leeds, UK

Evangelia Psychogiopoulou brings together distinguished scholars across a range of academic disciplines to investigate the media's freedom and independence, and the media policy processes, institutional spaces, regulatory practices and instruments that can support the development of free and independent media in Europe.

When user-generated content (UGC) emerged as a central facet of the BBC's digital presence, it seemed to engage directly with the public service remit in a modern and multiplatform way. Content Cultures examines this key moment of digital affluence and creativity as the BBC embraced user-generated content across the news, civic and creative sphere Contents: Introduction; Simon Popple and Helen Thornham * 1.

Young People and the BBC * 2. News, Children and Citizenship: User-Generated Content and the BBC’s Newsround Website; Máire Messenger Davies, Cynthia Carter, Stuart Allan, and Kaitlynn Mendes * 3. Fantasies of Creative Connectivity in BBC Blast; Helen Thornham and Angela McFarlane * 4. Interview with John Millner * 5. Fans, Fan Culture and the BBC * 6. Mobilising Specialist Music Fans Online - Tim Wall * 7. Making ‘Quality’, Class and Gender: Audiences and Producers of The Archers Negotiate Meaning Online; Lyn Thomas * 8. Authorship, Citizenship and the BBC * 9. ‘A Public Voice’: Access, Digital Story and Interactive Narrative; Mike Wilson and Hamish Fyfe * 10. The New Golden Age?: Using UGC to Develop the Public Digital Space; Simon Popple * 11. Interview with Claire Wardle * 12. Locating the BBC * 13. Enabling and Constraining Creativity and Collaboration: Some Reflections after Adventure Rock; David Gauntlett * 14. Virtual Citizenship and Public Service Media; Petros Iosofidis * Index February 2014 US 256pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$90.00 / CN$104.00

9781780765136

Britain After Empire Constructing a Post-War Political-Cultural Project P. W. Preston, University of Birmingham, UK 'This is a book that should be read by anyone interested in contemporary Britain. It traces developments in post-war Britain in the context of the end of Empire, but does so in a different way which focuses upon the role of ideas/narratives reflected in government designs, high arts and popular culture. It is challenging, but always interesting; even where the reader might disagree.'

- David Marsh, ANZSOG Institute for Governance, University of Canberra, Australia Through compelling analysis of popular culture, high culture and elite designs in the years following the end of the Second World War, this book explores how Britain and its people have come to terms with the loss of prestige stemming from the decline of the British Empire. The result is a volume that offers new ideas on what it is to be 'British'.

Contents: PART I: MEDIA POLICY PROCESSES AND REGULATORY PATTERNS * PART II: COURTS * PART III: MEDIA FINANCE AND BUSINESS MODELS * PART IV: THE JOURNALISTIC PROFESSION January 2014 UK 304pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US 4 figures £55.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 ebooks available

9781137337832

Embodying Memory in Contemporary Spain Alison Ribeiro de Menezes, University of Warwick, UK ’Ribeiro de Menezes has accomplished a major task: to give a form to this debate and, thus, to provide us with a new tool to critically understand better contemporary Spain, including the process of political forces involved, the role of ideologies and the intellectuals, and to move now ahead into the future that is part of the very notion of memory as archive of history but also as an Utopian subtext.

This work is a lucid and highly precise tool of knowledge, a book that traces a model of reading the forces in dispute in order to construct a critical narrative.’ - Julio Ortega, Brown University, USA This innovative book examines the emergence of a memory discourse in Spain since the millennium, taking as its point of departure recent grave exhumations and the "Law of Historical Memory." Through an analysis of exhumation photography, novels, films, television, and comics, the volume overturns the notion that Spanish history is pathological.

Contents: Introduction: Embodying Memory in Spain * 1. Pathologies of the Past: Spain’s ‘Belated’ Memory Debates * 2. Embodied Memory and Human Rights: The New Idioms of Spain’s Memory Debates * 3. Disrupted Genealogies and Generational Conflicts: Postmemorial Family Narratives * 4. Ghostly Embodiments: Enchanted and Disenchanted Childhoods * 5.

Heroism and Affect: From Narratives of Mourning to Multidirectional Memories * Conclusion: Memory and the Future: Beyond Pathology April 2014 UK April 2014 US 216pp Hardback £57.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137390905

Contents: Preface * Acknowledgement * 1. After the Empire * 2. Foundation Myths * 3. Grand Designs * 4. Making Enemies * 5. Voices of Complaint * 6. Patrician Retreat * 7. Affluence Attained * 8. Corporate World * 9. Bullshit Industries * 10. Familiar Utopias * 11. Continuing Britain * Bibliography * Index January 2014 UK 288pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 ebooks available

9781137023827

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

67

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY The Attention Complex

Media and Development

Media, Archeology, Method

Development Matters

Kenneth Rogers, York University, Canada "The Attention Complex certainly got my attention: it is a lively read rife with smart insights about the cultural logic of attention, as well as thoroughly convincing historicization of the 'invention' of ADHD." - Jasbir Puar, Rutgers University, USA, and author of Terrorist Assemblages: Homonationalism in Queer Times

Martin Scott, University of East Anglia, UK This book provides a critical, interdisciplinary introduction to the relationship between media and development. It is unique in focusing not just on the subject of development communication, but also on media development and media representations of development and of developing countries.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Media for Development: Magic Bullet or Corporate Tool? * 2. Participatory Communication in Development: More Questions than Answers * 3. Defining Media Development: Nailing Jelly to a Wall * 4. From Media Development to Development: A Long and Winding Road * 5.

Strategies of Humanitarian Communication: Choose Wisely * 6.

Media Coverage of the Global South: Who Cares? * Conclusion

Over the past two decades in the United States, a profound reorientation of human attention has taken shape. This book addresses the recent cultural anxiety about attention as a way of negotiating a crisis of the self that is increasingly managed, mediated, and controlled by technologies.

Contents: PART I: ATTENTION SHIFTS * 1. Behavior * 2. Cognition * 3. Complex * PART II: ATTENTION DEFICITS * 4. Resources * 5. Game of Life January 2014 UK 264pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US 16 b/w illustrations, 1 colour illustration £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137004123 ebooks available

Development Matters June 2014 US 192pp Hardback $125.95 Paperback $19.95 Published by Zed Books

9781780325514 9781780325507

Pornography and Seriality

The Politics of Education and Technology

The Culture of Producing Pleasure

Conflicts, Controversies, and Connections

Sarah Schaschek, American Institute for Foreign Studies, Germany "In a surprising and astute move, Sarah Schaschek uses the most 'boring' aspects of pornography - its repetitions of the same sex acts, gestures, and affects - as a way to better understand the repetitions, seemingly the same, but always with a slight difference, of seriality itself. Thinking about pornography through the lens of seriality, Schaschek reminds us that the essence of all mass cultural production adheres to rhythmic processes of copying and reproduction." - Linda Williams, author of Hard Core: Power, Pleasure and the Frenzy of the Visible and Porn Studies Repetition and seriality are inherent in pornography and is constitutive for its functionality as a film genre, an industry, and an area of gender studies. By linking the styles of the genre to processes of serial production, consumption, and discussion, Schaschek questions the dominant assumptions about pornography and the stability of the genre.

Contents: 1. Seductive Seriality: The Genre of Pornography and its Affective Structure * 2. Fucking Machines Or The Fantasy of Bodily Efficiency * 3. The State of Open Being: Polyamorous Films and the Figure of the Slut * 4. A Thousand Little Deaths: Episodes and ‘Traumatized Narratives’ * 5. Nostalgia: Strategies of Imitation in Queer Pornography * The Final Episode December 2013 UK December 2013 US 232pp 10 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

68

9781137363121

Edited by Neil Selwyn, Monash University, Australia, Keri Facer, Graduate School of Education, University of Bristol, UK This book examines the struggles over technology’s use in education, digging into what the purpose of education is, how we should achieve it, who the stakeholders are, and whose voices win out. Drawing on theoretical and empirical work, it lays bare the messy realities of technology use in education and their implications for contemporary society.

Contents: PART I: RECOGNIZING THE POLITICS OF ‘LEARNING’ AND TECHNOLOGY * PART II: THE POLITICS OF TECHNOLOGICAL OPPORTUNITY AND RISK * PART III: THE GLOBAL POLITICS OF EDUCATION AND TECHNOLOGY * PART IV: THE POLITICS OF EDUCATION AND TECHNOLOGY: EXTENDING BEYOND ‘THE DIGITAL

Digital Education and Learning September 2013 UK September 2013 US 264pp 1 b/w table Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137031976

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Sustainable Development and Green Communication

Reimagining the European Family Cultures of Immigration

African and Asian Perspectives

Patricia Anne Simpson, Montana State University, Bozeman, USA

Edited by Jan Servaes, University of Massachusetts, USA

Re-imagining the Family explores contemporary films and literature about the effects of legal and illegal immigration on the structure and the stories of the contemporary ‘European’ family, with a focus on Germany.

Offering a comprehensive overview of contemporary theoretical and programmatic issues in the fields of sustainability, culture, communication, development and social change, this book explores the relationship between communication and sustainability from a social change perspective.

Contents: Introduction: Imperatives for a Sustainable Future; Jan Servaes * PART I: SETTING THE STAGE * 1. Sustainable Development and Climate Change: Beyond the Rio+20 Summit; Kosta Kostadinov and Jagadish Thaker * 2. Future Imperatives of Practice: The Challenges of Climate Change; Chin Saik Yoon * 3. Synergy of ‘Gross National Happiness’ and ‘Sufficiency Economy’ as an Imperative Paradigm for Communication and Sustainable Social Change; Boonlert Supadhiloke * 4. Environmental Communication from the Fringes to Mainstream: Creating a Paradigm Shift in Sustainable Development; Kiran Prasad * PART II: INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR DEVELOPMENT * 5. Information and Communication Technologies for African Development: Proportional Technologies and an Ethics of Uses; Osée Kamga and Fabien Cishahayo * 6. A Role for Universities in ICTs for Development Interventions; Royal D. Colle and Tran Van Dien * PART III: COMMUNICATING THE COST OF SOCIAL CHANGE * 7. Communicating the True Ecological Cost of Development: Addressing Development and Environment in Orissa, India; Maitreyee Mishra * 8. Socio-cultural Perspectives towards a Sustainability of Sexually Transmitted Diseases, HIV and Pregnancy Prevention among Thai Students in Bangkok; Patchanee Malikhao * 9. Factors that Stand in the Way of Green Communication in Africa; Henri-Count Evans * 10.

Future Challenges for Communication for Sustainable Development and Social Change; Jan Servaes September 2013 UK September 2013 US 240pp 6 figures Hardback £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Contents: Introduction: Re-imagining the European Family: Cultures of Immigration * 1. Defining the ‘German’ Family in the European Context: Men at Work * 2. Elective Affinities: Motherhood and Families Without Borders * 3. Russian German Immigration and Imagined Families * 4. Japanese German Kinships: Imagining Postwar Masculinity * 5. Immigration Nations: Comedy and The New Family * Conclusion: PostFamilial Europe?

Studies in European Culture and History December 2013 UK December 2013 US 204pp 2 b/w illustrations Hardback £53.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Islam in Europe Public Spaces and Civic Networks

9781137329400

Spyros A. Sofos, Centre for Middle Eastern Studies, Lund University, Sweden, Roza Tsagarousianou, Communication and Media Reseach Institute (CAMRI), UK "In this volume the authors take us beyond analysis of society and politics. Their focus is the complex and tense field of the conceptual: in what ways are Muslims in Europe European Muslims; what do events and related discourses do to affect the formation of European Muslim identities? A valuable pointer to future lines of research." - Jørgen S. Nielsen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Storytelling: Critical and Creative Approaches Edited by Jan Shaw, University of Sydney, Australia, Philippa Kelly, independent scholar, USA, L.E. Semler, University of Sydney, Australia This collection uses the concept of 'story' to connect literary materials and methods of analysis to wider issues of social and political importance. Drawing on a range of texts, themes include post-colonial literatures, history in literature, old stories in contemporary contexts, and the relationship between creativity and criticism.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: INDIGENOUS STORIES * PART II: FICTIONAL HISTORY AND HISTORICAL FICTION * PART III: THE SEA OF STORIES * PART IV: CRITICAL CREATIVITY November 2013 UK December 2013 US 368pp Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137371836

Drawing upon extensive fieldwork and suggesting novel ways of approaching the phenomenon of European Islam and the continent's Muslim communities, Islam in Europe examines how European Muslims construct notions or identity, agency and belonging, how they negotiate and redefine the notions of religion, tradition, authority and cultural authenticity.

Contents: Acknowledgments * Introduction * 1. Muslims in Europe: Balancing Between Belonging and Exclusion * 2. Islam in Europe: A Genealogy * 3. Who are the European Muslims? * 4. Space, Place and Social Action: European Muslim Geographies * 5. The Politics of Contestation and the Construction of Injustice Frames * 6. Spaces of Agency and Identity and the Reconfiguration of Islam * 7. Is There a Space for European Muslims? * Bibliography * Index

Islam and Nationalism 9781137349941

October 2013 UK October 2013 US 224pp 3 figures Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137357779

69

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY A Sociology of Culture, Taste and Value Simon Stewart, University of Portsmouth, UK "This finely written book provides an excellent overview of culture from the sociological perspective. It outlines the theories of culture central to the discipline, and does so with clarity and sophistication. It should be of great use to both students and specialists."- John Carroll, La Trobe University, Australia This book explores sociological debates in relation to culture, taste and value. It argues that sociology can contribute to debates about aesthetic value and to an understanding of how people evaluate.

Contents: 1. Culture in a Rationalizing World * 2. The Fate of Cultural Values * 3. Why Do We Like What We Like? * 4.

Expressing Taste * 5. Evaluating Culture * 6. Culture in a Globalizing World * 7. The Local on the Global Stage November 2013 UK 208pp Hardback Canadian Rights

November 2013 US £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137377074

From Entertainment to Citizenship

Analyzing Organizations at the Edge of Society's Mainstream Dennis W. Tafoya, CompCite, Inc., USA In Marginal Organizations, Tafoya focuses on organizations often described as part of an informal economy, informal sector, underground economy, or unofficial economy.

Contents: 1. Introduction to the Concept of the Marginal Organization * 2. Profiling the Marginal Organization: A Framework for Operational Analysis * 3. The Emergence of Marginal Organizations in a Mainstream Society: Translating Influence into Strategy in an Effort to Drive the Marginal Organization’s Success * 4. The Emergence of Marginals in the Active Context of Mainstream Society * 5. Analyzing the Marginal’s Persona: Existence as a Marginal Organization and the Marginal’s Impact on the Mainstream * 6. For Marginal Organizations Within a World of Mixed Certainty, Surviving May be Just Enough * 7. Mapping the Decline and Loss of Organizational Influence in the Marginal Economy: A Case Study * 8.

Conclusions: Strategies for the Management of a Society’s Marginal Organizations March 2014 UK 244pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US 8 b/w tables, 4 figures £70.00 / $110.00 / CN$127.00 ebooks available

9781137379467

Communicating India’s Soft Power

Politics and Popular Culture John Street, Sanna Inthorn, Martin Scott, all at University of East Anglia, UK From Entertainment to Citizenship explores how young people connect the pleasures of popular culture to the world at large. For them, popular culture is not simply a matter of escapism and entertainment, but of engagement too.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Politics and Popular Culture * 3. Citizenship and Popular Culture * 4. Researching Young People, Politics and Popular Culture * 5. Points of Engagement: Reading the Politics within Popular Culture * 6. Real Power * 7.

Young Citizens and Celebrity Politicians * 8. Altogether Now: Creating Collective Identities * 9. Playing with Citizenship * 10.

Conclusion * References August 2013 US 176pp Hardback $115.00 Published by Manchester University Press

Marginal Organizations

9780719085383

Buddha to Bollywood Daya Kishan Thussu, University of Westminster, UK "Those acquainted with Daya Thussu as the editor of the respected journal Global Media and Communication and his earlier publications will not be surprised by this excellent, comprehensive yet brief survey of the scope and limits of India's Soft Power and the country's changing status in global public culture and media. This book will remain a powerful aid to scholars and researchers seeking clues to the many undercurrents in India's definition of its global presence and the projection of that self-definition through its public diplomacy." - Ashis Nandy, Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, New Delhi In recent years, India has emerged as a major economic and political power. Yet, the country's cultural influence outside India has not been adequately analyzed in academic discourses. This book, a pioneering attempt, from an international communication/media perspective, is aimed to fill the existing gap in scholarship in this area.

Contents: Contents * List of tables and figures * Introduction * 1: De-Americanizing Soft Power * 2: Historical Context of India’s Soft Power * 3: India Abroad: the Diasporic Dividend * 4: Software for Soft Power * 5: Culture as Soft Power – Bollywood and Beyond * 6: Branding India – a Public-Private Partnership * Conclusion * References * Index

Palgrave Macmillan Series in Global Public Diplomacy October 2013 UK October 2013 US 240pp 9 figures Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

70

9781137027887

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY The Intermedial Experience of Horror

Literature of an Independent England

Suspended Failures

Revisions of England, Englishness and English Literature Jarkko Toikkanen, University of Tampere, Finland

Edited by Claire Westall, York University, UK, Michael Gardiner, University of Warwick, UK

This book is an exploration of the phenomenon of horror from an unusual angle. Focusing on reading specific examples of literature from Romanticism to Modernism, the study brings together the phenomenon of horror with the topical concepts of experience and intermediality and highlights the complex relations they present.

Contents: Preface: The Intermedial Experience of Horror * PART I: CONCEPTS * 1. Horror * 2. Experience * 3. Intermediality * PART II: CASE STUDIES * 4. Heinrich von Kleist: ‘Über das Marionettentheater’ * 5. E. T. A. Hoffmann ‘Der Sandmann’ * 6.

Robert Frost: ‘The Fear’ * 7. W. B. Yeats: ‘The Magi’ * Postface: Suspended Failures * Appendices * Bibliography * Index August 2013 UK August 2013 US 184pp Hardback £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137299086

Some of the most incisive writers on the subject rethink the relationship between Britain, England and English literary culture. It is premised on the importance of devolution, the uncertainty of the British union, the place of English Literature within the union, and the need for England to become a self-determining literary nation.

Contents: PART I: THE POLITICS OF ENGLISH INDEPENDENCE * PART II: ENGLAND IN ENGLISH LITERATURE’S CANON * PART III: ENGLAND’S CONTEMPORARY LITERARY LANDSCAPE * PART IV: ENGLISH LITERATURE AS BRITISH IDEOLOGY July 2013 UK 272pp Hardback Canadian Rights

£50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

9781137035233

Crime, Deviance and Doping

Financial Communications

Fallen Sports Stars, Autobiography and the Management of Stigma

Information Processing, Media Integration, and Ethical Considerations

Majid Yar, University of Hull, UK "A highly readable account of the spectacular falls-from-grace of some of the most acclaimed sporting heroes of our time. Weaving sports stars' own accounts with classic sociological theory, Majid Yar offers fascinating insight into the stages that athletes caught doping go through: from stigma and spoiled identities, through neutralisation of their offences, to redemption and transcendence.

Scholars of identity, drugs offences and crime in sport will all admire this book and students will be inspired by it for their own research projects. This is how to apply criminological theory!" - Yvonne Jewkes, University of Leicester, UK

Shih-Lun Alex Wang, University of Connecticut Stamford, USA "This book integrates critical information processing concepts to help the reader understand the complex dynamics by which financial communications are perceived, evaluated and acted upon in the marketplace. It is an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers in the financial services sector." - Hooman Estelami, Fordham Schools of Business, Fordham University, USA Financial Communications showcases why it is crucial for financial institutions to enhance key communication processes, rebuild trust with its customer base, improve relationships, and derive better brand awareness amongst key stakeholders within the industry.

Contents: PART I: INFORMATION PROCESSING TOWARD FINANCIAL COMMUNICATIONS * 1. Information Processing Model of Financial Communications * 2. Financial Ability, Socializations and Communications * 3. Consumer Motivation and Financial Communications * PART II: FINANCIAL COMMUNICATIONS IN MEDIA * 4. Opportunity and Financial Communications * 5. Media Integration of Financial Communications * 6. Digital Media and Financial Communications * PART III: ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS OF FINANCIAL COMMUNICATIONS * 7. Financial Communications and Cooperate Responsibility * 8.

Financial Communications in Disclosures * 9. The Future of Financial Communications December 2013 UK December 2013 US 240pp 7 b/w tables, 11 figures Hardback £69.00 / $110.00 / CN$127.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

July 2013 US

9781137354808

Yar examines the autobiographies of fallen sports stars, exploring their fall from grace and the stigma it entails. Drawing upon sociological and criminological perspectives, it illuminates how fallen stars use confessional acts of story-telling to seek forgiveness, vindication and redemption.

Contents: Preface * 1. Introduction - Sports Celebrities, Doping and Narratives of Deviance * 2.

Framing Narratives of Doping and Disgrace * 3. Beginnings * 4. Initiation * 5. Commitment * 6.

Exposure * 7. Resolution

January 2014 UK 104pp Hardback Canadian Rights

January 2014 US £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781137403742

71

CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Cultural and Social Anthropology

An Ethnography of Stress The Social Determinants of Health in Aboriginal Australia Victoria Katherine Burbank, University of Western Australia ‘... a must read for anyone seeking to understand 'the' Aboriginal circumstance. I see myself returning to it over and again, since it is intellectually exciting, humanly confronting, and enlightening.'‘ - Ute Eickelkamp, Oceania Health inequality is a global issue. Through a look at a remote Australian Aboriginal community characterized by a degree of premature morbidity and mortality, Burbank uses of cognitive anthropology, epidemiology, evolutionary theory, and social, psychological and biological sciences to illuminate the actions, emotions, and stresses of daily life.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Using Social Determinants of Health, Using Ethnography * 2. At Numbulwar: Blackfellas and Whitefellas * 3. Life History and Real Life: Fetal Origins of Disease, Ethnography, and History * 4. Feeling Bad: Everyday Stress * 5. Identity * 6. Selves and Others * 7. Conclusion: A Tentative Answer to a Fundamental Epidemiological Question

Culture, Mind and Society July 2013 UK 234pp Paperback Canadian Rights

July 2013 US 2 pgs figs £17.50 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 ebooks available

9781137346162

Buddhism, International Relief Work, and Civil Society Edited by Hiroko Kawanami, Lancaster University, UK, Geoffrey Samuel, Cardiff University, UK "Before this book was published, little was known about the role of Buddhism in international aid work and disaster relief. Now for the first time, the eight case-studies in this volume document Buddhist-led aid and emergency-relief initiatives in a variety of northern and southern Asian countries. ... I recommend this timely and relevant volume to anyone interested in engaged Buddhism or the practical application of Buddhist teachings." Damien Keown, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK Natural disasters in Asian countries have brought global attention to the work of local Buddhist communities and groups. Here, the contributors examine local Buddhist communities and international Buddhist organizations engaged in a variety of relief work in countries including India, Thailand, Sri Lanka, China, and Japan.

Contents: 1. Buddhism and International Aid: A Case Study from Post-Tsunami Sri Lanka; Elizabeth J Harris * 2. Thai Buddhists’ Encounters with International Relief Work in Post-Tsunami Thailand; Monica Lindberg Falk * 3. Buddhism and Relief in Myanmar: Reflections on Relief as a Practice of Dāna; Carine Jaquet and Matthew Walton * 4. Transnational Networks of Dharma and Development: International Aid by Japanese Buddhists and the Revival of Buddhism in Post-Khmer Rouge Cambodia; Ranjana Mukhopadhyaya * 5. Implications of International Relief Work and Civil Society for Japanese Buddhists Affiliated with Traditional Denominations; Hiroko Kawanami * 6. International Relief Work and Spirit Cultivation for Tzu Chi Members; Jung-Chang Wang * 7. Buddhism and Relief Work in Mainland China and Hong Kong; Sik Faren8.

Constructing and Contesting Sacred Spaces: International Buddhist Assistance in Bodhgayā; Kory Goldberg * Afterword; Geoffrey Samuel

Contemporary Anthropology of Religion December 2013 UK December 2013 US 240pp 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Attachment Reconsidered

9781137380227

Cultural Perspectives on a Western Theory Edited by Naomi Quinn, Duke University, USA, Jeannette Marie Mageo, Washington State University, USA ‘... a stunning interdisciplinary book! Attachment Reconsidered challenges exclusive attention to the mother-infant bond in classical attachment theory and the universal applicability of a single measuring instrument, the Strange Situation. For example, systematic natural observation reveals that, for Aka children, it is the sensitivity of nonmaternal rather than maternal care that determines their degree of distress during separation from their mothers.’ Patricia M. Greenfield, University of California, Los Angeles, USA Since the 1950s, the study of early attachment and separation has been dominated by a school of psychology that is Euro-American in its theoretical assumptions. Based on ethnographic studies in a range of locales, this book goes beyond prior efforts to critique attachment theory, providing a cross-cultural basis for understanding human development.

Contents: PART I: A FRAMEWORK * PART II: CAREGIVING * PART III: AUTONOMY AND DEPENDENCE * PART IV: CHILDHOOD-ADULT CONTINUITIES

Culture, Mind and Society December 2013 UK December 2013 US 272pp 14 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Paperback £19.00 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available

72

The Anthropology of Religious Charisma Ecstasies and Institutions Edited by Charles Lindholm, Boston University, USA "This edited volume makes a significant contribution to scholarship in the fields of anthropology, anthropology of religion, and sociology of religion, among other areas. Charisma is intriguing as a thematic focus because by its very nature it inspires and goes beyond rationality." - Rebecca Sachs Norris, Merrimack College, USA According to Max Weber, charisma is opposed to bureaucratic order. This collection reveals the limits of that formula. The contributors show how charisma is a part of cultural frameworks while retaining its ecstatic character among American and Italian Catholics, Syrian Sufis, Taiwanese Buddhists, Hassidic Jews, and Amazonian shamans, among others.

Contents: PART I: PERFORMING CHARISMA * PART II: GENDERING CHARISMA * PART III: CHARISMA AND POLITICS * PART IV: POSTHUMOUS CHARISMA

9781137386717 9781137386748

Contemporary Anthropology of Religion December 2013 UK December 2013 US 264pp Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137377623

CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Myth, Representation, and Identity

The Anthropology of Sibling Relations

An Ethnography of Memory in Lipsi, Greece

Shared Parentage, Experience, and Exchange

Marilena Papachristophorou, University of Ioannina, Greece "Papachristophorou is one of a small but growing number of anthropologists who have identified the value of popular cosmologies, the linkages between these cosmologies and official religion, and the symbolic construction of landscape. In this book, we not only attain a sense of how communities generate moral values but also the boundaries between good and evil, the past and present." - Nick Doumanis, author of Before the Nation and Myth and Memory in the Mediterranean Lipsi forms a modern construction that has disconnected from its past. Recently, the community has formed a collective identity reconstructed from fragments of collective memory. This book is an ethnographic account of the mythology proposed by the community and examines how history and collective memory tightly interconnect.

Contents: Introduction: Lipsi 2000-2010: History and Storytelling * 1. On the Island of Goddess Calypso * 2. About Origins (A Story to be Continued) * 3. Demons and Sancta * 4. Hierophanies and Miracles * 5. Fertility and Death * 6. Ordinary Days and Talks * 7. The Narrative Construction of the Community * Postface: Reflections on Fieldwork December 2013 UK December 2013 US 216pp 15 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights

9781137362735

Edited by Erdmute Alber, University of Bayreuth, Germany, Cati Coe, Rutgers University, USA, Tatjana Thelen, University of Vienna, Austria Drawing on international case studies, the contributors extrapolate a systematization of the ways in which siblingship is conceived on the basis of shared parentage, shared childhoods, and reciprocal care. They explore what makes these relations worth maintaining and how they contribute to community processes and to material and emotional survival.

Contents: 1. The Anthropology of Sibling Relations: Explorations in Shared Parentage, Experience, and Exchange; Tatjana Thelen, Cati Coe, and Erdmute Alber * PART I: THE GIVEN AND THE MADE * 2. ‘Sharing Made Us Sisters’: Sisterhood, Migration and Household Dynamics in Mexico and Namibia; Julia Pauli * 3. Kinship as Friendship: Brothers and Sisters in Kwahu, Ghana; Sjaak van der Geest * PART II: AMBIVALENCE IN SIBLING RELATIONS ACROSS THE LIFE COURSE * 4. Within the Thicket of Intergenerational Sibling Relations: A Case Study from Northern Benin; Erdmute Alber * 5. When Siblings Determine Your Fate: Educational Mobility and Sibling Support in Rural Northwest China; Helena Obendiek * 6.

Transnational Migration and Changes in Sibling Support in Ghana; Cati Coe * Afterword; Janet Carsten July 2013 UK 192pp Hardback Canadian Rights

9781137331229

Social Tragedy

Religion in Disputes Pervasiveness of Religious Normativity in Disputing Processes

The Power of Myth, Ritual, and Emotion in the New Media Ecology Stephanie Alice Baker, University of Greenwich, UK

Edited by Franz von Benda-Beckmann, University of Halle/Saale, Germany, Keebet von Benda-Beckmann, University of Halle/Saale, Germany, Martin Ramstedt, Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology, Germany, Bertram Turner, Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology, Germany How are time-honored tenets of faith, different ritual sensibilities, and newly emerging eschatological imaginaries articulated with other normative registers and moral susceptibilities in disputes? This book examines such questions through cases in Europe, the United States, Israel, Africa, and South and Southeast Asia.

Contents: Introduction: On the Pervasiveness of Religious Normativity in Disputing Processes; Franz von Benda-Beckmann, Keebet von Benda-Beckmann, Martin Ramstedt and Bertram Turner * 1. Interminable Disputes in Northwest Madagascar; Michael Lambek * 2. Dispelling the Shadows of Dispute in Native American Church Healing; Thomas J. Csordas * 3. Religion, Crisis Pregnancies, and the Battle over Abortion: Redefining Conflict and Consensus in the American Pro-Life Movement; Ziad Munson * 4. Religious Subtleties in Disputing: Spatiotemporal Inscriptions of Faith in the Nomosphere in Rural Morocco; Bertram Turner * 5. “God Moves Big Time in Sophiatown”: Community Policing and “the Fight against Evil” in a Poor Johannesburg Neighborhood; Julia Hornberger * 6. Toward Reconciliation: Religiously Oriented Disputing Processes in Mozambique; Carolien Jacobs * 7. Religion and Disputes in Bali’s New Village Jurisdictions; Martin Ramstedt * 8. Sanctity and Shariah: Two Islamic Modes of Resolving Disputes in Today’s England; John R. Bowen * 9. Forum Shopping between Civil and Shari’a Courts: Maintenance Suits in Contemporary Jerusalem; Ido Shahar * 10. Legal Pluralism in the Supreme Court: Law, Religion, and Culture Pertaining to Women’s Rights in Nepal; Rajendra Pradhan * And more...

August 2013 UK August 2013 US 288pp Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

July 2013 US 7 b/w illustrations £50.00 / $80.00 / CN$92.00 ebooks available

A social tragedy is a collective representation of injustice. Baker demonstrates how social tragedies facilitate moral action and discusses a series of contemporary case studies – the death of Princess Diana, Zinédine Zidane's 2006 World Cup scandal, KONY 2012 – to examine their social and political effects.

Contents: Preface * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction: Plato’s Challenge * 2. What is Social Tragedy? * 3. Performing Social Tragedy: Exploring the “new British spirit” a Decade Beyond the Death of Princess Diana * 4. Recalling Social Tragedy: Staging Zinédine Zidane’s Transgression on France’s Postcolonial Arena * 5. Mediating Social Tragedy: The 2011 English Riots and the Emergence of the “mediated crowd” * 6. Mediation as Moral Education: KONY 2012 - Can Social Tragedies Teach? * 7. Conclusion: Social Tragedy’s Democratic Vision * References * Notes * Index

Cultural Sociology June 2014 UK 256pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137386137

9781137322043

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

73

CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Writing Anthropology

Bodies Without Borders

A Call for Uninhibited Methods François Bouchetoux, I-Shou University, Taiwan A call for new methods for anthropology, this book explores the nature of anthropological knowledge and the conditions of integration and communication with people. Starting with an analysis of anthropologists' guilt, Fan addresses issues of reflexivity, reciprocity, and respect, then builds on this to evaluate how researchers generate knowledge.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Fire * 3. Water * 4. Conclusion * 5. Epilogue

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 130pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137404169

An Ethnography of British Tourists in Ibiza Daniel Briggs, University of East London, UK "Daniel Briggs has written a brass-neck ethnography of young British holidaymakers on Ibiza, a global focus for hedonism and excess [...] The book is not an easy read. It is not pretty. It describes an episodic mindlessness that might help to explain the underpinnings of the riots of 2011. Sometimes described as a lost generation, this book shows that it is a generation which needs and deserves to be understood. Even so, it lifts the lid off something that you would probably rather not know about." Geoffrey Pearson, University of London, UK This book represents the first attempt to step inside the holiday experience of young British tourists in San Antonio, Ibiza. Briggs' ethnographic study reveals the ugly truth about how and why they get involved in deviance and risk-taking when they go abroad, driven by self validation and a commodified social context.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The Flexible but Entirely Serious Methodology * 3. The Theoretical Framework for the Study * 4. Ibiza: The Research Context * 5. Goin’ Ibiza: Home Lives and the Holiday Hype * 6. Constructing Ibiza: The Holiday Career and Status Stratification * 7. ‘You can be who you want to be, do what you want to do’: Identity and Unfreedom * 8.

The Political Economy: Consumerism and the Commodification of Everything * 9. Capitalismo Extremo: Risk-taking and Deviance in Context * 10. Going Home…Only to Come Back Out * 11.

Discussion and Conclusion * 12. Meanwhile Across the Mediterranean…(or so some wish)

74

July 2013 US 3 figures £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 ebooks available

The original scholarly research and first-person accounts of embodiment in this volume explore the role of bodies in the flows of people, money, commodities, and ideas across borders.

Contents: Bodies, Borders, and the Other: An Introduction; Erynn Masi de Casanova and Afshan Jafar * 1. The Global Martial Circuit and Globalized Bodies; Lionel Loh Han Loong * 2.

West Indian Immigrant Women, Body Politics and Cultural Citizenship; Kamille Gentles-Peart * 3. Don’t You See? (Personal Reflection); Mónica Moreno Figueroa * 4. New Femininity, Neoliberalism and Young Women’s Fashion Blogs in Singapore and Malaysia; Joel Gwynne * 5.

Fashion of Fear: Securing the Body in an Unequal Global World; Barbara Sutton * 6. My Struggle with the Headscarf (Personal Reflection); Nahed Eltantawy * 7. The Face is the Mask: Global Modifications of Body and Soul (Personal Reflection); Thomas J.D. Armbrecht * 8. Images in Skin: Tattooed Performers in Germany in the Twentieth Century and Today; Verena Hutter * 9. Fragments: Stories of An-Other Life (Personal Reflection); Anisha Gautam * 10. ‘A Mover la Colita’: Zumba Dance-Fitness in Mexico and Beyond; Diana Brenscheidt gen. Jost * Notes on Contributors to Bodies without Borders * References December 2013 UK December 2013 US 228pp 1 b/w illustration, 1 b/w table Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Deviance and Risk on Holiday

July 2013 UK 264pp Hardback Canadian Rights

Edited by Erynn Masi de Casanova, University of Cincinnati, USA, Afshan Jafar, Connecticut College, USA 'From Zumba and tattooing to bulletproof fashion and beauty regimes, a unique and provocative look into the body politics of globalization that blends transdisciplinary and transnational analyses of and personal reflections on the restructuring of bodies, identities, and embodied knowledge.' - Anne Sisson Runyan, University of Cincinnati, USA

9781137022394

9781137372185

Rethinking Social Distinction Jean-Pascal Daloz, University of Strasbourg, France "An analytically brilliant, powerfully sustained exercise in comparative theorizing at the middle range. Daloz pushes the analysis of status distinction to a level it has never before achieved. Rethinking Social Distinction bristles with empirical insight and theoretical sophistication." - Jeffrey C. Alexander, Yale University, USA The analysis of social distinction cannot indefinitely remain confined to logics of reasoning that are markedly ethnocentric. Rather than just applying the consecrated schemes of Veblen or Bourdieu, Daloz provides new foundations in this book for understanding 21st Century Dubai, China, Russia and settings of the past.

Contents: 1. Introductory Chapter: From Sources of Dissatisfaction to Constructive Propositions * 2. On Ostentation and Understatement * 3. Exploring Socio-Political Aspects * 4. Reference Models in the Eye of the Comparativist * 5. From Symbolic Consistency to Synecdochic Strategies * 6. Utilitarian Dimensions - Symbolic Dimensions * 7. ‘Distinction through Taste’ Revisited * 8. Strategic or Unconscious Grounds?

September 2013 UK September 2013 US 240pp 20 b/w tables, 1 figures Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9780230300354

CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Ecotourism and Cultural Production

Conceptualizing Relational Sociology

An Anthropology of Indigenous Spaces in Ecuador

Ontological and Theoretical Issues

Veronica Davidov, Monmouth University, USA "An outstanding contribution to the study of ecotourism that goes beyond utopian promises and dystopic realities to reveal what is at stake locally and transnationally." - Barbara KirshenblattGimblett, author of Destination Culture: Tourism, Museums, and Heritage Ecotourism is a unique facet of globalization, promising the possibility of reconciling the juggernaut of development with ecological/cultural conservation.

Davidov offers a comparative analysis of the issue using a case study of indigenous Kichwa people of Ecuador and their interactions with globalization and transnational systems.

Edited by Christopher Powell, Ryerson University, Canada, François Dépelteau, Laurentian University, Canada '... One of the major strengths of this book is that relational sociology is introduced not as a broad declaration of war to any existing and established current, but rather as a 'federative' epistemological discussion that is introduced by means of a demonstration of its presence, and by illuminating us on its principles as they are developed already in some of the seminal contributions to the field.

It is my opinion that this book makes a great contribution to the epistemology of sociology and to the social sciences as a whole.' - Jonathan Paquette, University of Ottawa, Canada

Contents: 1. Historical Foundations and Contemporary Dimensions of Kichwa Ecotoursim * 2.

Ecotourism: Nature, Culture, and Ethnocentrism * 3. Ecoturismo in Ecuador: An Ethnohistorical Account of Rainforests, Indians, and Oil * 4. Consuming and (Re)Producing Alterity: Snapshots, Stories, and Souvenirs * 5. In Their Own Words: Ecotourism in the Lowland Kichwa Communities * 6. Shamans and ‘Shams’ * 7. Curating Culture: The Case of the Ethnographic Museum in Chichico Rumi * 8. Discussion and Conclusion

Edited by François Depelteau and Christopher Powell, this volume and its companion, Applying Relational Sociology: Networks, Relations, addresses fundamental questions about what relational sociology is and how it works.

November 2013 UK 288pp Hardback Canadian Rights

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 256pp 8 b/w line drawings, 1 b/w table Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

November 2013 US 6 b/w illustrations £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137355379

Applying Relational Sociology Relations, Networks, and Society Edited by François Dépelteau, Laurentian University, Canada, Christopher Powell, Ryerson University, Canada 'The companion edited volumes Conceptualizing Relational Sociology and Applying Relational Sociology offer nothing less than a platform to review and renegotiate some of the key aspects and key contributions for the social sciences. The editors' strategy for achieving this is remarkable—they seek to introduce relational sociology based on what they hold as evidence of this way of thinking of society in both seminal and more contemporary thought, and do so by bringing together a strong selection of contributions from established and up-andcoming authors...' - Jonathan Paquette, University of Ottawa, Canada Edited by François Depelteau and Christopher Powell, this volume and its companion, Conceptualizing Relational Sociology: Ontological and Theoretical Issues, addresses fundamental questions about what relational sociology is and how it works.

Contents: PART I: DEFINING THE PROJECT * PART II: RELATIONISM AND SOCIAL THEORY * PART III: PERMUTATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

9781137379900

Technology and Cultural Tectonics Shifting Values and Meanings F. Allan Hanson, University of Kansas, USA What impact has technology had on cultural meanings, values, and symbols? This anthropological exploration shows how technologies produce novel and sometimes jarring realignments among cultural institutions.

Contents: 1. The Technological Society * 2. Honor Thy Father(s) and Thy Mother(s) * 3. All in the Family* 4. Prenatal Testing and its Discontents * 5. The Frozen and the Dead * 6. Time and Identity * 7. Thinking in a New Key * 8. Scales of Time and Space * 9. Expansions

August 2013 UK August 2013 US 208pp Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137342010

Contents: 1. Relational Sociology and the Globalized Society; Pierpaolo Donati * 2. Spatial Relationality and the Fallacies of Methodological Nationalism: Theorizing Urban Space and Binational Sociality in Jewish-Arab ‘Mixed Towns’; Daniel Monterescu * 3. Survival Units as the Point of Departure for a Relational Sociology; Lars Bo Kaspersen and Norman Gabriel * 4. Human Transaction Mechanisms in Evolutionary Niches - a Methodological Relationalist Standpoint; Osmo Kivinen and Tero Piiroinen * 5. Bourdieu’s Relational Method in Theory and in Practice: From Fields and Capitals to Networks and Institutions (and Back Again); John W. Mohr * And more...

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 252pp 10 b/w line drawings, 3 b/w photos, 1 map Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137379917 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

75

CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Matriarchy and Power in Africa

The Anthropology of Cultural Performance

Aneji Eko David Uru Iyam, Whittier College, USA 'Iyam provides insights about the role of women in an area of Nigeria outside of those usually discussed.

Matriarchy and Power in Africa is filled with beautifully written vignettes that illustrate life with Aneji Eko and will open readers' eyes to a way of life very different from their own.' - Elisha Renne, University of Michigan, USA Aneji Eko was technically illiterate, but she represents a resource for understanding the complexities of African and Nigerian cultures. This is an account of matriarchy and the complex ties of kinship, their influences in shaping childhood culture, and how they determined cultural expectations across ethnic groups.

Contents: 1. Amama Ugima Mashin * 2. Okopedi-Itu * 3. Malam * 4. Signature * 5. A Distant Journey * 6. A Missing Bone * 7. A Broken Treasure * 8. The First School Leaving Certificate * 9.

When the Onun Slept * 10. Then She Left December 2013 UK December 2013 US 212pp 8 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137382788

Edited by Afshan Jafar, Connecticut College, USA, Erynn Masi de Casanova, University of Cincinnati, USA "Beyond its international and transnational perspective, the uniqueness and strength of Global Beauty, Local Bodies lies in the richness of the questions raised by the essays. This is a wellconceived collection that will make a significant contribution to the available literature on the body."

- Maxine B. Craig, University of California, Davis, USA This collection of original scholarly work and firstperson accounts takes globalization processes and the transnational links these processes create as the jumping-off point for an examination of what it means to be, have, or aspire to a beautiful body.

Contents: Bodies, Beauty, and Location: An Introduction; Afshan Jafar and Erynn Masi de Casanova * 1. Refashioning Global Bodies: Cosmopolitan Femininities in Nigerian Beauty Pageants and the Vietnamese Sex Industry 1; Oluwakemi M. Balogun and Kimberly Kay Hoang * 2. Aesthetic Labor, Racialization, and Aging in Tijuana’s Cosmopolitan Sex Industry; Susanne Hofmann * 3. In Praise of Big Noses (Personal Reflection); Persis M. Karim * 4. ¡M á s que un Bocado! (More Than a Mouthful): Comparing Hooters in the United States and Colombia; Michelle Newton-Francis and Salvador Vidal-Ortiz * 5. Most Days I’m Beautiful : A Reflection on Skin and Body Hair in Cambodia (Personal Reflection); Kaija Bergen * 6. Reproducing Beauty: Creating Somali Women in a Global Diaspora; Lucy Lowe * 7. The Before-and-After Template: Researching and Reflecting on Body Image Concerns in Globalizing India (Personal Reflection); Jaita Talukdar * 8. Metrosexuality as a Body Discourse: Masculinity and Sports Stars in Global and Local Contexts; Jan Wickman and Fredrik Langeland * References * Notes on Contributors * Index

76

Contemporary life in most nation-states is not truly cultural, but rather ‘culture-like,’ especially in largescale societies. Beginning with a distinction between special events and everyday life, Lewis examines fundamental events including play, ritual, work, and carnival and connects personal embodied habits and large-scale cultural practices.

Contents: 1. Special Events and Everyday Life * 2. Play as Performance * 3. Rituals and Rituallike Genres * 4. Performative Processes: Types of P/p relations * 5. Embodiment, Emplacement, and Cultural Process * 6. Problems in Performance and Cultural Theory August 2013 UK August 2013 US 202pp 3 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137343987

Degradation Rituals

Global Beauty, Local Bodies

December 2013 UK December 2013 US 212pp 3 b/w photos Hardback £56.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

J. Lowell Lewis, University of Sydney, Australia "Lewis pays tribute to and builds upon [Victor] Turner's sense of social process as he considers the complex enactments of culture . . . The present volume could prove a useful overview for graduate students wishing to gain a grasp of the history, development, and possible futures of performance studies . . . Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students, faculty." - CHOICE

9781137378668

Our Sadomasochistic Society Lisiunia A. Romanienko "I am delighted that Lisiunia Romanienko has finally sat down to document, in pain-staking detail, the numerous societal cruelties we have witnessed and agonized over throughout the years. It is high time that her thoughtful observations of the aggressive patterns of behavior around the world are being brought to light in this timely and courageous book."

- Alessandra Rusconi, Social Science Research Center Berlin, Germany A candid exploration of sadomasochistic practices driving contemporary culture, covering the demoralizing socioeconomic and political conditions that give rise to agonizing rituals of cruelty demonstrated at systemic, transnational, religious, familial, and even sexual spheres of human relations.

Contents: Foreword * PART I: REGULATING CONVENTIONAL CULTURE * 1. Deconstructing Degradation Rituals * 2. Degradation Rituals in Incarceration * 3. Degradation Rituals in Biotechnology * 4. Degradation Rituals in American Higher Education * PART II: REGULATING ALTERNATIVE CULTURE * 5. Degradation Rituals in Off-Road Motorcycling in Africa * 6.

Degradation Rituals in Mobile Squatting in Poland * 7. Degradation Rituals in the Bedroom * 8. Degradation Rituals in Ecological Sustainability * PART III: REGULATING REGIME: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE * 9. Degradation Rituals in Chinese Cultural Museums * 10.

Degradation Rituals in German Holocaust Compensation * 11. Degradation Rituals among Islamic Intellectuals of Egypt * 12. Degradation Rituals in One World Governance March 2014 UK 324pp Hardback Canadian Rights

March 2014 US 6 b/w tables £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137393982

VISUAL CULTURE The Cultural and Political Intersection of Fair Trade and Justice

Visual Culture

Frank Holl

Managing a Global Industry Tamara L. Stenn, Keene State University, USA "Establishing more just economic exchange is at the heart of building an equitable world. Tamara Stenn does an admirable job of addressing this topic in a comprehensive study of Fair Trade that does not shy away from either its inherent complexities or contradictions, but rather draws on social science theories to illuminate them. Situating Fair Trade within its cultural context – in this case the Bolivian Andes – and local concepts of living well demonstrates that what it brings – particularly to women – goes far beyond the strictly economic.

Innovative and creative exercises at the end of each chapter are an added bonus." -Linda Farthing, author, From the Mines to the Streets: A Bolivian Activist's Life and Bolivia on Balance: Evo and the Process of Change The Cultural and Political Intersection of Fair Trade and Justice is an ethnographic study of the effects of Fair Trade on indigenous women, as reported by the women themselves, and seeks to develop a deeper understanding of Fair Trade, globalization, culture, and policy in building justice.

Emerging from the Shadows Mark Bills, Watts Gallery, UK, Peter Funnell, National Portrait Gallery, London, UK, Jane Sellars, Mercer Art Gallery, Harrogate, UK, Barbara Bryant, Watts Gallery, UK, Philip McEvansoneya, Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland, Mary McMahon, Watts Gallery, UK Exploring in parallel the subject paintings and the portraits, it considers the importance of Holl's output and his continued relevance today.

Contents: Introduction and Prefaces * Chronology – The Life of Frank Holl * Individual Catalogue Entries * Other Works/Archive * Bibliography September 2013 US 144pp Paperback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

$35.00 / CN$40.00

9781781300169

Contents: 1. The Four Pillars of Fair Trade: Institutions, Consumers, Producers, and Governments * 2. The Justice of Trade * 3. The Andes Today * 4. Meet the Knitters * 5. The Gender of Fair * 6. Indigenous Women and Leadership * Epilogue – Is Fair Trade Fair?

October 2013 UK October 2013 US 288pp 9 graphs, 25 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

9781137335272

Abstraction and Reality The Sculpture of Ivor Roberts-Jones Jonathan Black, Kingston University, UK Ivor Roberts-Jones (1913-1996) was one of the finest sculptors working in Britain during the twentieth century. This book is the first in-depth study of this compelling artist who was responsible for the magisterial statue of Sir Winston Churchill which stands in London's Parliament Square.

Thatcher’s Grandchildren?

Politics and Childhood in the Twenty-First Century Edited by Stephen Wagg, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK, Jane Pilcher, University of Leicester, UK Thatcher's Grandchildren explores sociological and political issues about childhood that have that have become increasingly significant in the twenty first century within a political landscape framed by neoliberalism. Issues addressed include child protection and abuse, the media, education and schooling, and poverty.

Contents: Introduction: Sociology, Politics and Childhood: Contemporary Landscapes * Jane Pilcher and Stephen Wagg * 1. ‘’Kill a Kid and get a House’: Rationality versus Retribution in the Case of Robert Thompson and John Venables 1993-2001; Julian Petley * 2. Citizen Journalists or Cyber Bigots? Child Abuse, the Media and the Possibilities for Public Conversation: The Case of Baby P; Bob Franklin * 3. The Changing Politics and Practice of Child Protection and Safeguarding in England; Nigel Parton * 4. Child Trafficking: Known Unknowns and Unknown Knowns ; Julia O’Connell Davidson * 5. ‘What Have the Romans Ever Done For Us?’ Child Poverty and the Legacy of ‘New’ Labour; Danny Dorling * 6. ‘When I Give Food to the Poor...’ Some Thoughts on Charity, Childhood and the Media; Stephen Wagg * And more...

Contents: Acknowledgements * List of Plates * 1. ‘The Last of the Traditionals’: A Biographical Sketch of Ivor Roberts-Jones * 2.

‘The Double Edge’ The Portraiture of IRJ * 3. ‘Honouring a Titan’: IRJ and Sir Winston Churchill in Parliament Square (1971–73) * 4.

IRJ and The Image of Sir Winston Churchill Overseas: Oslo, New Orleans and Prague (1974–99); Sara Ayres * 5. ‘Champion of the Monumental’: IRJ and Public Sculpture Commissions (1956–96) * Notes * Sources and Bibliography * IRJ Chronology * List of Sculpture (Portrait Heads; Figures and Public Work; Miscellanous – including animal subjects) * Index February 2014 US 336pp Hardback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

$40.00 / CN$46.00

9781781300107

Follow us on

Palgrave Studies in the History of Childhood June 2014 UK 352pp Hardback Canadian Rights

June 2014 US 7 graphs, 3 figures, 1 b/w table £70.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 ebooks available

9781137281548

for the latest news, events and competitions

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

@PalgraveCultMed

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

77

VISUAL CULTURE International Library of ModerN and Contemporary Art series

Helen Chadwick Constructing Identities Between Art and Architecture Stephen Walker, University of Sheffield, UK

Touching and Imagining

Walker combines a close reading of Chadwick's notebooks and research with broader speculation regarding their ongoing relevance for artistic and architectural work today.

An Introduction to Tactile Art

Jan Švankmajer, College of Applied Arts, Prague, Stanley Dalby, translator, Australia, Cathryn Vasseleu, University of Technology, Australia Illustrated with over 100 images, the book is organised around many reproductions of Švankmajer's wondrous tactile art objects, tactile poems, experiments and games.

Contents: Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Editor’s Preface * Introduction to the English Language Edition * 1. Tactilism * 2. Touch * 3. Introduction * 4. Between Utilitarianism and Imagination * 5. Restorer * 6. Sources of Tactile Imagination * 7.

Short Anthology of Tactile Art * 8. Inside * Afterword: Tactilism reviewed * Notes * Bibliography * Index

International Library of Modern and Contemporary Art March 2014 US 224pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$82.00 / CN$94.00 $28.00 / CN$32.00

9781780761466 9781780761473

Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Preface * Integration of Sources * Introduction * PART I: THE CREATIVE PROCESS AND THE CREATIVE PERSONA * 1. The Creative Self * 2. The Creative Process and ‘Total Pattern’ * PART II: EXPERIENCE, ARCHITECTURE AND IDENTITY * 3. Body and Self * 4. ‘Multi-Stability’ and Viewing Position * PART III: ARTIFICE AND NATURE * 5. The Grotto and Architectural Conceit * 6.

Architecture, the Divinities and the Authority of Science * 7.

‘Viral Architecture’ and the Rapprochement of Art and Science * PART IV: THEORY AND PRACTICE * 8. Geometry, ‘Stereonomy’ and Surface * 9. The Role of Making * Conclusion * Notes * Bibliography * Index

International Library of Modern and Contemporary Art UK 241pp Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

My Life on Canvas

Time, Place and Identity

Janice Sylvia Brock, UK, Catherine Mason, UK

Edited by Liz Wells, University of Plymouth, UK., Theopisti Stylianou-Lambert, Cyprus University of Technology, Cyprus, Nicos Philippou, University of Nicosia, Cyprus

Illustrated throughout with her colourful and vibrant paintings, this is the story of English artist Janice Sylvia Brock.

Contents: Let the Sunshine In: Introduction by the Editor * A Walk Into My Past: Introduction by the Artist * 1. The Singing Frog * 2. My Family * 3. Illness Strikes * 4. The Challenge of Hospital Life * 5. My First Painting * 6. Reclaiming My Body * 7.

Into the Big Wide World * 8. Paintings and Patrons * 9. The Love of David * 11. A Dangerous Place * 12. My Time to Shine * The last Chapter: The Next Canvas

The questions this book asks and the themes and arguments it follows apply also to other places characterized by their colonial heritage. The intriguing example of Cyprus thus serves as a fitting test-ground for current debates relating to photography, place and identity.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The Political Gaze: Memory, Politics and the Construction of National * 3. Pride And Prejudice: Photography and Memory in Cyprus * 4. ‘Imagining Cyprus’: Exhibitions of Cypriot Photography and their Reception in Greece, 1950-1980 * 5. Developing identities: the history of the Turkish Cypriot photographic subject * 6. Beyond Nostalgia * 7. The Colonial Gaze: Colonial Views, Postcolonial * 8. John Thomson: Through Cyprus with a Camera, Between Beautifying and Bountiful Nature * 9.

The National Geographic and Half Oriental Cyprus * 10. The Gendered Gaze: Framing Gender and Other * 11. En-gendering Cypriots: from Colonial Images to Postcolonial Identities * 12.

Tourists’ Photographic Conventions and the Rock of Aphrodite * 13. The Photographic Pieta: A Model of Gender, Protest and Spatial - Temporal Dislocation in Modern Cyprus * 14. The Art Gaze: Contemporary Art * 15. Defying ‘Cypriotness’ in the work of Haris Epaminonda and Christodoulos Panayiotou * 16. Tracey Emin’s Photographs and Videos of Cyprus and Turkey * 17. Walking Narratives * 18. Index

International Library of Modern and Contemporary Art

78

$90.00 / CN$104.00

9781780760070

Janice Sylvia Brock

Photography and Cyprus

March 2014 US 288pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

November 2013 US 32 b/w illustrations $32.50 / CN$37.50

9781780766539

January 2014 US 288pp Hardback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

$65.00 / CN$75.00

9781781300152

VISUAL CULTURE Seeing from Above

Visual Communication Theory and Research

The Aerial View in Visual Culture

A Mass Communication Perspective

Edited by Mark Dorrian, University of Newcastle, UK, Frédéric Pousin, Université de Paris, France From sixteenth-century Roman maps, to the Luftwaffe's aerial survey of Warsaw, the London Eye to Google Earth, visual culture is saturated with aerial imagery.

Contents: List of Illustrations * List of Contributors * Introduction * 1. Intimate Communiqués: Melchior Lorck’s Flying Tortoise * 2. The Meaning of Roman maps: Etienne Dupérac and Antonio Tempesta * 3. Thomas Baldwin’s Airopaidia, or the Aerial View in Colour * 4. European Cities from a Bird’s-Eye View: the Case of Alfred Guesdon * 5. Nadar’s Aerial View * 6.

Transfiguring Reality: Suprematism and the Aerial View * 7. The Aerial View and Cinematism, 1898-1939 * 8. ‘The Domain of Rrose Sélavy’: Dust Breeding and Aerial Photography * And More...

December 2013 US 320pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$90.00 / CN$104.00 $27.00 / CN$31.00

9781780764603 9781780764610

Shahira Fahmy, University of Arizona, USA, Mary Angela Bock, University of Texas, Austin, USA., Wayne Wanta, University of Florida, USA "Visual communication research is influenced by so many disciplines - psychology, sociology, cognitive science, history and others - that it has been challenging for students to get a broad, comprehensive overview. Visual Communication Theory and Research provides easy access to the topic by categorization according to one of the communication field's most durable models.

While each chapter describes dozens of studies to illustrate distinctive theoretical or conceptual threads, commentary at the start and end of the book bind the chapters into a broader narrative that authenticates the central thesis of the book - that visual communication research has come of age and that its focus is of increasing importance in a technological society." - James D. Kelly, Indiana University School of Journalism, Indiana University, USA In today’s multimedia environment, visuals are essential and expected parts of storytelling. However, the visual communication research field is fragmented into several sub-areas, making study difficult. Fahmy, Bock, and Wanta note trends and discuss the challenges of conducting analysis of images across print, broadcast, and online media.

Contents: 1. Linking Theory to Visual Communication * 2. Historical Research * 3. Who: Research on the Sources of Visual Communication * 4. Says What: Research on the Content in Visual Communication * 5. To Whom: Research on the Audiences in Visual Communication * 6. In Which Channel: Research on Media Used in Visual Communication * 7. With What Effect I: Research on Cognitive Effects of Visual * 8. With What Effect II: Research on Attitudinal Effects of Visual * 9. With What Effect III: Research on Behavioral Effects of Visual * 10. Conclusions

Colour, Art and Empire Visual Culture and the Nomadism of Representation Natasha Eaton, University College London, UK Colour wreaks havoc with western expectations of biological determinism, objectivity and eugenics.

Beyond the cracks of such discursive practice, colour becomes a sentient and nomadic retort to be pitted against a perceived colonial hegemony.

Contents: 1. * Introduction: Chromo Zones and the Nomadism of Colour2. * Alchemy, Painting and Revolution in India, c.15018603. * Supplement, Subaltern Art, Design and Dyeing in Britain and South Asia, c.1851-c.19054. * Part 1: Still Dreaming of the Blue Flower? Race, Anthropology and the Colour Sense5. * Part 2: Creole Laboratory: Anthropology and Affect in the Torres Strait6. * Swadeshi Colour Throughout the Philtre/Filter of Indian Nationalism, c.1905- c. 1947

May 2014 UK 204pp Hardback Canadian Rights

$105.00 / CN$121.00

9781137362148

Vincent van Gogh The Years in France: Complete Paintings 1886–1890 Walter Feilchenfeldt, Zurich, Switzerland

International Library of Visual Culture December 2013 US 416pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

May 2014 US 9 b/w illustrations £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 ebooks available

Presented here is a comprehensive list of Van Gogh's paintings executed between 1886 and 1890 in Paris, Arles, Saint-Rémy and Auvers-sur-Oise.

9781780765198

Contents: Introduction * 1. Four Decades of Prestigious Exhibitions and Sales * 2. Catalogue of the Works of Vincent van Gogh, Paris 1886 – Auvers 1890 * 3. Notes and details of Forgeries * 4. Selected Lists and Catalogues * 5. Andries Bonger Inventory List, 1890 * 6. Bernheim-Jeune Catalogue, Paris, 1901 * 7. Julius Meier-Graefe: collector’s survey, 1904 * 8. Paul Cassirer Catalogue, Berlin, 1904 * 9. Stedelijk Museum Catalogue, Amsterdam, 1905 * 10. Provenance History * Register of Collectors up to 1928 * Literature and Bibliography * Concordance December 2013 US 384pp Hardback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

550 color, 30 b/w illustrations $100.00 / CN$115.00

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

9781781300190

79

VISUAL CULTURE London’s Lost Jewels

Alberto Giacometti

The Cheapside Hoard

The Art of Relation

Hazel Forsyth, Museum of London, UK

Timothy Mathews, UCL, London, UK

London's Lost Jewels has been written to accompany an exciting new exhibition, which marks the 100th anniversary of the original public display and for the first time reveals the Cheapside Hoard in its glittering entirety.

Both a critical study of Giacometti's life and work, and an investigation of their affective power, this book asks what encounters with Giacometti's pieces can tell us about the history of our own time, and our ways of looking; about the nature of human attachment, and the humility of relating to art.

Contents: Introduction * 1. A Spectacular Find * 2. Cheapside * 3. Trading Places * 4. A World Encompassed * 5. Buried Treasure * Notes * Further Reading * Index

November 2013 US 150pp Paperback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

150 color illustrations $35.00 / CN$40.00

9781781300206

Contents: Prologue: Closer, Bigger, Further Away * 1. Seeing, Feeling, Knowing * 2. Touch, Translation, Witness: Alberto Giacometti, La Main, Le Nez * 3. Walter Benjamin with Alberto Giacometti: The Broken Embraces of Witness and Form * 4.

Walking with Angels in Beckett and Giacometti * 5. W. G. Sebald with Alberto Giacometti: On Reading Together Apart * 6.

Reading the Invisible with Cees Nooteboom, Walter Benjamin and Alberto Giacometti * 7. The Struggle to Translate January 2014 US 304pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$95.00 / CN$109.00 $29.00 / CN$33.50

9781780767864 9781780767871

An American in London Whistler and the Thames Margaret F. MacDonald, Patricia de Montfort, both at University of Glasgow, Scotland

Ben Nicholson and Winifred Nicholson

The works reveal to us Whistler's world – the exhibitions, personalities, buildings, style and atmosphere which inform his art and root this American cosmopolitan securely in the ranks of noted artists inspired by London and the Thames.

Jovan Nicholson, Cumbria, UK, Sebastiano Barassi, Henry Moore Foundation, UK, Julian Stair, Camberwell Art College, UK

Contents: Foreword * Acknowledgements * Introduction * Whistler and the Thames Painting river pictures:’ Whistler’s Chelsea subjects * CATALOGUE: The Thames Set * Etching * 1. The oil paintings: Whistler’s ‘daylights’ * 2. Chelsea * 3.

Lithographs and lithotints: from Limehouse to Old Battersea Bridge * 4. Nocturnes * 5. Old Battersea Bridge * 6. East and West: prints and photographs by other artists Japonisme * Notes * Bibliography * Chronology * List of works * Index * Photo credits November 2013 US 160pp Hardback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

80

105 color, 25 b/w illustrations $60.00 / CN$69.00

9781781300060

Art and Life

All the works, many of which are previously unpublished, are illustrated in full colour, each with comments relating to the work by the artists and their critics.

Contents: Foreword * Chronology * 1. In Search of the Real – Jovan Nicholson * 2. The Allure of the South: the Nicholsons in Italy and Switzerland, 1920–23; Sebastiano Barassi * 3. Factive Plasticity: The Abstract Pottery of William Staite Murray; Julian Stair * 4. Catalogue * 5. Lugano and London * 6. Cornwall: Feock and St Ives * 7. Cumberland * 8. Suicide and Separation * Bibliography * Index December 2013 US 192pp Hardback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

123 colour, 14 details, 2 maps $60.00 / CN$69.00

9781781300176

VISUAL CULTURE Hitchcock and Contemporary Art

In the Realm of Gods and Kings

Christine Sprengler, Western University, Canada "Motivated by feminist curiosity (like Pandora), Sprengler cannot resist revealing hidden secrets; namely that Hitchcock's hold on our imagination has found its way past cinephiles into the work of contemporary art. Her exhaustive case studies include moving images, installations, video games, and soundscapes, and her discussion has resonances that go beyond these 'Hitchcockian artworks' to the film/art axis of influence more generally. This is a valuable reference text for anyone seeking sustained analysis of the rapprochement of art and film and the release of cinema's obsessions into the wider field of visual culture." - Catherine Fowler, Otago University, New Zealand Hitchcock and Contemporary Art introduces readers to the fascinating and diverse range of artistic practices devoted to Alfred Hitchcock's films. His works have the capacity to activate sophisticated engagements with Hitchcock's films and cinema more generally, tackling issues of time and space, memory and history, and sound and image.

Arts of India Edited by Andrew Topsfield, Ashmolean Museum, Oxford, UK Each work is fully illustrated and most of these works have not been previously published. The book also includes short background essays describing aspects of Indian life related to the works.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Foreword * 1. To Beckon the Modern Eye * 2. The Experience of Creativity in Indian Art * PART I: IN THE REALM OF GODS * 3. Nature * 4. The Temple * 5. Shiva * 6. Vishnu * 7. Rama * 8. Krishna * 9. Goddesses * 10. Saints and Sadhus * PART II: IN THE REALM OF KINGS * 11.

Courtly Life * 12. The Hunt * 13. Royal Portraits * 14. Couples and Women * 15. Courtly Manuscripts * 16. List of Contributors * Selected Bibliography * Index March 2014 US 416pp Paperback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

$40.00 / CN$46.00

9781781300145

Contents: Introduction: Alfred and the Artworld * 1. Cinephilic Pilgrimages and the Reification of Profilmic Space * 2. Activating Memories and Museums through the Expanded Essay Film * 3. Remediation and Intermediality: From Moving to (Film) Still * 4. Spatial Montage, Temporal Collage, and the Art(ifice) of Rear Projection * 5. The Acoustics of Vertigo: Soundtracks, Soundscapes and Scores Conclusion: Repossessing Cinema April 2014 UK April 2014 US 216pp 17 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Monstrosity 9780230392151

The Human Monster in Visual Culture Alexa Wright, University of Westminster, UK Wright scrutinizes and critiques the history of a mode of thinking. She reassesses and explodes conventional concepts of identity, obscuring the boundaries between what is 'normal' and what is not.

Breaching Borders Art, Migrants and the Metaphor of Waste Edited by Juliet Steyn, City University, London, Nadja Stamselberg, University of London, UK In this book, twelve leading figures in post-colonial and translation studies, political philosophy, art, radical aesthetics, policy-making and sociology, reflect on the political and cultural meanings of migration, their arguments framed by artworks that provide glimpses of cross-cultural encounters.

Contents: Part 1: Mediations on Waste * 1. Zygmunt Bauman: Wasted Lives * 2. Nadja Stamselberg: Visualisation of Exclusion in Contemporary Europe * 3. Christian Sørhaug: On Wastelands * 4. Peter Mörtenböck: Waste and Relations * Part 2: Translating New Communities * 5. Alexander Nikolic: The Art of Cultural Activism * 6. Sandro Mezzadra: The Labyrinth of Contemporary Migrations * 7. Marina Grzinic: Art, Globalisation, Coloniality * 8. Karen Seago: Transcultural Translation * Part 3: Art and other Paradigms * 9. Richard Appignanesi: Dust, Ashes, Residua10.

Anthony Gardner: When Art Migrates: Biennales and Itinerancy11. Juliet Steyn: Out of Place: Experiences of Modernity12. Nikos Papastergiadis: The Role of Art in Imagining Multicultural Communities

Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Introduction * Monstrous Strangers at the Edge of the World: The Monstrous Races * Beyond the Boundaries of Society: Wild People and Feral Children * Bodies and the Order of Society: The Greek Ideal, the Monster of Ravenna and Physiognomy * Monsters in Proximity: Freaks and the Spectacle of Abnormal * A Monstrous Subject: Representations of Joseph Merrick, the ‘Elephant Man’ * Monstrous Images of Evil: Picturing Jack the Ripper and Myra Hindley * Modern Monsters and the Image of Normality: Ted Bundy and Anders Breivik * Afterword * Notes * Bibliography * Index July 2013 US 224pp Hardback Paperback Published by I. B. Canadian Rights

$90.00 / CN$104.00 $29.00 / CN$33.50

9781780763354 9781780763361

International Library of Cultural Studies March 2014 US 272pp Hardback Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

$92.00 / CN$106.00

9781780762593

Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

81

VISUAL CULTURE Joseph Wright of Derby

journals

Bath and Beyond

Psychoanalysis, Culture & Society

Amina Wright, Holburne Museum, UK Beautifully illustrated and highly readable, Joseph Wright of Derby: Bath and Beyond sheds new light on a key moment in this important English artist's career, deepening our understanding of his life and work as a whole.

Contents: Director’s Foreword * Author’s Acknowledgements * Introduction * Chapter 1 * Chapter 2 * Chapter 3 * Chapter 4 * Chapter 5 * List of Lenders * Catalogue * Photo Credits * Bibilography * Index March 2014 US 112pp Paperback Published by Philip Wilson Canadian Rights

journals

$29.50 / CN$34.00

9781781300213

Editors: Lynne Layton, Harvard Medical School, USA and Peter Redman, The Open University, UK Psychoanalysis, Culture & Society critically addresses the intersection between psychoanalysis and the social world and explores the roles psychoanalysis might play in bringing about social justice and progressive social change.

ISSN: 10880763 / EISSN: 15433390

For more information about this journal, visit www.palgrave-journals.com/pcs

American Journal of Cultural Sociology Editors: Jeffrey C. Alexander, Yale University, USA,Ronald N. Jacobs, University at Albany, State University of New York, USA,Philip Smith, Yale University, USA

Follow us on

for the latest news, events and competitions

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

@PalgraveCultMed

The American Journal of Cultural Sociology publicly crystallizes the cultural turn in contemporary sociology. By providing a common forum for the voices engaged in meaning-centered social inquiry, AJCS will facilitate communication, sharpen contrasts, sustain clarity, and allow for condensation and synthesis of different perspectives.

ISSN: 20497113 / EISSN: 20497121

For more information about this journal, visit www.palgrave-journals.com/ajcs

postmedieval: a journal of medieval cultural studies Editors: Eileen Joy, BABEL Working Group and Myra Seaman, College of Charleston, USA postmedieval: a journal of medieval cultural studies is an award-winning, cross-disciplinary journal that aims to bring the medieval and modern into productive critical relation. It works to develop a present-minded medieval studies in which modern events, issues and texts serve as triggers for critical investigations of the Middle Ages.

ISSN: 20405960 / EISSN: 20405979

For more information about this journal, visit www.palgrave-journals.com/pmed

82

LOOKING FOR TEACHING & LEARNING RESOURCES? request your higher education catalogue below or click here to view online

To receive a Higher Education Life Sciences catalogue simply email catalogue@palgrave.com or sign up online at palgrave.com/MyPalgrave Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

83

Palgrave Macmillan now offers authors and their funders the option to publish open access research across all publication formats. Palgrave Macmillan journal articles, monographs and Palgrave Pivot publications can now be made open access immediately upon publication via Palgrave Open.

Open access ensures the free, unrestricted and rapid communication of the results of scholarly research online.

Palgrave Open publishes all open access content under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution (CC BY) to support maximum dissemination and use.*

Benefits for authors: • Compliance with a range of international open access policies • A professional and rigorous peer-review process • Wide dissemination: open access publishing means that titles are available online, immediately and without restriction

Announcing our first open access book…

Palgrave Macmillan published its first open access book, Fungal Disease in Britain and the United States 1850-2000 in November 2013.

For further information about Palgrave Open, including how to submit a proposal and open access publication charges, please visit our website. *Alternative Creative Commons licenses are available to authors on request.

www.palgrave.com/open

Develop your skills as an acaDemic with the

palgrave research

skills

HigH quality resources for graduate students, researcHers and academics Also available in the series: Authoring a PhD: How to Plan, Draft, Write and Finish a Doctoral Thesis or Dissertation 1st Edition | 9781403905840 The Postgraduate Research Handbook: Succeed in your MA, MPhil, EdD and PhD 2nd Edition | 9780230521308

SALES, RIGHTS AND ORDERING UK & EUROPE

LATIN AMERICA & CARIBBEAN

ASIA

United Kingdom

Palgrave Macmillan Limited Tel: +44 (0)1256 329242 Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688 Email: s.milton@palgrave.com

Hong Kong, Philippines, Thailand, Vietnam & Indonesia

Laura Parsons Tel: +44 (0)1256 302577 Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688 Email: l.parsons@palgrave.com

UK DIRECT ORDERS

Tel: +44(0)1256 302866 Fax:+44(0)1256 330688 Email: orders@palgrave.com

Colombia

GRUPO K-T-DRA Ltda Tel: +2570895/2187629 Fax: +2187629 Email: aramirez@k-t-dra.com

UK LECTURER ORDERS

Macmillan Education Asia Tel: +852 2811 7176 Fax: + 852 2811 0743 Email: macasia@macmillan.com.hk

Korea

Macmillan Korea Publisher Limited Tel: +82 2 723 8422 Fax: +82 2 723 8424 Email: Korea.info@macmillan.com

Tel: +44(0)1256 302794 Fax: +44(0)1256 330688 Email: lecturerservices@palgrave.com

NORTH AMERICA

Taiwan

UK TRADE ORDERS

Palgrave Macmillan is pleased to be the exclusive distributor of I.B.Tauris in North America, and Manchester University Press, Pluto Press and Zed Books in the U.S. Editorial queries and questions pertaining to permissions, translation, and paperback rights should be sent to:

Singapore

Tel: +44(0)0256 302692 Fax: +44(0)1256 812558 Email: orders@macmillan.co.uk

UK PRESS ENQUIRIES

Email: reviews@palgrave.com

EUROPE (except areas listed) Laura Parsons Tel: +44 (0)1256 302577 Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688 Email: l.parsons@palgrave.com

Central & Eastern Europe Jacek Lewinson Tel./fax: +48 22 6283956 Mobile: +48 (0)502603290 Email: jacek@jaceklewinson.com

Austria, Germany & SWITZERLAND

Annika Fesch Mobile: +49 176 61358876 Landline: +49 711 12157184 Email: a.fesch@palgrave.com

Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland & Iceland Caroline Summers Tel: +44 (0)1256 30 2717 Email: c.summers@palgrave.com

Greece & Cyprus

Zitsa Seraphimidi Tel: +210 5245 798 Fax: +210 9816816 Mobile: + 0030 6944 441184 Email: zitsaser@otenet.gr

Italy & France

David Pickering Mare-Nostrum Tel: +39 348 3183884 UK Mobile: +44 798 6559391

Netherlands, Belgium & Luxembourg

Caroline Summers Tel: +44 (0)1256 30 2717 Email: c.summers@palgrave.com

Spain

Trinidad Lopez Tel/Fax: +34 91 3528349 Email: trini@arrakis.es

86

Rights & Permissions

Palgrave Macmillan 175 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10010 Email: rights@palgrave.com

Address for orders in the U.S. & Canada Attn.: Palgrave Orders MPS 16365 James Madison Highway (US Route 15) Gordonsville, VA 22942 Email: customerservice@mpsvirginia.com To place an order by phone: 888-330-8477 To place an order by fax: 800-672-2054 MPS accepts orders on PUBNET. PUBNET.SAN number 6315011.

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND AUSTRALIA & New Zealand

Palgrave Macmillan Tel: +61(0)3 9825 1111 Fax: +61(0)3 9825 1010 Email: palgrave@macmillan.com.au Web: www.palgravemacmillan.com.au

AFRICA SOUTHERN AFRICA

Including Botswana, Lesotho, Swaziland, Zimbabwe and Namibia Cory Voigt Tel: +27 11 731 3300 Fax: +27 11 731 3569 Email: palgrave@macmillan.co.za

all areas not listed

Palgrave Macmillan Limited Tel: +44 (0)1256 329242 Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688 Email: s.milton@palgrave.com

Macmillan Taiwan Limited Tel: +886 2 2388 3208 Fax: +886 2 2375 6882 Email: taipei@macmillan.com Pansing Distribution Pte Ltd Tel +65 6319 9939 Fax +65 6459 4930 Email: infobooks@pansing.com

Malaysia

UBSD DISTRIBUTION SDN. BHD. Tel: +603 80763042 Fax: +603 80763142 Email: enquiry@ubsd-dist.com

China

Macmillan Ltd Tel: +86 (10) 8881 1358 Email: china@macmillan.com

Japan

Palgrave Macmillan Limited Tel: +44 (0)1256 329242 Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688 Email: n.tigwell@palgrave.com

INDIA

Macmillan Publishers India Limited Jagat Bahadur Manager-Customer Services Palgrave Macmillan 2nd Floor, 2/10 Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi 110 002, India Phone: +91 11 2325 4020 e-mail: jagat.bahadur@macmillan.co.in Mobile: +91 88268 95838 Fax: +91 11 23272993 www.palgrave.com

PAKISTAN

M. Anwer Iqbal Book Bird, 36-B, Abdalian Tel: +92 42 35956161 Mobile: +92 313 8464747 Email: anwer.bookbird@gmail.com

MIDDLE EAST All areas not listed

Ahmed El-Shawarby Email: Ahmed.El-Shawarby@palgrave.com